Volume-I Engineering Report Final Sent Copy 31st May 2014

NORTH EAST ELECTRIC POWER CORPORATION LTD.
MAWPHU HEP, STAGE – IIof India Enterprise)

(A Govt.
SHILLONG, MEGHALAYA, INDIA
www.neepco.gov
MAWPHU HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (75 MW),

STAGE-II
(75 MW), MEGHALAYA
DETAILED PROJECT REPORT
VOLUME-I ENGINEERING REPORT
CONSULTANT:
DPR-I: Index
MAWPHU HEP, STAGE – II
DETAILED PROJECT REPORT
INDEX
This Detailed Project Report is presented in following volumes:
VOLUME TITLE
Volume-I Engineering Report
Volume-IA Engineering Drawings
Volume-II Bill of quantities and Cost Estimate
Volume-III Hydrology
Volume-IV Site Investigations and Geology
Volume-IV A Annexure and Appendix to Volume-IV
Volume-IV B Drawings to Volume-IV
DPR-I: Index
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY..............................................................................................................1
a. Introduction:.......................................................................................................................................1
b. Location of the Project:....................................................................................................................1
c. Proposed Project Layout.................................................................................................................1
d. Electro-Mechanical Equipments.....................................................................................................2
e. Power Evacuation System...............................................................................................................2
f. Hydrology:..........................................................................................................................................2
g. Site Investigation, Geology and Construction Material:...............................................................4
h. Power Potential Studies:................................................................................................................12
i. Construction Schedule...................................................................................................................12
j. Environmental Aspects..................................................................................................................13
a. Estimate of the Cost.......................................................................................................................13
b. Financial Analysis...........................................................................................................................13
SALIENT FEATURES................................................................................................................14
1. INTRODUCTION.....................................................................................................1-1
1.1. General...........................................................................................................................................1-1
1.2. Scope of the Work.........................................................................................................................1-2
1.3. Need for the Project......................................................................................................................1-2
1.3.1. Region-Wise Power Supply Position..........................................................................................1-2
1.3.2. State-wise Annual Actual Power Supply Position during 2012-13..........................................1-3
1.3.3. Actual power supply position in Meghalaya:..............................................................................1-4
1.4. Description of the Project.............................................................................................................1-4
1.4.1. Project Location.............................................................................................................................1-4
1.4.2. Approach to the Project Area.......................................................................................................1-6
1.4.3. The River System and Basin Characteristics............................................................................1-9
1.4.4. Basin Development.....................................................................................................................1-10
1.4.5. Project Proposal..........................................................................................................................1-11
2. REVIEW OF EARLIER STUDIES AND FIXATION OF PROJECT LAYOUT........2-1
2.1. Project Background.......................................................................................................................2-1
2.2. Alternative studies.........................................................................................................................2-3
2.2.1. Alternative Locations of Dam:......................................................................................................2-3
DPR-I: Table of Contents

2.2.1.1. Old PFR (2010) Location:.............................................................................................................2-3

2.2.1.2. Alternative -1:.................................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.1.3. Alternative -2:.................................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.1.4. Alternative -3:.................................................................................................................................2-7
2.2.1.5. Alternative -3A:............................................................................................................................2-10
2.2.2. Selection of Power House Site:.................................................................................................2-12
2.3. Dam Height Optimisation Study................................................................................................2-15
2.3.1. Optimization Study:.....................................................................................................................2-15
2.3.2. Dam Parameters:........................................................................................................................2-15
2.3.2.1. Topographical and Geological Aspects:..................................................................................2-15
2.3.2.2. Minimum Dam Height Requirement:........................................................................................2-15
2.3.3. Dam Parameters for different Alternatives:.............................................................................2-16
2.3.4. Cost-Benefit Analysis:................................................................................................................2-17
2.3.4.1. Cost:..............................................................................................................................................2-17
2.3.4.2. Benefits:........................................................................................................................................2-20
2.3.4.3. Cost-Benefit Analysis for incremental Dam Height:...............................................................2-21
2.3.5. Conclusion and Recommendations:.........................................................................................2-21
3. TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY.................................................................................3-1
3.1. General...........................................................................................................................................3-1
3.2. Topography and Mapping................................................................................................................3-1
3.2.1. Existing Topographic Information...................................................................................................3-1
3.2.2. Topographical Field Surveying........................................................................................................3-1
3.2.3. Bathymetric Survey..........................................................................................................................3-4
4. HYDROLOGY..........................................................................................................4-1
4.1. General...........................................................................................................................................4-1
4.2. The River System & Basin Characteristics................................................................................4-1
4.2.1. Hypsometry of the Catchment.....................................................................................................4-4
4.2.1.1. Conclusions Drawn from Hypsometry........................................................................................4-5
4.3. Data availability..............................................................................................................................4-5
4.3.1. Rainfall Data...................................................................................................................................4-5
4.3.2. Gauge & Discharge Data..............................................................................................................4-6
4.4. Analysis of Data.............................................................................................................................4-6
4.4.1. Consistency Checks......................................................................................................................4-9

4.5. Water Availability Studies.............................................................................................................4-9

4.5.1. Extension of Rainfall Data............................................................................................................4-9
4.5.2. Rainfall – Runoff Correlation......................................................................................................4-15
4.5.3. Extension of Flow Series at Mawphlang..................................................................................4-15
4.5.4. Estimation of Yield Correction Factor.......................................................................................4-20
4.5.5. Development of Flow Series at Dam Site.................................................................................4-20
4.6. Dependability Studies.................................................................................................................4-23
4.7. Design Flood Studies..................................................................................................................4-24
4.7.1. Development of Synthetic UH....................................................................................................4-24
4.7.1.1. Time of Concentration.................................................................................................................4-25
4.7.1.2. Development of Synthetic UH....................................................................................................4-28
4.7.1.3. Design Storm...............................................................................................................................4-31
4.7.2. Design Loss Rate........................................................................................................................4-33
4.7.3. Determination of Rainfall Excess..............................................................................................4-33
4.7.4. Base Flow.....................................................................................................................................4-34
4.7.5. Convolution of Design Storm with UH......................................................................................4-35
4.7.6. Conclusions and Recommendations........................................................................................4-38
4.8. Diversion Flood Studies..............................................................................................................4-38
4.8.1. Design Criteria.............................................................................................................................4-38
4.8.2. Data Utilized.................................................................................................................................4-38
4.9. Sedimentation Studies................................................................................................................4-40
4.9.1. Elevation Area Capacity.............................................................................................................4-40
4.9.2. Long Term Average Annual Sedimentation Rate....................................................................4-42
4.9.3. Sediment Management Measures............................................................................................4-42
5. SITE INVESTIGATION AND GEOLOGY...............................................................5-1
5.1. Introduction.....................................................................................................................................5-1
5.2. Geology of the Project Area.........................................................................................................5-1
5.3. Field Investigations........................................................................................................................5-4
5.3.1. Alternative Dam sites....................................................................................................................5-4
5.3.2. Geological Mapping.......................................................................................................................5-5
5.3.3. Drilling.............................................................................................................................................5-5
5.3.4. Water Pressure/Permeability Tests.............................................................................................5-7
5.3.5. SPT..................................................................................................................................................5-7

5.3.6. Groutability test..............................................................................................................................5-7

5.3.7. Exploratory Drifting........................................................................................................................5-7
5.3.8. Rock Mechanic Tests....................................................................................................................5-7
5.3.9. Petrography..................................................................................................................................5-11
5.3.10. Geophysical Studies...................................................................................................................5-11
5.3.11. Seismological Studies.................................................................................................................5-12
5.4. Geotechnical Evaluation of Civil Structures.............................................................................5-12
5.4.1. Dam...............................................................................................................................................5-12
5.4.2. Energy Dissipator........................................................................................................................5-13
5.4.3. Coffer Dam...................................................................................................................................5-13
5.4.3.1. Upstream Coffer Dam.................................................................................................................5-13
5.4.3.2. Downstream Coffer Dam............................................................................................................5-14
5.4.4. Diversion Tunnel..........................................................................................................................5-14
5.4.4.1. DT Inlet Area................................................................................................................................5-14
5.4.4.2. DT Intermediate Area..................................................................................................................5-14
5.4.4.3. DT outlet Area..............................................................................................................................5-14
5.4.5. Power Intake................................................................................................................................5-15
5.4.6. Head Race Tunnel.......................................................................................................................5-15
5.4.6.1. Reach I (RD 0 – 700m)...............................................................................................................5-16
5.4.6.2. Reach II (RD 700– 1165m)........................................................................................................5-16
5.4.6.3. Reach III (RD 1165 -1640 m).....................................................................................................5-17
5.4.6.4. Reach IV (RD 1640 - 2240 m)...................................................................................................5-17
5.4.6.5. Reach V (RD 2240-2620 m).......................................................................................................5-18
5.4.6.6. Conclusion....................................................................................................................................5-18
5.4.7. Surge Shaft...................................................................................................................................5-19
5.4.8. Pressure Shaft.............................................................................................................................5-19
5.4.8.1. Top Horizontal Pressure Shaft...................................................................................................5-20
5.4.8.2. Vertical Pressure Shaft...............................................................................................................5-20
5.4.8.3. Bottom Horizontal Pressure Shaft.............................................................................................5-20
5.4.9. Power House................................................................................................................................5-21
5.4.10. Tail Race Channel.......................................................................................................................5-22
5.5. Construction Material..................................................................................................................5-23
5.5.1. Introduction...................................................................................................................................5-23

5.5.2. Various Sources of Construction Material................................................................................5-24

6. POWER POTENTIAL STUDY................................................................................6-1
6.1. General...........................................................................................................................................6-1
6.2. Project Parameters........................................................................................................................6-1
6.3. Water Availability...........................................................................................................................6-1
6.4. Dependable Flows.........................................................................................................................6-2
6.5. Installed Capacity..........................................................................................................................6-4
6.5.1. Range of Installed Capacities......................................................................................................6-4
6.5.2. Optimum Installed Capacity.........................................................................................................6-5
6.5.3. 50% Dependable Year Energy Generation................................................................................6-8
6.5.4. Design Energy...............................................................................................................................6-8
6.5.5. Annual Plant Load Factor.............................................................................................................6-8
6.5.6. Lean Period Load Factor..............................................................................................................6-8
6.6. PEAKING OPERATION................................................................................................................6-9
6.7. NUMBER OF UNITS.....................................................................................................................6-9
6.8. SUMMARY.....................................................................................................................................6-9
6.9. List of Annexure...........................................................................................................................6-10
7. CIVIL ENGINEERING STRUCTURES...................................................................7-1
7.1. General:..........................................................................................................................................7-1
7.2. Proposed Layout of the Project:..................................................................................................7-1
7.3. Dam and Spillway:.........................................................................................................................7-2
7.3.1. Type of Dam:..................................................................................................................................7-2
7.3.2. Dam Layout Details:......................................................................................................................7-3
7.3.3. Spillway Design:............................................................................................................................7-5
7.3.3.1. Design Flood for Spillway:............................................................................................................7-5
7.3.3.2. Spillway Capacity:.........................................................................................................................7-6
7.3.3.3. Ogee Profile:..................................................................................................................................7-6
7.3.4. Stage-Discharge Curve................................................................................................................7-8
7.3.5. Tail Water Hydraulic Model..........................................................................................................7-9
7.3.6. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:..................................................................................7-11
7.3.6.1. Abutment Conditions:..................................................................................................................7-11
7.3.6.2. Foundation Conditions:...............................................................................................................7-11
7.3.6.3. Energy Dissipator:.......................................................................................................................7-12

7.3.7. Foundation Treatment:................................................................................................................7-12

7.3.7.1. Excavation Treatment.................................................................................................................7-12
7.3.7.2. Foundation Strengthening..........................................................................................................7-12
7.3.7.3. Seepage control and drainage...................................................................................................7-13
7.3.8. Free Board for the Dam:.............................................................................................................7-13
7.3.9. Dam Top Elevation:.....................................................................................................................7-13
7.3.10. Riparian/environmental Releases.............................................................................................7-13
7.3.11. Energy Dissipation Arrangement:..............................................................................................7-14
7.3.12. Downstream Training Wall:........................................................................................................7-15
7.3.13. Seismic Parameters:...................................................................................................................7-16
7.3.14. Stability Analysis of Dam:...........................................................................................................7-16
7.3.14.1. Design Criteria:............................................................................................................................7-16
7.3.14.1.1. Stability requirements for the concrete gravity dam are given below:...........................7-16
7.3.14.1.2. Design Data...........................................................................................................................7-17
7.3.14.2. Summary of Stability Analysis of Overflow Block....................................................................7-20
7.3.14.3. Summary of Stability Analysis of Non-overflow Block............................................................7-21
7.3.14.4. Conclusion of Stability Analysis:................................................................................................7-23
7.3.14.5. Codes, Standards and Technical Documents used:...............................................................7-23
7.3.15. Transverse joints on the dam and water stops:.......................................................................7-24
7.3.16. Dam Concrete Zoning:................................................................................................................7-24
7.3.17. Dam Functional Requirements:.................................................................................................7-25
7.4. Reservoir:.....................................................................................................................................7-28
7.5. Temporary River Diversion:.......................................................................................................7-28
7.5.1. Diversion flood.............................................................................................................................7-28
7.5.2. Type of diversion arrangement..................................................................................................7-29
7.5.2.1. Diversion Channel in stages......................................................................................................7-29
7.5.2.2. Diversion Tunnel..........................................................................................................................7-29
7.5.3. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects of Coffer Dam..........................................................7-30
7.5.3.1. Upstream Coffer Dam:................................................................................................................7-30
7.5.3.2. Downstream Coffer Dam:...........................................................................................................7-30
7.5.4. Coffer Dams.................................................................................................................................7-31
7.6. Power Intake:...............................................................................................................................7-32
7.7. Silt Management:.........................................................................................................................7-34

7.8. Head Race Tunnel:.....................................................................................................................7-35

7.8.1. Size of the Tunnel:.......................................................................................................................7-35
7.8.2. Shape of the Tunnel:...................................................................................................................7-36
7.8.3. Alignment of the Tunnel:.............................................................................................................7-36
7.8.4. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:..................................................................................7-36
7.8.5. Rock Support System for the Tunnel:.......................................................................................7-36
7.8.6. Construction Adits to HRT:.........................................................................................................7-37
7.8.7. Plugs and Nitches:.......................................................................................................................7-39
7.9. Surge Shaft:.................................................................................................................................7-39
7.9.1. Requirement of Surge Shaft:.....................................................................................................7-39
7.9.2. Selection of the type of Surge Shaft:........................................................................................7-40
7.9.2.1. Simple Surge Tanks:...................................................................................................................7-40
7.9.2.2. Orifice Type Surge Tanks:..........................................................................................................7-40
7.9.3. Hydraulic design of Surge Shaft:...............................................................................................7-41
7.9.4. General Arrangement:................................................................................................................7-43
7.9.5. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects for Surge Shaft:.......................................................7-44
7.9.6. Design of Support System:.........................................................................................................7-44
7.10 Pressure Shaft:............................................................................................................................7-47
7.10.1 General Arrangement:................................................................................................................7-47
7.10.2 Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:..................................................................................7-48
7.10.3 Rock Support System for Pressure Shaft:...............................................................................7-49
7.11 Power House................................................................................................................................7-51
7.11.1 General Arrangement:................................................................................................................7-51
7.11.2 Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects...................................................................................7-53
7.11.3 Power House Cut slope support system:.................................................................................7-54
7.11.4 Components of Power House Complex:..................................................................................7-55
7.11.4.1 Machine Hall and Service Bay:..................................................................................................7-55
7.11.4.2 Control Block:...............................................................................................................................7-57
7.11.4.3 Transformer Hall:.........................................................................................................................7-57
7.11.4.4 Tail Pool (Recovery Bay) and Tail Race Channel:..................................................................7-57
7.11.4.4.1 General:..................................................................................................................................7-57
7.11.4.4.2 Geological and Geotechnical Aspects:..............................................................................7-58
7.11.4.4.3 Tail Water Rating Curve:......................................................................................................7-58

7.11.4.5 PotHead Yard :............................................................................................................................7-61

7.12 Instrumentation............................................................................................................................7-62
7.12.1 The objectives of the instrumentation are:...............................................................................7-62
7.12.2 Types of Instruments...................................................................................................................7-62
8. HYDRO-MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS.................................................................8-1
8.1. General...........................................................................................................................................8-1
8.2. Diversion Tunnel Gate: (8.0m X 8.0m -1 No.)..........................................................................8-1
8.3. Stoplogs for Spillway Radial Gates: (9.0m X 16.7m – 1Set)...................................................8-3
8.4. Spillway Radial Gats:(9.0m X 12.0m - 6Nos.)...........................................................................8-5
8.5. Intake Trash Racks (5.0m X 2.0m -2Sets/20 Panels)..............................................................8-7
8.6. Trash Rack cleaning machine (TRCM):.....................................................................................8-8
8.7. Intake Emergency Gate: (4.8m X 4.8m – 1No.)........................................................................8-8
8.8. Intake Service Gate: (4.8m X 4.8m – 1No.).............................................................................8-10
8.9. Surge Shaft Gates: (3.5m X 3.5m - 1no.).................................................................................8-11
8.10. Steel Lined Pressure Shaft.........................................................................................................8-13
8.11. Draft Tune Gates :(4.50m X 2.35m - 2nos.).............................................................................8-14
9. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORKS.........................................................9-1
9.1. General...........................................................................................................................................9-1
9.2. Turbine............................................................................................................................................9-1
9.2.1. Heads..............................................................................................................................................9-2
9.2.2. Turbine Parameters.......................................................................................................................9-2
9.2.3. Governors.......................................................................................................................................9-2
9.2.4. Main Inlet Valve.............................................................................................................................9-3
9.3. Generators......................................................................................................................................9-3
9.4. Auxiliary Electrical Services.........................................................................................................9-5
9.4.1. Main Step Up Transformers.........................................................................................................9-5
9.4.2. Generator – Transformer Connections.......................................................................................9-6
9.4.3. 145kV Gas Insulated Switchgear................................................................................................9-6
9.4.4. 145kV XLPE Cables......................................................................................................................9-7
9.4.5. Control and Monitoring System...................................................................................................9-7
9.4.6. Protection System.........................................................................................................................9-8
9.4.6.1. Generators......................................................................................................................................9-8
9.4.6.2. Generator Transformers...............................................................................................................9-9

9.4.6.3. Feeders...........................................................................................................................................9-9
9.4.6.4. Station Auxiliary Transformer.......................................................................................................9-9
9.4.6.5. Station Service Transformers and Unit Auxiliary Transformers............................................9-10
9.4.7. AC Auxiliary Power System.......................................................................................................9-10
9.4.7.1. Power to Dam Site Area.............................................................................................................9-11
9.4.7.2. Power to Penstock Protection Valve House............................................................................9-11
9.4.7.3. Power to Colony and Office Area..............................................................................................9-11
9.4.8. DC Auxiliary Services.................................................................................................................9-12
9.4.9. Earthing System..........................................................................................................................9-12
9.4.10. Power, Control and Instrumentation Cables............................................................................9-12
9.4.11. Illumination System.....................................................................................................................9-13
9.4.12. Test Laboratory............................................................................................................................9-13
9.4.13. Communication System..............................................................................................................9-13
9.5. Auxiliary Mechanical Services...................................................................................................9-14
9.5.1. EOT Crane...................................................................................................................................9-14
9.5.2. Cooling Water System................................................................................................................9-14
9.5.3. Drainage and Dewatering Systems...........................................................................................9-14
9.5.4. Fire Protection..............................................................................................................................9-15
9.5.5. Ventilation and Air Conditioning................................................................................................9-15
9.5.6. Compressed Air System.............................................................................................................9-16
9.5.7. Electrical Lifts and Elevators......................................................................................................9-16
9.5.8. Workshop Equipment..................................................................................................................9-16
9.6. Power Evacuation Arrangement................................................................................................9-17
9.7. Drawings.......................................................................................................................................9-17
10. ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECOLOGICAL ASPECTS...........................................10-1
11. CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY....................................................................11-1
11.1. Access to Project Site & Project Components.........................................................................11-1
11.2. Project Components:...................................................................................................................11-2
11.3. Climatic Conditions:.....................................................................................................................11-2
11.4. Construction Material:.................................................................................................................11-2
11.5. Assumptions while framing the Schedule & Construction Methodology:.............................11-3
11.6. Methodology for Execution of Works........................................................................................11-3
11.6.1. Construction of Access Roads to Project Components..........................................................11-3

11.7. Construction of Project Components........................................................................................11-4

11.7.1. Facilities for construction at Dam site.......................................................................................11-4
Temporary facilities which would be required to be developed at Dam site are :..................................11-4
11.7.2. Method statement for River Diversion......................................................................................11-4
11.7.3. Method statement for Construction of dam............................................................................11-17
11.7.4. Method statement for Construction of Head Race Tunnel...................................................11-25
11.7.5. Method statement for Construction of Surge Shaft...............................................................11-31
11.7.6. Method statement for Construction of Pressure shaft..........................................................11-32
11.7.7. Method statement for Construction of Power House............................................................11-32
12. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM & PROJECT SCHEDULE...................................12-1
12.1. Project Components....................................................................................................................12-1
12.2. Climatic Conditions :...................................................................................................................12-1
12.3. Assumptions while framing the schedule :...............................................................................12-2
12.4. Schedule of Work........................................................................................................................12-2
12.4.1. River Diversion works.................................................................................................................12-2
12.4.2. Dam & Spillways..........................................................................................................................12-4
12.4.3. Head Race Tunnel & Adits.........................................................................................................12-7
12.4.4. Power House................................................................................................................................12-9
13. INFRASTRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES..................................13-1
13.1. General.........................................................................................................................................13-1
13.2. Transportation:.............................................................................................................................13-1
13.3. Construction Facilities.................................................................................................................13-1
13.3.1. Project Roads including Temporary/Permanent Bridges.......................................................13-2
13.3.2. Site Offices and Residential/Non-Residential complexes......................................................13-3
13.3.2.1. Site offices:...................................................................................................................................13-3
13.3.2.2. Residential Accommodation at Project Site:............................................................................13-4
13.3.2.3. Non-Residential Complexes at Project Site.............................................................................13-4
13.3.3. Workshops....................................................................................................................................13-4
13.3.4. Warehouses/Stores Complex....................................................................................................13-4
13.3.5. Muck Disposal Area....................................................................................................................13-4
13.3.6. Explosive Magazine....................................................................................................................13-5
13.3.7. Construction Plant Facilities.......................................................................................................13-5
13.3.7.1. Crushing Plant.............................................................................................................................13-5

13.3.7.2. Batching and Mixing Plant..........................................................................................................13-5

13.3.8. Land Requirement.......................................................................................................................13-6
13.3.9. Construction Power.....................................................................................................................13-7
13.3.10. Telecommunication.....................................................................................................................13-8
13.3.11. Water Supply System.................................................................................................................13-8
13.3.12. Security & Safety arrangement..................................................................................................13-8
13.3.12.1. Security Staff Offices & Check Post...................................................................................13-8
13.3.12.2. Fire Station.............................................................................................................................13-8
14. PROJECT ORGANISATION.................................................................................14-1
14.1. Introduction...................................................................................................................................14-1
14.2. Project Organisation....................................................................................................................14-1
14.2.1. Organisation During Infrastructure Development Stage........................................................14-1
14.2.2. Organisation during Actual Construction Stage......................................................................14-3
14.2.2.1. MODULE 1 – Dam, Intake and Temporary Diversion Works...............................................14-3
14.2.2.2. MODULE 2 – Underground Works............................................................................................14-4
14.2.2.3. MODULE 3 – Power House Including Pressure Shaft...........................................................14-4
14.2.2.4. MODULE 4 – Hydro-Mechanical Works...................................................................................14-5
14.2.2.5. MODULE 5 – Electrical-Mechanical Works.............................................................................14-5
14.2.2.6. MODULE 6– Support Functionaries.........................................................................................14-5
Annexure 14.1...........................................................................................................................................14-10
15. COST ESTIMATION..............................................................................................15-1
15.1. Project Cost..................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2. Basis of Estimate.........................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.1. General.........................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.2. Taxes and Duties.........................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.3. I – Works.......................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.4. A-Preliminary................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.5. B-Land...........................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.6. C– Works......................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2.7. J – Power Plant Civil Works.......................................................................................................15-2
15.2.8. K – Buildings................................................................................................................................15-2
15.2.9. M – Plantation..............................................................................................................................15-2
15.2.10. O– Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................15-2

15.2.11. P– Maintenance during Construction & Y- Losses on Stock.................................................15-2

15.2.12. Q– Special Tools and Plant........................................................................................................15-2
15.2.13. R– Communication......................................................................................................................15-2
15.2.14. X– Environment and Ecology.....................................................................................................15-3
15.2.15. Y- Losses on stock......................................................................................................................15-3
15.2.16. Electrical Works and Generating Plant.....................................................................................15-3
15.2.17. II– Establishment.........................................................................................................................15-3
15.2.18. III– Tools and Plants...................................................................................................................15-3
15.2.19. IV– Suspense...............................................................................................................................15-3
15.2.20. V– Receipts and Recoveries......................................................................................................15-3
16. FINANCIAL EVALUATION...................................................................................16-1
16.1. Introduction...................................................................................................................................16-1
16.2. Project Cost..................................................................................................................................16-1
16.3. Escalation in Cost........................................................................................................................16-2
16.4. Financing......................................................................................................................................16-2
16.5. Energy Benefits............................................................................................................................16-2
16.6. Energy Sale Price........................................................................................................................16-2
16.7. The Assumptions taken for working out the Tariff are as follows: -......................................16-2

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
a. Introduction:
Mawphu Hydroelectric Project, Stage - II is proposed as a run-of-river scheme on the river
Umiew in East Khasi Hills District of Meghalaya. The proposed dam site is located at about
3.17km downstream of Umduna HEP (90 MW) Power House location and the Power House
site is located at about 2km downstream of Thieddieng village on the right bank of the river.
The project is being implemented by North Eastern Electric Power Corporation Ltd, a
Government of India enterprise. The Pre-Feasibility study of the project had been carried
out by NEEPCO in the year 2010
NEEPCO Ltd. invited domestic competitive bidding for preparation of Detailed Project Report
(DPR) and Related Activities for Mawphu Hydroelectric Project (Stage-II) on 21 st May 2012
and the work was awarded to Energy Infratech Private Limited (EIPL), New Delhi in
December 2012. .
The scope of works includes Topographical survey, Geological and geo-technical survey
and investigations including sub-surface investigations namely exploratory drilling, in-situ
and lab tests, geo-physical survey in the project area.
b. Location of the Project:

Mawphu HEP, Stage - II is located on the Umiew river in East Khasi Hills district of
Meghalaya. The proposed dam site is located at latitude 25°18’32” N and longitude
91°38’19” E. The project area can be accessed from Guwahati airport, which is at about 120
km from Shillong, the capital of Meghalaya. The nearest rail head is located at Guwahati.
State Highway is available from Shillong to reach Mawsynram, which is a small town at
about 60km from Shillong. Mawsynram is connected with Thieddieng village through about
6km foot track. Road is also existing from Mawsynram towards Thieddieng for about 4km
and the same is under construction. The dam site can be accessed from Thieddieng (at
about 2km) through footpath. The power house site is also accessed from Thieddieng village
(at about 2km) through footpath. There is no direct connectivity between dam site and
power house site.
c. Proposed Project Layout

Based on topographical, geological, hydraulic and environmental considerations, dam site
which is at about 3.17km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House location and the site
for Power House as mentioned in the above section are selected and various investigations
were carried out for the preparation of detailed project report.
DPR-I:Executive Summary 1
Various proposed components of the project envisaged by the selected dam and power
house locations are given below:
 A concrete gravity dam of 51m high (from the deepest foundation level) and 140m
long (at top) comprising 3 overflow blocks with spillway arrangement of 6 bays ,
each with radial gate of size 9.0m x 12.00m and 4 non-overflow blocks.
Energy dissipation arrangement is proposed with trajectory bucket.
 River diversion arrangement consists of 1 no. diversion tunnel of 7m dia, Horse-
shoe shaped and 384m long, on the left bank with 18m high upstream coffer dam
and 6m high downstream coffer dam.
 Power intake structure is of 16m wide and 20m high on the right bank with an
inclined trash rack.
 Head Race Tunnel is of 4.80m dia, Horse-shoe shaped and 2.62km long.
 Restricted orifice type surge shaft is of 10m dia and 54m high at the end of HRT
 Main pressure shaft is of 3.50m dia, 869m long and branch pressure shaft is of
2.50m dia and 32m long each
 Surface power house is of size 53.80m (L) x 16.0 m (W) x 30.50 m (H) housing two
vertical axis Francis turbines each of 37.50MW installed capacity
 Tail race channel is of 8m wide and 51 m long (including Recovey Bay) to discharge
water into the river
 132kV Gas insulated switchgear installed on the floor above the transformers
d. Electro-Mechanical Equipments
The surface power plant comprises two units of Vertical axis Francis Turbines each with
37.50MW capacity with 10% continuous overload. The rated speed of the turbines is 500rpm
with the rated head of about 232.33m. Vertical shaft synchronous generators with maximum
rated capacity of at 41.7MVA will be provided which will be directly coupled to the respective
turbines. The generation voltage selected is 11kV. The generator step up transformers are
housed upstream of the powerhouse, connected through segregated phase bus ducts. The
transformers will be further connected to the 132kV Gas insulated switchgear located on the
floor above the generator transformers.
e. Power Evacuation System

The power generated from the Mawphu HEP, Stage - II is proposed to be pooled at Mawlai
Substation through a 132kV double circuit transmission line taking off from Mawphu HEP. It
is proposed to provide two outgoing bays for evacuating power at 132kV level from Mawphu
HEP.
f. Hydrology:
i. Water Availability Studies:
Available rainfall data at Shillong and Mawphlang along with observed discharge data at
Mawphlang dam site from January 1979 to December 1987 was utilized for water availability
studies. Gaps in the available rainfall and discharge data at Mawphlang filled. Consistency
checks on the data were applied. Available discharges at Mawphlang for the period 1979-80
to 1987-88 extended up to 2004-05 using rainfall-runoff relations. Based on TRMM data for
the period 1998-2009, catchment rainfall worked out to 4415 mm. Adopting runoff factor of
0.8, runoff at Mawphu II dam site comes to 3538 mm. Mean annual runoff at Mawphlang
based on observed data is 3018 mm. Hence yield correction factor for dam site comes to
1.17. The discharges at dam site were estimated by increasing Mawphlang discharges in
catchment proportion and by applying yield correction factor. Considering the withdrawal by
GSWSS, available 10-daily discharges at dam site determined by subtracting 0.5 cumecs
from the 10-daily estimated discharges at the dam site, to obtain the available discharges for
the period 1979-80 to 2004-05. From the 10-daily discharges at dam site, annual flows for
the period 1979-80 to 2004-05 worked out and arranged in descending order. % Age
dependability estimated using Weibull’s equation. 90 % & 50 % dependable flows worked
out as 887 & 1020 MCM, which correspond to the years 1996-97 & 2002-03 respectively.
10-Daily flows during 90 % dependable year (1996-97) have been used for power potential
studies.
Water availability studies have been examined and approved by CWC vide U. O. No.
4/161/2013-Hyd (NE)/104-05 dated 11/03/14.
ii. Design Flood Studies:
As per BIS guidelines dams with gross storage capacity greater than 60 MCM or hydraulic
height greater than 30 m are to be designed to safely pass Probable Maximum Flood (PMF).
Since height of the dam is more than 30 m, the project is designed to safely pass the PMF.
Synthetic UG at the dam site was estimated from the basin characteristics viz. A, L, Lc, S
etc., using report for “Estimation of Design Flood for South Bank Tributaries of the
Brahmaputra, Sub-zone 2 (b)”. Since time to peak worked out as 10.1 hours which
appeared to be on the higher side for a catchment area of 320.2 sq km and having steep
slope. Hence as advised by CWC, time of concentration has been estimated using Kirpch
formula, California formula etc., which worked out to about 5 hours. Synthetic UG was
therefore developed using Sub-Zone 2 (a) report of CWC and convoluted with 1-day PMP
given by IMD. Probable Maximum Flood of 8889 cumecs has thus been estimated. Hence
design flood of 8,900 cumecs has been adopted.
iii. Diversion Flood:
As per IS - 14815:2000 for planning river diversion works for concrete dams, 1 in 25 year
flood of non-monsoon months or maximum observed during these months; whichever is
higher, is to be considered. From the available daily discharges of River Umiew at
Mawphlang (C.A. = 115 sq km) for the period 1980-81 to 1996-97, non-monsoon peaks were
worked out. The annual peaks thus obtained were subjected to frequency analysis to
determine the floods for various return periods. It is seen that 25 yr return period flood at
Mawphlang works out to 154 cumecs which is less than the observed non-monsoon flood of
174 cumecs. Hence, as per IS -14815:2000, diversion flood at Mawphlang comes to 174
cumecs. Transforming this flood using Dicken’s equation, the diversion flood at Mawphu
HEP, stage II works out to 375 cumecs.
iv. Sedimentation Studies:
Based on the topographical survey of the reservoir areas and capacities at various
elevations have been worked out. Since sedimentation observation of Umiew river at the
project site or at any other site in the vicinity are not available, sediment rate of 1mm/sq
km/yr has been adopted for the studies. From the capacity inflow ratio, trap efficiency from
Brune’s curve works out to 0.5%, which indicates that most of the sediment will not be
trapped in the reservoir and would flow downstream. Hence following measures for sediment
management have been provided in the design aspects.
 Operating the reservoir at MDDL during the monsoon months to route the
incoming sediment downstream of the project site.
 Provision of low level sluice spillway crest for flushing the silt downstream during
flood season.
 Reservoir drawdown flushing two times every year, to ensure that live storage is
always available.
 Adequate vertical separation between the water conductor intake sill level and the
sluice spillway crest level for effective silt flushing.
g. Site Investigation, Geology and Construction Material:

The Mawphu HE Project Stage-II is located on river Umiew flowing through East Khasi Hill
district of Meghalaya. The project area falls within Archean gneiss of Meghalaya plateau,
which is characterized by wide structural and geological diversity.
i. Geological set up of the Project Area
The project area falls in the central part of Meghalaya, where the Gneissic Complex has
multiple deformational & metamorphic episodes. In general, the grade of metamorphism
varies from the green schist to amphibolites facies. The Meghalaya plateau and the Mikir
hills occur in between the E-W aligned Eastern Himalaya to the north and the broadly NNE-
SSW Indo-Myanmar mobile belt to the east. The Northern and North-eastern boundary with
Bengal basin lies to its south. These geological domains are separated from the main
Himalayan belt by the Brahmaputra alluvium. The Mikir Hills are separated from the
Meghalaya Plateau by the alluvium tract of Kopili River and the NE-SW Kopili fault.Dauki
fault is located 12 km south of project area.
ii. Alternative studies
Earlier during PFR stage, several alternative sites were identified to select the most suitable
one for dam in downstream of Umiew River and Umkynrem River. As Old PFR Dam location
proposed by NEEPCO did not fulfill the environmental requirement formulated by Expert
Appraisal Committee (EAC) of MoEF, Alt-1, Alt. 2 & Alt.3 were chosen for review during site
visit. It was found that Alt-3 was a suitable location which is at about 3.1km downstream of
proposed Umduna HEP Power House location and accordingly an exploration plan was
drawn at the axis for investigation for DPR preparation. During drilling at Alt-3 location, drill
hole DH-07 encountered deep overburden on the left bank of dam axis. So, it was proposed
that the dam axis needs to be shifted slightly downstream by about 70m to avoid deep
overburden on the left abutment. Accordingly, Alt-3A has been chosen as a possible
location for further investigation works.
iii. Field Investigations
During pre-feasibility stage the project area was studied with the help of topographic
maps and few preliminary stage investigations. Subsequent to submission of PFR,
EIPL was entrusted detailed investigation and preparation of DPR. The Project
components have been studied in detail through geological mapping, exploratory
drilling, drifting(under Progress) and geophysical studies. Further, In-situ soil
mechanics test namely SPT and Laboratory Rock mechanics test for UCS,Young’s
Modulus and Poisson’s ratio have been got done at ATES,NEW DELHI. The
investigations carried out are tabulated below.
a. Geological Mapping
Component Scale
Dam and its appurtenant Structure 1:1000
Reservoir 1:1000
HRT 1:2500
HRT Adit portals 1:1000
Surge Shaft 1:1000
Pressure shaft and Pressure shaft Adits 1:1000
Power House and Tail race channel 1:1000
b. Drilling
In addition to 3 bore holes with aggregating length of 90m for Groutability test, 18 bore holes
having cumulative lengths of 875m have been drilled so far. Out of these 18 drill holes, 11
holes with cumulative length of 445m have been drilled to explore Dam and its appurtenant
structures and 2 holes of 50m & 60 m length were drilled to explore surface Power house
whereas 4 bore holes were drilled to explore pressure shaft and Surge shaft was explored by
one hole of 110m One 40m deep hole planned to explore HRT and is under progress.
c. Water Pressure/Permeability Tests
In total 402 numbers of water pressure/water percolation tests were conducted for assessing
permeability in all the exploratory drill holes.
d. SPT
In total 106 numbers of Standard penetration test were conducted for assessing bearing
capacity of overburden, SPT were conducted in accordance with IS 2131 and results were
incorporated in the respective drill logs.
e. Groutability test
Groutability test has been carried out on the river bed (Dam foundation) to ascertain the extent
of amenability of foundation rock to systematic grouting. The pattern and depth of hole is
governed primarily by the design requirement and the nature of rock. Giving due cognizance
to variation of strike of foliation and other intersecting joints Triangular pattern was adopted for
conducting Groutability test.
f. Exploratory Drifting
The dam abutments of Alternative-3a have been planned to be investigated by excavating two
drifts.viz LBD-1 having 30m length at left bank and RBD-1 having 30m length at left bank. A
total length of 60m of drifting at the Dam location been proposed to be carried out.
g. Rock Mechanic Tests
In order to determine both physio mechanical and engineering properties such as specific
gravity, UCS, tensile strength, cohesion, friction angle, deformation modulus of the various
rock types occurring in the project area, laboratory tests on rock cores collected from drill
holes were carried out at the ATES laboratory.
h. Petrography
Specimens of rocks obtained from various rock exposures and rock cores from various drill
holes of Dam site, Surge Shaft and surface Power House were utilized by the GSI Petrology
Laboratory located at Faridabad for Petrographical studies. Furthermore, 2 silt samples were
also tested and 2 tests are under progress in same laboratory for estimating of mineral
distribution in silt samples.
i. Geophysical Studies
Geophysical explorations involving seismic refraction profiling were carried out in the project
area with a view to decipher the interface between the overburden and bedrock as well as to
determine the overburden/bedrock characteristics. In total 7 profiles aggregating length of
860m covering Dam, Power house and adit has been carried out.
j. Seismological Studies
Dept of Earthquake Engineering IIT Roorkee was entrusted the job to carry out the study for
evaluating seismic design parameters for the project components. Based on the above, the
maximum value estimated for horizontal peak ground acceleration (PGA) is 0.42gfor MCE and
0.24 for DBE condition respectively for both Horizontal and Vertical ground motion.
iv. Geotechnical Evaluation of Civil Structures
a. Dam
The 51m high concrete dam, from deepest foundation level, shall have a length of 139.85m
at the top. The top of the dam has been kept at El. 472m.In Dam area thickness of the
overburden ranges from 4 to 7.4 m with permeability ranges from 1.912х10 -3cm/sec to -
6.828х10-3cm/sec. Bed rock permeability values range from 1-6 Lugeon and suggests
reasonably tight foundation condition in the riverbed. In any of the drill hole no major fracture
zone or crushed/shear zone was encountered, making it suitable for laying concrete dam. In
the course of the abutment excavation, no major problem is foreseen as right bank exposes
strong granite gneiss upto EL.510m and beyond the top of dam (EL.472m).No adverse zone
was observed during surface mapping of right bank whereas for the left abutment excavation
the initial reach of the rock mass may need to be stripped and concurrent supports in the
form of rock bolts would be required. Due to presence of the unconsolidated overburden on
upper reaches of the left bank maintaining stability of cut slopes in this reach are imperative.
b. Energy Dissipator
The energy dissipator, proposed to be kept over dominantly fine to coarse grained granitic
gneiss. The In-situ permeability values of 1.86 to 3.25 Lugeon suggest fairly tight foundation
conditions and the same gets corroborate through the results of Groutability test. After
removing the bedrock a stripping depth of approx 2-3m is envisaged.
c. Coffer Dam
Upstream Coffer Dam
An Eighteen m high coffer dam has been proposed about 205 upstream of dam axis for
diversion of water through diversion tunnel .On the basis of various boreholes drilled in the
dam area particularly DH-01 and DH-02, overburden permeability is expected to range
between 1.02 to 1.2 X 10-2 cm/sec. Where as that of bedrock would vary between 3 to 6
Lugeon. In view of this, as seepage control measure, jet grouting provisions has been kept
below the coffer dam to minimize seepage into the dam pit during construction.
Downstream Coffer Dam
Downstream Coffer dam has been proposed to be located at 160m D/S of dam axis, right
abutment of the structure has been positioned utilizing the exposed rock ledge. DH-10 drilled
for subsurface investigation of the stilling basin. It is opined that thickness of overburdened,
constituted of large boulder pebbles, cobbles, gravels of granite/granitic gneiss mixed with
sand shall be of the order of 5 to 7m followed by strong to very strong quartz biotite gneiss.
Overburden permeability ranges between 3.8 & 4.8 X10 -3 cm/sec and therefore suitable
pumping arrangement shall be required during construction.
d. Diversion Tunnel
During the construction, the river water is proposed to be diverted through a 384.6m long,
7m dia. horse shoe shaped diversion tunnel on the left bank that would cater to a maximum
discharge of 375cumecs.The entire Diversion Tunnel area has been divided into three part
giving due cognizance to Geological condition, nature and extent of overburden/rock cover
(both lateral and top), condition of conspicuous joint sets, tunneling direction and proximity to
river.
1.) DT Inlet Area : RD 0 – RD 65m

2.) Intermediate Area : RD 65 – RD 328m
3.) Outlet Area : RD 328m – RD 384.6m
DT Inlet Area
DT Inlet Area extends from RD 0- RD 65m.The DT inlet portal with invert at EL 446mm is
located in granite gneiss. Overall tunneling media for this reach estimated to be
Predominantly Class IV with patches of Class III and minor class V.
DT Intermediate Area
DT Inlet Area extends from RD 65 - RD 328m.Tunneling media between RD 65 – RD 205m

is estimated to be in predominantly of Class III with intermittent Class II band and few Class
V patches. However RD 205 - RD 308m is estimated to be in predominantly Class II with
intermittent class III band and a few Class IV patches.
DT outlet Area
DT Outlet area extends from RD 328 - RD 384.6m. Overall tunneling media for this reach
estimated to be predominantly of Class III with patches of Class IV and Class V.
e. Power Intake
Water from Dam shall be diverted to head race tunnel through a power intake structure
proposed to be located on the right bank of Umiew River at about 15.0m u/s of the dam axis.
The slope defining S3 joint sets shown in the drawing has been recorded during surface
mapping and it is apprehended that this set will control the slope geometry and hence
stability of excavation. Necessary support provision for avoiding formation of wedge by

installation of suitable length of bolts with moderate spacing and SFRS so that the stability of
excavation is maintained till the construction of Intake is completed.
f. Head Race Tunnel

The approximately 2.6 km long tunnel has been proposed on the Right bank of Umiew River
in the Archean Gneissic complex forming a major constituent of the East Khasi hills in the
South Meghalaya plateau. The bed rock consists of variants of granite gneiss with Quartzo
feldspathic bands and intrusions of granite. Summary of anticipated tunneling conditions is
given below:
 Rock classes in various stretches of HRT have been predicted on the basis of
surface exposures details.
 Based on geomechanical classification of rock mass percentage of rock class to
be encountered in HRT shall be as under.
Rock Class Percentage Head Race Tunnel
Rock Class Percentage in HRT

Class II Class III Class IV Class V
40 45 10 5
 Low cover and weak zones apart from areas where copious seepage is
anticipated are proposed to be evaluated further by advance probing.
 Adequate preparedness shall be required in respect of sufficient dewatering
arrangements. Installation of concurrent support shall be resorted while
negotiating weak rock conditions as envisaged. Requirement of Grouting in few
weak reaches is foreseen particularly near the contact between Granite gneiss
and Granite.
g. Surge Shaft
The 54m deep, 10m dia, restricted orifice type surge shaft shall be accommodating in
moderately strong, moderately to highly weathered granite gneiss with biotite schist banding.
As no major shear zone was encountered during drilling as such no serious difficulty during
the excavation of shaft is anticipated. In general there is an improvement in rock strength,
weathering and opening of the joints with the depth barring few exceptions at EL.491m,
EL.482m, EL472m, EL.451m and EL.436m where RQD has been found to be low though the
recovery remains constantly high. In such area provision of consolidation grouting shall be
required for ground improvement. Considering the nature of rock encountered in drill holes
and observed rock mechanic parameters, it is anticipated that the major part of Surge shaft
shall negotiate fair to good rock with occasional patches of poor rock. The suitable rock
support ,consisting of rock bolts, SFRS and pressure relief holes shall be installed
concurrent to excavation. It is assessed that the initial and terminal part of the surge shaft
excavation would require circular steel set tied firmly to each other along periphery with back
fill concrete in view of the observed weakness especially in these two areas.
h. Pressure Shaft
One 3.5m dia, 869 m long, circular pressure shaft which includes 69m long top horizontal
pressure shaft, followed by a 171m deep vertical shaft and a 673m long horizontal pressure
shaft bifurcating into two 2.5m dia, 32m long tunnels has been envisaged for feeding two
turbines.
i. Top horizontal pressure shaft

69m long, 3.5 m Ø top horizontal pressure shaft shall pass through bedrock with
superincumbent cover including overburden varying from 84m near top bend to 110m near
surge shaft. Giving due consideration to subsurface information from exploration and results
of rock mechanic test, sufficient suitable rock cover over the structure exists in this part of
pressure shaft and is anticipated to negotiate generally fair to good rock with patches of very
good and poor to very poor rock class. For estimation purpose the following percentage of
rock class can be considered for top horizontal pressure
Percentage wise rock class in Top Horizontal Pressure Shaft
ROCK
STRUCTURE PERCENTAGE
CLASS
Class- II 20%
Top Horizontal Class- III 70%

Pressure shaft Class- IV 5%
Class- V 5%
ii. Vertical pressure shaft

Giving due consideration to subsurface information from exploration and results of rock
mechanic tests sufficient and suitable vertical as well as lateral rock cover exist around this
part of pressure shaft and is anticipated to negotiate generally fair to good rock with
occasional weak features manifested by thick clay filled joints encountered in one of the
boreholes.
iii. Bottom horizontal pressure shaft

mechanics test and rock cover over the structure, this part of structure i.e. from 0 – 540 m is
anticipated to negotiate generally very good rock with intermediate length of fair and patches
of poor to very poor rock class.
For estimation purpose the following percentage of rock class can be considered for bottom
horizontal pressure shaft from 0-540m
Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft (0-540m)
ROCK
CLASS
Class- II 68%
Bottom Class- III 25%

Horizontal
pressure shaft Class- IV 5%
Class- V 2%
For estimation purpose the following percentage of rock class can be considered for
bottom horizontal pressure shaft from 540-673m, taking into account the nature and
extent of rock cover.
Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft (540m to 673m)
STRUCTURE ROCK CLASS PERCENTAGE
Class- II 20%
Bottom horizontal pressure Class- III 65%

shaft Class- IV 10%
Class- V 5%
i. Power House
A surface power house having size 53.8 m x 16.0 m x 30.50 m shall be accommodated in
greyish, medium to coarse grained, strong, moderately jointed granite gneiss. The long axis
of surface power has been oriented in N119°direction i.e. perpendicular to prominent strike
of foliation (N028°-N208) and appears to have been placed suitably with respect to strike of
foliation. It is evident from drill hole data that overburden shall be of the order of 45-
50m.Coefficeint of permeability in overburden ranges from 0.29X10-3cm/sec to
2X10-3cm/sec which indicate highly pervious nature of overburden. Since overburden is of
river borne material which is indicative of a pre-existing river terrace, with presence of water
table at a depth of 12-14m. This shall make this material susceptible to instability.
Accordingly necessary measure to avoid surcharging of the overburden slope shall be
adopted during construction. Generally Core recovery in rock vary from 80-95% and RQD
vary from 30-80%.In view of above ,during excavation in selected weak media consolidation
grouting shall be resorted. However Rock mechanics test conducted on the cores samples
from power house area reveals the UCS value of 106 to 137 MPa. It is therefore concluded
that foundation of the surface power house shall be in sound rock.
The entire excavation for Power house pit shall be in bedrock having indicative RMR
(without rating adjustment) ranges from 50 to 59 computed on the basis of geotechnical
parameter collected from the outcrops and collating the finding from boreholes DH-101 and
DH-102 in which bedrock was encountered at El 268.6m and 262.2m respectively.
j. Tail Race Channel

In order to release of downstream discharge from Power House back to the river, a tail race
channel of 8m wide and 51 m long (including Recovery Bay) aligned along N 230° has been
provided.
Tail race system including the recovery bay shall be on bed rock constituted of slightly
weathered strong to very strong, moderately jointed, grey gneiss.
To minimize the effect of some of these adversely oriented joints on excavation particularly
on the western wall, systematic rock support with rock bolts of 25mm Ø 4 to 6m long with
spacing of 2m center to center, adequate thickness of SFRS, and pressure relief
arrangement shall be required to be installed, concurrent to the excavation. Furthermore,
provision of consolidation grouting shall be made as ground improvement measure.
v. Construction Material
A reconnaissance of area around the project encompassing Umiew river, Dam site to 40 km
D/S down to Balat has been carried out to locate the most suitable rock quarries, river
shoals. After survey 10 rock quarries, 3 river terraces/shoal deposits have been identified
and explored. Representative samples collected from exploratory pits excavation have been
tested for physical parameters by ATES New Delhi. In addition sample from both the banks
which would accommodate the dam, have been got tested for use as concrete aggregates.
Sufficient Quantity of suitable construction material is available to meet the requirement of
2.23 lac cum of coarse aggregate, 1.12 lac cum of fine aggregate for production of concrete
and 0.65 lac cum of Rock fill for coffer dams. Most of the rock samples being tested suitable
for wearing surface concrete and hence entire requirement shall be meet from identified
quarry/Barrow areas.
h. Power Potential Studies:

The power potential studies have been carried out based on 26 years (1979-80 to 2004-05)
generated flow series on 10-daily basis at dam site. The net storage capacity of the
reservoir between MDDL at EL.460.00 m and FRL at EL.470.00m is 0.8 Mcum. The gross
head and the net rated head available for the turbine are 238m and 232.33m respectively
and the design discharge is 35.72 cumecs.
The environment releases as per the Terms of Reference (ToR) mentioned by the Ministry of
Environment and Forests (MoEF) as given below have been considered for computing the
available discharges for power generation.
Minimum Environmental Release:
Percentage discharge
Sl.No. Period
considered
1 Monsoon Period (June to September) 30% of river discharge
2 Lean Period (December to March) 20% of average discharge
Non-Monsoon/Non-Lean Period (April, May

3 25% of average discharge
and October, November)
The proposed installed capacity is 75 MW (2 x 37.50 MW) with 10% continuous overload.
The annual energy generation in 90% dependable year (1996-97) is 291.62 MU. The plant
load factor is 44.39%.
i. Construction Schedule
The project has been planned to be constructed in a period of 60 months including 15
months for pre-construction activities. Main construction activity is planned to be completed
in about 45 months after accord of TEC by CEA and Environmental & Forest clearance from
MOEF. Excavation of dam below river bed level and concreting in dam up to river bed level
is the critical activity of the project. Apart from the dam, excavation of Power House is also a
critical component of the project, though it is not driving the project schedule.
Excavation of 2.62 km long HRT can be carried out from 3 faces and hence is not envisaged
to be critical, as excavation is likely to be carried out in favorable geological conditions.
j. Environmental Aspects
Environmental study is to be provided by NEEPCO, which is awaited till the completion of
the draft DPR.
a. Estimate of the Cost

The project is estimated to cost Rs. 879.83 crores. This includes hard cost of Civil Works,
Electro-Mechanical Works and soft cost of IDC. The preliminary cost estimate of the project
has been prepared as per the guidelines of CEA/CWC. The break down of the cost
estimates is given below:
Civil Works Rs. 628.06 crores

Electro-Mechanical Works Rs. 141.94 crores
Total (Hard Cost) Rs. 770.00 crores
Interest during construction (Soft Cost) Rs. 109.83 crores
Total Cost of the Project Rs. 879.83 crores
b. Financial Analysis
Financial evaluation of the project has been carried out for the project operation period of
35 years. The tariff has been worked out considering the financial aspects as mentioned
below.
Debt-Equity Ratio 70:30
Return on Equity 16.50%
Annual interest rate on loan 12%
O & M charges including insurance 2.5%
The first year tariff and levellised tariff have been worked out as Rs.6.94/kWh and Rs.
6.19/kWh respectively.
SALIENT FEATURES
NAME OF THE PROJECT Mawphu Hydroelectric Project, Stage - II
INSTALLED CAPACITY 2 x 37.50 MW
TYPE OF SCHEME Run-of-River
RIVER Umiew
LOCATION
State Meghalaya
District East Khasi Hills
Latitude 25°18' 32" N ; Longitude 910 38’ 19”

Dam Site
E
Latitude 25°16' 45" N ; Longitude 910 37’ 45”

Power House Site
E
ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE
a. Dam Site
Thieddieng (Right Bank)/Mawphu (Left

Nearest Village
Bank)
Distance Dam site to Thieddieng – about 2km through

footpath
Thieddieng to Mawsynram – about 6km

through foot track
Access road (under construction) is available
DPR-I:Salient Features 15
from Mawsynram for about 4km towards

Thieddieng
Mawsynram to Shillong – about 60km
Shillong to Guwahati – about 120km
b. Power House Site
Nearest Village Thieddieng
Power House site to Thieddieng – about 2km

Distance
through footpath
Nearest Airport Guwahati
Nearest Rail Head (Broad Gauge) Guwahati
HYDROLOGY
Catchment area at dam site 320 Sq km
90% Dependable Annual Runoff 887 MCM
50% Dependable Annual Runoff 1020 MCM
Minimum Environmental Release:
Lean Season 20% of Average Discharge
Monsoon 30% of inflow
Non-Monsoon/Non-Lean Season 25% of Average Discharge
RESERVOIR
Full Reservoir Level (FRL) EL. 470.00 m
Maximum Water Level (MWL) EL. 470.50 m
Minimum Drawdown level (MDDL) EL. 460.00 m
Gross Storage at FRL 1.55 MCM
Gross Storage at MDDL 0.75 MCM
Live Storage 0.8 MCM
Submergence Area at FRL 13 ha
Length of Reservoir 1.2 km
DAM
Type Concrete Gravity Dam
Top Elevation of dam EL. 472.00 m
Top Width 5.00 m
Length of dam at top 140 m
Height of Dam from deepest foundation level 51.00 m
Average River Bed Level EL. 434.00 m
SPILLWAY
PMF (Design flood) 8900 cumecs
Type of Spillway Surface Ogee type with breast wall
Crest Elevation EL. 443.00 m
Number of bays 6 Nos.
Size of Radial Gates 9 m x 12 m
Length of Spillway 79.00 m
Energy Dissipation Arrangement Trajectory bucket
DIVERSION ARRANGEMENT
Tunnel, 1 No. Horse shoe shaped, 7m dia

Type, Shape and Size
and 384m long
Location Left Bank
Diversion Flood 375 cumecs
Inlet invert level EL. 446.00 m
Outlet invert level EL. 429.50 m
Top width of upstream Coffer Dam 5.00 m
Height of upstream coffer dam 18.00 m
Top width of downstream Coffer Dam 3.00 m
Height of downstream coffer dam 6.00 m
POWER INTAKE
Number 1 No.
Centre line of intake EL. 454.40 m
Invert level EL. 452.00 m
Size of Gate Opening 4.80 m x 4.80 m
Design discharge 35.72 cumecs
HEAD RACE TUNNEL
Number 1
Size and Shape 4.80 m and Horse-shoe Shaped
Length 2.62 km
Design discharge 35.72 cumecs
ADITS TO HRT
Number of Adits 2 Nos.
Near Power Intake Nil
One at RD.862.00 m, 6 m dia, D-shaped,

Intermediate Adit (Adit-1)
78m long
Near Surge Shaft (Adit-2) One, upstream of Surge Shaft, 6 m dia, D-
shaped, 124 m long
SURGE SHAFT
Number 1
Type Restricted Orifice type
Size 10.0 m 
Top of Surge Shaft EL.492.00 m
Bottom of Surge Shaft EL.438.00 m
Height 54.00 m
PRESSURE SHAFT
Number 1
Main Pressure Shaft 3.5 m and 869 m long
Top Horizontal 69.00m
Vertical 127.00m
Bottom Horizontal 673.00m
Branch Pressure Shaft 2.5 m  and 32 m each (2 nos)
ADITS TO PRESSURE SHAFT
Number of Adits 3 Nos.
6 m dia, D-Shaped and 108 m long branched

Adit-2A to top horizontal Pressure Shaft
from Adit-2 to HRT
6 m dia, D-Shaped and 81 m long branched

Adit-2B to erection chamber
from Adit-2 to HRT
Adit-3 to bottom horizontal Pressure Shaft 6 m dia, D-Shaped and 455 m long
ERECTION CHAMBER FOR PRESSURE

SHAFT
Number of Chambers 1 No.
Size of Chamber 8mx8mx8m
POWER HOUSE
Type Surface
Installed capacity 75 MW (2 X 37.50 MW)
Number of units 2
Power House cavern size (main) 53.80 m x 16.00 m x 30.50 m
Type of turbine Vertical Axis Francis Turbine
Vertical Shaft synchronous generators 46

Generator
MVA
Combine Efficiency of Turbine and

92.12%
Generators
Rated Net Head 232.33 m
Design Discharge 35.72 cumecs
Plant Load Factor 44.39%
TAIL RACE CHANNEL
Length of Recovery Bay 35 m
Width of Recovery Bay 27 m
Length of Tail Race Channel up to river bank

51 m
including Recovery Bay
Width of Tail Race Channel 8m
Minimum River bed level at tail race outfall EL.230.20 m
Min. TWL EL.231.00 m
Normal TWL EL.232.00 m
Max TWL EL.239.5 m
GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR
Type 132kV Gas Insulated Switchgear
Location On the floor above Transformers
POWER EVACUATION
Nearby Sub-station Mawlai sub-station
Evacuation System 132 kV D/C Line
ENERGY GENERATION
Annual Energy Generation in 90%

291.62 MU
dependable year
Annual Energy Generation in 50%

296.85 MU
dependable year
Design Energy in 90% dependable year

283.34 MU
(With 95% plant availability)
COST
Civil and Hydro-Mechanical Rs. 628.06 crores
Electro-Mechanical Rs. 141.94 crores
IDC Rs. 109.82 crores
Total Cost Rs. 879.83 crores
First Year Tariff Rs. 6.94/kWh
Levellised Tariff Rs. 6.19/kWh
Construction Period 60 Months (including 15 months for pre-
construction activities)
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. General
North Eastern Electric Power Corporation Ltd (NEEPCO) awarded the work of Survey,
Investigation and preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) of Mawphu Hydro Electric
Project (Stage-II) to Energy Infratech Pvt Ltd. (the Consultant) on 4 th Dec 2012. EIPL has
completed more than 90% survey and investigation works and prepared the Draft Detailed
Project Report in four volumes. This volume of the DPR presents the results of the technical
feasibility study on the Mawphu HE Project (Stage-II) and appurtenant facilities including the
substation. Drawings are presented in Volume-1A. The detailed Cost estimates, hydrological
studies, geotechnical studies are presented in Volume-2, 3 and 4 respectively
This volume herein focuses on a summary of the results collected through the field activities
and their incorporation into the development of the project design. This is followed by a
description of the feasibility design itself and a presentation of the main parameters
necessary for future project development (e.g. quantities and costs estimates, economic
analysis, construction methodology and schedule, etc.).
In the following text, after a short description of the project, a short summary of the findings
from the already existing documents and the alternative studies carried out for fixing up of
layout is given in Chapter-2. Furthermore, the same chapter contains the elaboration of the
project boundary conditions and a multi‐criteria analysis for the selection of the upstream
reservoir level. This is followed by the presentation of the survey works undertaken and
development of topographical maps in Chapter-3. The collection of hydrological data, as
well as results of the hydrological analysis and analysis of the river water levels after
construction of the dam are given in Chapter-4. Summary of the main results from the
geological/geotechnical investigations and basic understanding of the project geology is
given in Chapter-5. Estimation of power potential is presented in Chapter-6. Civil
engineering structures and their design are explained in Chapter-7.
Hydro-mechanical equipments are given in Chapter-8 and the sizing of the main generating
and electrical equipments and power evacuation arrangements are given in Chapter-9.
Environmental and ecological aspects of the project are discussed in Chapter-10.

Construction methodology for various project structures, equipment planning for the
execution of the project are presented in Chapter-11 and the construction programme and
scheduling are given in Chapter-12. Various infrastructure/construction facilities required
during construction stage of the project and during operation stage are discussed in
Chapter-13 whereas the organization set-up for project execution and operation and
maintenance are presented in Chapter-14.
DPR-I: Chapter-1: Introduction 1-1

Detailed rate analysis, estimation of quantities of various items of works and their costs are
given in Chapter-15. Finally, the financial evaluation of the project based on estimated cost
and revenues from design energy is presented in Chapter-16.
It is to be noted that the design drawings presented in Volume-1A illustrate herein the given
design at the feasibility level.
1.2. Scope of the Work
In general, the herein assigned works for the development of the Mawphu Hydro‐Electric
Project (Stage-II) consist of collection of existing documentation, review of available data
collection of the field data necessary for the development of topographical, hydrological,
geological and geotechnical documentation at an appropriate level for the selection of the
most favourable location and layout of the power plant components.
The above listed field data are processed, evaluated and used for the development of the
project layout and definition of the basic characteristics of the civil works and necessary
electro‐mechanical equipment. Based on this, estimation of the annual power production, as
well as cost estimation is done. NEEPCO has awarded the work of EIA and EMP studies to
another consultant, WAPCOS. A brief description of environmental studies is presented in
this report.
Finally, the above described feasibility study shall serve as the basis for the development of
the tender documents. Nevertheless, it is very important to emphasize that the herein
reported works are developed at the level of a feasibility study. Therefore, prior to any further
project development step it is necessary to independently check the reported results and
establish appropriate technical documentation.
1.3. Need for the Project

The great Himalayan mountain range with its permanently snow covered mountain peaks;
the mighty Brahmaputra and its perennial tributaries, flowing in loops and bends and passing
through breath taking deep valleys and narrow gorges; the south-east monsoon causing
highest rainfall in Meghalaya, are the natural parameters responsible for North-East India to
emerge as a boon for hydroelectric power generation. Central Electricity Authority (CEA), in
this publication “Hydroelectric Power Potential of India 1988” estimated the optimum
installable capacity of Brahmaputra basin as about 66,065 MW, out of which only about 2%
have been harnessed so far. Due to increase in population, urbanization and
industrialization, the power demand has increased considerably. To meet the increased
power demand, Central Government and various State Governments of the region are
making all out efforts to develop the hydropower potential of the region.
1.3.1. Region-Wise Power Supply Position

As per the Load Generation Balance Report (2013-14) of CEA, all the Regions in the
Country namely Northern, Western, Southern, Eastern and North-Eastern Regions
continued to experience energy as well as peak power shortage of varying magnitude on an

overall basis, although there were short-term surpluses depending on the season or time of
day. The energy shortage varied from 3.3% in the Western Region to 15.5% in the Southern
Region. Region-wise scenario in regard to actual power supply position in the country during
the year 2012-13 in energy and peak terms is given in Table 1-1.
Table 1.1: Actual Power Supply Position
Energy Peak
Region Requiremen Surplus/ Deman Surplus (+)/
Availability Met
t Deficit(-) d Deficit(-)
(MU) (MU) (MU) (%) (MW) (MW) (MW) (%)
-
Northern 300,774 273,240 -9.2 45,860 41,790 -4,070 -8.9
27,534
Western 296,475 286,683 -9,792 -3.3 40,075 39,486 -589 -1.5
- - -
Southern 281,842 238,058 38,767 31,586 -7,181
43,784 15.5 18.5
Eastern 107,457 102,510 -4947 -4.6 16,655 15,415 -1,240 -7.4
North-
11,566 10,718 -848 -7.3 1,998 1,864 -134 -6.7
Eastern
It may be seen from the above table that the actual energy requirement in North-Eastern
region is 11,566 MU whereas the energy availability is 10,718 MU. Also, the peak demand
in the region is 1,998 MW whereas the peak supply was 1,864 MW. That is, north-eastern
region faced 7.3% energy deficit and 6.7% peak shortage.
(Source: Load Generation Balance Report 2013-14 of CEA)
1.3.2. State-wise Annual Actual Power Supply Position during 2012-13.

The details of annual power supply position in terms of energy requirement vis-à-vis energy
availability of various States during the year 2012-13 are given below.
In the Northern Region, Chandigarh, Delhi and Himachal Pradesh faced negligible energy
shortage. Rajasthan, Haryana, Punjab and Uttarakhand experienced energy shortages in
the range of 3-8% whereas the shortage in Uttar Pradesh was 16.6%. The maximum energy
shortage in Northern Region was in Jammu & Kashmir and was 25%.
In the Western Region, Gujarat faced negligible energy shortage. Dadra & Nagar Haveli,
Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Goa faced energy shortage in the range of 1-4%. Daman &
Diu faced energy shortage of 6.6% whereas the maximum energy shortage in Western
Region was in Madhya Pradesh and was 9.6%.
In the Southern Region, Kerala and Puducherry faced energy shortages in the range of 1-
4% whereas the shortage in Karnataka was 13.9%. The energy shortage in the Tamil Nadu

was 17.5% and the maximum energy shortage in Southern Region was in Andhra Pradesh
and was 17.6%.
In Eastern Region, West Bengal faced negligible energy shortage and DVC, Odisha and
Jharkhand faced energy shortages in the range of 3-6%. The maximum energy shortage of
16.7% was faced by Bihar.
In the North-Eastern Region, Assam, Manipur, Tripura and Nagaland faced energy
shortages in the range of 5-7%. The maximum energy shortage in North-Eastern Region
was in Meghalaya at 12.1%.
1.3.3. Actual power supply position in Meghalaya:

During the year 2012-13, the total energy requirement of Meghalaya was 1,828 MU whereas
the energy availability was 1,607 MU. i.e the total energy deficit was 221 MU. The total
energy deficit in terms of percentage is 12.1%.
The total peak demand of Meghalaya, during the year 2012-13, was 334 MW and the total
peak supply was 330 MW. i.e the total peak deficit was 4 MW and the same in terms of
percentage was 1.2%.
(Source: Load Generation Balance Report 2013-14 of CEA)
Therefore, in order to meet the increasing peak energy demand of the state as well as the
region, it is an essential requirement to utilize the hydro power potential of Meghalaya to
boost the industrial as well as overall growth in the state.
Though Mawphu HEP, Stage – II, has been planned as a Run-of-the River scheme, it would
however be possible to derive peaking benefits with the help of diurnal storage being
provided.
1.4. Description of the Project
1.4.1. Project Location
Mawphu HE Project (Stage-II) is located in the East Khasi Hills district of Meghalaya, a north
eastern state of India as shown in Fig 1-1 and Fig 1-2. The name of State, Meghalaya,
means “the abode of clouds” in Sanskrit. As of 2011, the state has a population of 2,964,007
and is the 23rd most populous in the country. Meghalaya covers an area of approximately
300 kilometers in length and about 100 kilometer in breadth. This state is bounded to the
south by the People’s Republic of Bangladesh and the north by India’s Assam. The capital is
Shillong, known as the “Scotland of the East” and has a population of 143,007.
About one-third of the state is forested. The Meghalaya subtropical forests ecoregion
encompasses the state; its mountain forests are distinct from the lowland tropical forests to
the north and south. It was previously part of Assam, but on 21 January 1972, the districts of
Khasi, Garo and Jaintia hills became the new state of Meghalaya.

Meghalaya is the wettest place on earth with average annual rainfall as high as 1200 cm in
some areas. The town of Cherrapunji in the Khasi Hills south of capital Shillong holds the
world record for most rain in a calendar month, while the village of Mawsynram, near the
town of Cherrapunji, holds the record for the most rain in a year.
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is located in a valley between Cherrapunji and Mawsynram, the
wettest region of the country (Refer Fig 1-3). A village, Mawphu is located on the right bank
of river between the dam and power house reach, therefore probably the name of the project
was given as Mawphu Project (Stage-II). This project is located downstream of Umduna HE
Project (earlier called as Mawphu HE project) being developed by a private entrepreneur.
The status of upstream project is post DPR stage.
Fig 1-1: Location of Project in India Map

Mawphu HEP
(Stage-II)
Fig 1-2: Project Location in Map of Meghalaya
Mawphu Hydro Electric Project (Stage –II), is proposed as a run-of-river scheme on the river
Umiew, a tributary of the river Surma, which is a major tributary of Brahmaputra. The river
Brahmaputra is one of the biggest rivers in the world. The total length of Brahmaputra river
in India is 885km and its drainage basin in India is 1,95,000 sq. km.
Fig 1-3: Access to Project Site

1.4.2. Approach to the Project Area

The proposed project location is situated in East Khasi Hills district of Meghalaya. The
nearest air head is Guwahati (Assam) airport. The nearest rail head (broad gauge) is
Guwahati. Frequent taxi services and public transport services are available to reach
Shillong, which is at about 120 km from Guwahati.
Access road exists up to Cherrapunji on eastern side of the valley (left bank) and up to
Mawsynram on western side of the valley (right bank) as shown in Fig 1-4. The project site
is accessed from Mawsynram. Mawsynram is about 60km from Shillong. There is 6 km long
foot track from Mawsynram town to Thieddieng village (Refer Fig 1-5), which is very steep
(Refer Fig 1-6) and therefore no motorable road exists in this stretch. Mawsynram is located
at about 1400m above MSL and Thieddieng village is at 800m above MSL.
Fig 1-4: Access from Nearest Airport to Project Site

Fig 1-5: Access from Mawsynram to Thieddieng Village by foot track
Fig 1-6: Access from Mawsynram to Thieddieng Village by foot track showing
steep path
However, a road of about 6km long is being constructed by State PWD from PWD office in
Mawsynram (about 2 km from Mawsynram town) to Thieddieng village and formation cutting
for about 4 km long has been completed (Refer Fig 1-7). It is expected that the this road
shall be available up to Thieddieng village prior to start of construction of this project and
therefore project road has been planned from Thieddieng village to various project
component locations.

Fig 1-7: Road under construction from Mawsynram to Thieddieng Village
Thieddieng village is located at mid-way of dam and power house sites of Mawphu HEP
(Stage-II). The dam site can be accessed by 2km foot path from Thieddieng village. The
nearest village to dam site is Mawphu village located on the left bank of the river, which is
also accessed from Thieddieng village. The power house site can be accessed from
Thieddieng village by about 2km (downstream) through footpath. There is no direct
connectivity between dam site and power house site. Details of approach roads to project
site are summarized in the below table.
Table 1.3: Details of Approach Roads to Project Site
Sl.No. Approach Roads Details
1 Guwahati to Shillong Motorable Road of 120km long
2 Shillong to Mawsynram Town Motorable Road of 60km long
3 Mawsynram Town to i. 6km through footpath

Thieddieng Village ii. 4km through PWD road (under
construction) and 2km through
footpath
4 Thieddieng Village to Dam
2km through footpath towards North-East
Site
5 Thieddieng Village to Power

2km through footpath towards South
House Site
Index Map showing location of the dam and power house is presented in Drg. No. 0933-
CDC-01A-01.

1.4.3. The River System and Basin Characteristics

The Umiew River (known as Umlam in initial reaches) originates as a small stream between
latitudes 25° 19’ N and 25° 33’ N and longitudes 91° 35‘ 30” E and 91° 56’ E at an elevation
of about 1940 m in East Khasi hills of Meghalaya. Initially the river flows in southern direction
for about 4 km with a slope of about 1 in 30. For the next 6 km, it flows in south-eastern
direction with relatively flat gradient of 1 in 225. Few small streams and nallas join in this
stretch enriching its discharge. It then turns westwards and continues its path for further 12
km before it turns in south west direction. The 7 km journey in south west direction upto
Mawphlang is quite steep with a gradient of about 1 in 12. At Mawphlang the river is
barricaded by a dam to form a reservoir for a scheme project known as Greater Shillong
Water Supply Scheme (GSWSS). Fulfilling the drinking water need of Shillong is the primary
objective of the scheme.
Main tributaries of Umiew up to GSWSS are Umjilling, Umtongsieum and Wah Umsaw. After
crossing this scheme project, river extends its journey for about 13 km in a gradient of about
1 in 175. Nallas like Umjaut, Umduna join in its right bank and Umlong joins in its left bank.
The discharges of these nallas increase the potential of the river to develop the proposed
Mawphu HEP, Stage - I (90 MW) Hydro Power Project. Mawphu HEP, Stage - II (75 MW)
Project lies further 13 km downstream of Mawphu HEP, Stage - I Project with additional
contributions from Umjngut & Umkynrem nallas, which join in the right bank. The total length
of the river up to the project site is 54.54 km. The river reach in between two projects
comprises of many loops and bends which gives a panoramic view to the observers. Further
the river flows towards the south below the confluence along the southern slopes of Khasi
Hills and enters Bangladesh beyond Shella in Indo-Bangladesh border and joins the River
Surma. Finally the river joins Brahmaputra and in turn flows to Bay of Bengal via
Sundarbans Delta.
The basin is bounded by Mawsynram in west, Shillong in North and Cherrapunji in east and
in fact world’s highest annual rainfall occurs at Cherrapunji and Mawsynram. The slopes of
the basin are covered with dense rainforests of coniferous and deciduous trees with a
number of small tribal villages in between. The predominant land use pattern in the
catchment area is forest of the type “Tropical Moist Deciduous”. Very small area is under
agricultural use including wet rice cultivation in the intercept valleys.
1.4.4. Basin Development

There are two more hydroelectric projects under development at upstream of Mawphu HEP
(Stage-II). The upper most project is Umjaut 50 MW, which is located between EL 1346m to
1025 m and other one is Mawphu HEP (90 MW) between EL 1018 and EL 543m. The
Mawphu HEP is the replacement of Umduna HEP (57MW) between EL 950m and EL 687m.
Both upstream projects are being developed by Private developer ((M/s ETA Star
Infrastructures Ltd.) and the detailed project reports have been completed. Both the projects
are accessed from Cherrapunji side.

Fig 1-8 Cascade Development of Hydro Projects on Umiew River
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is being developed by NEEPCO. A PFR was prepared by NEEPCO
in 2010 with FRL at EL 540m and TWL at EL 212m. NEEPCO has awarded the work of
preparation of Detailed Project report of Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) to Energy Infratech Pvt Ltd
in Dec 2012. During EIA/EMP clearance TOR, MoEF instructed NEEPCO to maintain a
minimum of 1 km free stretch between FRL of Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) and tail water level of
upstream project i.e. Mawphu HEP. Accordingly a new dam site was identified with FRL at
EL 470.00 m, which is about 3.17 km downstream of upstream project power house location
and will provide 1.97 km free stretch between FRL at 470.00 m and TWL of upstream project
at 542.68 m. There is no project at the downstream of the Mawphu HEP (Stage-II). There is
no change in the power house location, however the elevation of the river is found higher
than the elevation proposed in the PFR and accordingly the TWL has been fixed up at EL
232.00 m
1.4.5. Project Proposal

Mawphu Hydroelectric Project (Stage – II) is proposed as a run-of-river scheme on the river
Umiew in the East Khasi Hills district of Meghalaya. The proposed dam is located at latitude
25°18’32” N and longitude 91°38’19” E at about 2km upstream of Thieddieng village on the
right bank. The proposed Power House is located at latitude 25°16’45” N and longitude
91°37’45” E at about 2km downstream of Thieddieng village.

The project envisages the construction of 51m high and 140m long (at top) concrete gravity
dam with 6 spillway bays of each 9.00m x 12.00m size with breast wall. Full reservoir level
is at EL.470.00m and MDDL is at EL.460.00m.
River diversion is carried out through a 7m dia, horse shoe shaped diversion tunnel of 384m
long proposed on the left bank. Upstream Coffer dam of 18m height is proposed to divert
the water through the diversion tunnel.
Water conductor system is provided on the right bank of a design discharge of 35.72cumecs
with 10% continuous overload and comprises a power intake and 4.8m dia, horse shoe
shaped and about 2.62km long head race tunnel, 10m dia surge shaft, 3.5m dia and 869m
long pressure shaft bifurcating into branch pressure shafts of 2.5m dia and 32m long each.
A surface power house with two vertical axis Francis turbines is provided on the right bank of
the river. The installed capacity of the project is 75MW (2 x 37.5MW) with generation of
291.62MU energy in 90% dependable year.
The power generated at Mawphu HEP (Stage–II) is proposed to be pooled at Mawlai

substation which is at about 50 km from project site. . It is proposed to provide two outgoing
bays for evacuating power at 132kV level from Mawphu HEP.
The total cost of the project (including IDC) is Rs. 879.83crores. The levellised tariff has
been calculated as Rs.6.19. The construction period for the project is 60 months (including
pre-construction period).

2. REVIEW OF EARLIER STUDIES AND FIXATION OF PROJECT

LAYOUT
2.1. Project Background

Under the 50000 MW hydro power initiatives, Pre Feasibility Reports for the following three
projects on Umiew River Basin of Meghalaya were prepared by WAPCOS (Refer Fig 2-1).
i. Umjaut HEP (69MW) :FRL-1346m,TWL:952m
ii. Umduna HEP (57MW):FRL-950m,TWL-687m
iii. Mawphu HEP (120MW):FRL-684m,TWL-210.5m
Fig 2-1: Umiew River Projects (WAPCOS)
After receiving authorization from the Govt. of Meghalaya in May'2005, NEEPCO took up
detailed Survey & Investigation for preparation of DPR of Mawphu HEP (120MW). However,
as observed by GSI, NER, the dam site location as mentioned in the PFR was found to be
not suitable because of non availability of abutment and it was also advised for an alternative
location. At the same time, some of the project parameters as cited in its PFR were found to
have some discrepancy with respect to the relevant topo sheet as well as the actual field
values. Hence, NEEPCO went ahead for selection of alternate site. As a consequence, the
DPR-I: Chapter-2: Review of Earlier Studies and Fixation of Project Layout 2-1
whole lay out underwent alteration. After carrying out overall study of the basin, it was found
that for the other projects also, the parameters were deviating with respect to topo sheet.
Considering all the above factors and comments of CEA regarding the unviability of Umjaut
HEP (69MW), NEEPCO carried out an optimization study (Ref Fig 2-2) of the whole basin in
the following location limits.
i. Umjaut HEP (50 MW) : FRL-1346m, TWL-1025m.
ii. Mawphu HEP (90 MW) : FRL-1018.6m, TWL-542.68 m.

(In place of Umduna HEP-57 MW)
iii. Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) - 85MW: FRL-540m, TWL-210m.
NEEPCO prepared the DPR for Mawphu HEP (90MW) and submitted to MOP/CEA in Mar'
2007. But later on, Govt. of Meghalaya allotted this along with Umjaut HEP to a private
developer (M/s ETA Star Infrastructures Ltd.) and NEEPCO was given the downstream
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II).
In June 2012, NEEPCO invited bids from engineering consultants for detailed survey,
investigations and preparation of detailed project report of Mawphu HEP Stage-II and
awarded the work to M/s Energy Infratech Pvt. Ltd. (EIPL) in December 2012.
EIPL has studied the available PFR and found that there is very less free stretch of river
between the proposed FRL at EL 540.00 m and upstream project power house TWL at
542.68m. EIPL pointed out this issue as it is much less than that of 1 km required for
environmental considerations of MoEF. Accordingly dam site was fixed up as discussed in
following paragraphs.
Fig 2-2: Umiew River Projects (NEEPCO)
2.2. Alternative studies
2.2.1. Alternative Locations of Dam:
The following aspects were considered in general for the selection of the dam site:
 Topographical features of the site
 Preliminary geological and geo-technical considerations
 Accommodation of spillway arrangement to pass the design flood
 Location of Energy Dissipation arrangement
 Availability of Construction Materials
 Location of proposed u/s and d/s projects
 Environmental Requirements
Various alternative locations were identified to select the most suitable location for dam. As
the river is flowing through number of sharp bends (Ref Fig 2.3), the dam alternatives were
identified immediately downstream of such bends so that maximum straight reach would
remain downstream for energy dissipation point of view.
Following locations have been considered for Dam:
A. Old PFR Location (about 1km downstream of proposed Power House location
of upstream project - Umduna HEP)
B. Alt-1 about 2km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
C. Alt-2 about 2.5km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
D. Alt-3 about 3.1km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
E. Alt-3A about 70 m downstream of Alt-3
All the above dam alternatives have been shown in Drg. No.0933-CDC-01A-03.
2.2.1.1. Old PFR (2010) Location:

 This location is about 1.2 km downstream of upstream project power house location.
The upstream project TWL is EL 542.68 m and FRL of this project was at El 540.00
m. Considering the average slope of 1 in 22 m there will be a free stretch of river of
about 50-60 m between two projects. View of site is presented in following
photographs.
 The river is filled up with big boulders (average ~5 m dia). Width of river is about 100
m and more than 50 % bed is exposed with in-situ rock. The river starts flowing in
sharp bend after about 300-400 m downstream of the proposed dam location.
 Sound rock shall be available at shallow depth at both the abutments.
Fig 2-3: Umiew River showing flow in sharp bends
Photo 2-1 PFR (2010) dam axis view showing upstream
2.2.1.2. Alternative -1:

 This alternative is located at about 2 km downstream of PH location of
Umduna/Mawphu HEP and about 350 downstream of Umtong Nalla. This is
located immediate downstream of first bend where the river is about 110 to130m
wide. Left abutment is flatter and covered by slope wash material whereas slope
of the right bank is reasonably steep with most of the area exposing bed rock.
Consequently, the length of dam at this location would be more.
 The downstream reach is defined by a mild curvature and do not have sufficient
straight reach for accommodating energy dissipation arrangement. At this
location, considering the river slope of 1 in 25, a head of about 40 m is
anticipated to get reduced comparing the same with PFR location.
 Moderate to thinly foliated granite gneiss is seen to be exposed herewith foliation
striking perpendicular to the river. The upstream of dam location has a sharp
bend and manifest number of small to medium side scar indicating instability in
close proximity of the dam alignment.
Photo 2-2 Slide Prone Zone at Alternative-1
Photo 2-3 Unfavorable Dam location showing limited exposures at Alternative-1

 This alternative is located at about 2.5 km downstream of PH location of
Umduna/ Mawphu HEP and about 200 m downstream of confluence of a small
left bank Nalla and immediate downstream of second bend.
 The river width at this location is about 100 to120m.
 Upstream location shows mild bend whereas downstream reach provides about
150 to 200 m straight course which may not be adequate for accommodating
spillway and energy dissipation arrangement.
 The left abutment falls in a ridge between two left bank nalla (Umtong Nalla and
Weisu Nalla) and HRT alignment will cross very deep Weisu Nalla in the
upstream reach. Locating an adit for HRT in this reach shall be difficult.
 At this stretch river slope seems to be 1 in 25 which would result a loss of head of
about 60 m when compared the same with PFR location.
 Both the banks at this location are subdued and are covered by deep slope wash
material of unknown thickness. However sporadic bed rock exposures constituted
of granite gneiss with mica rich bands exist.

 This alternative is located at about 3.1 km downstream of PH location of
Umduna/ Mawphu HEP and about 250m downstream of confluence of right bank
Weisu Nalla.
 River is about 70-80 m wide. Right bank is consistently very steep and exposes
bedrock upto about 70m
 Initial slope of left Bank is steep upto about 30m above the present River bed
level after which the slope becomes gentle. About 300m long straight course
exist in the downstream reach, which can be considered acceptable for
accommodating energy dissipation arrangement.
 The HRT alignment is found to be more favorable as the same is not intersecting
any major nala.
 At this location considering the river slope of 1 in 25, head of about 80 m is
anticipated to get reduced comparing the same with PFR location.
 The discharge from the two perennial nalla Umtong & Weisu shall contribute
towards the overall discharge.
Photo 2-4 Dam Axis Alternative-3 Downstream View
Photo 2-5 Right Bank view of Alternative-3 Dam Axis
Photo 2-6 Left Bank view immediate D/s of Dam Axis, Alternative-3
A comparison has been presented in following table considering various aspects.
Table 2.1 Comparative of Alternatives (Score out of 10):
PFR (2010)
Parameter of comparison Alt-1 Alt-2 Alt-3
Location
River Bed Geology 8 6 6 8
Left Abutment Geology 6 5 4 5
Right Abutment 6 8 5 8
River Width 7 6 5 8
Straight reach at upstream 8 5 5 5
Straight reach at
7 5 5 6
downstream
HRT Alignment 7 7 6 9
Flow increments 0 0 1 3
Head unutilised 10 8 7 6
Total
59 50 44 58
Environmental aspects 0 2 10 10
Total with Environmental
considerations 59 52 54 68
From the above table, the PFR location was the preferential location without environmental
aspects. Since MoEF instructed NEEPCO to maintain a free reach of a minimum of 1 km
between two consecutive projects i.e. TWL of Mawphu (Umduna) and FRL of Mawphu HEP
(Stage-II), the PFR location does not satisfy the condition. Out of alternatives 1, 2 and 3, the
alternative-3 was chosen on the basis of above summarized points.
Change of Dam Site:
A) During the meeting of NEEPCO with MoEF for clearance of TOR for EIA/EMP studies,
it was the apprehension that MoEF may agree to leave a free stretch of about 250
between FRL of Mawphu (Stage-II) and TWL of Mawphu HEP. In view of this
apprehension, further reconnaissance survey was made for changing the dam site to
meet out the MoEF requirement as well as utilization of maximum potential of Umiew
river. And a new dam site, which is about 250-300 m downstream of PFR (2010)
location was finalized for further investigations. More details of the alternatives are note
described in this report as it was cancelled after receipt of written instructions of MoEF
to maintain a minimum of 1 km free stretch between FRL of Mawphu (Stage-II) and
TWL of Mawphu HEP. Therefore further investigations were made on the earlier
chosen location as Alternative-3.
2.2.1.5. Alternative -3A:

 During the sub-surface investigations at dam alternative-3 DH-07, drilled at axis Alt-3
encountered deep overburden down to 30.5m on the left bank of dam axis. Such
depressed bed rock profile indicates possible scouring/erosion of bed rock close to
concave side of the curvature along the river beyond the rock ledge.
 In view of the above and to find a suitable location, 70m downstream of Alternate-3, a
drill hole DH-09 was drilled on the left bank. The drill hole revealed the availability of
bed rock at a shallow depth and accordingly this alignment was favored.
 In view of these observations, Alternative-3a, located 70m downstream of Alternate-3

and 340m downstream of Weisu Nalla was finalized for taking up further detailed
investigation.
Fig 2-4 Plan showing Dam Axis Alternative-3 and 3A
Fig 2-5 Section showing thick overburden along Dam Axis Alternative-3
Minor adjustment in the dam axis Alternative-3A:
Initially during the preparation of PFR (Jan 2014), the design flood was estimated as 6000
cumecs and accordingly spillway bays were arranged in the dam layout plan. During the
clearance of hydrological studies from CWC, CWC recommended their suggestions and
design flood (PMF) was increased to 8900 cumecs.
In order to pass the design flood through spillway with 10% gate inoperative, two more bays
were required in the earlier spillway arrangement. Therefore, to accommodate additional
number of spillway bays, the dam axis proposed in the new PFR was rotated slightly by
about 30 in the clockwise direction through centre of river to avoid hitting of water jet on the
left abutment.
Fig 2-6 Plan showing Minor Rotation of Dam Axis Alternative-3A
2.2.2. Selection of Power House Site:

Various alternatives were studied to locate the Power House based on the Topo sheet No.
78 0/11 of Survey of India and PFR prepared by NEEPCO. A reconnaissance survey was
carried out with a team of experts including geologist and surveyors to gather the
topographical and geological information.
As per topographical features, river takes sharp bends right from upstream of the dam to
about one kilometer downstream of the proposed Power House location. Therefore, limited
locations are available on the right bank. A flat terrace of about 70mx400m is available
between EL. 290m and EL. 300m, which is about 60m above the river bed level in that area.
This terrace is considered as an alternative for surface Power House.
Downstream of the proposed location, river takes 90 degree anticlockwise bend and joins
two nallahs from the right bank which was not found suitable for both pressure shaft and
Power House.
Fig 2-7 Power House location on the Topo sheet No. 78 0/11 of Survey of India
In view of the availability of the flat terrace, topographical and geological features, the
alternative of underground Power House may not be a techno-economic solution. Therefore,
the flat terrace is proposed for the surface power house despite the excavation of the Power
House cut slope in the range of about 80m. Since the flat bench width varies from 70m to
100m which will be sufficient for excavation in flatter slope for slope stability consideration.
And therefore, this location has been finalized.
Further, the area has been explored by drilling, geophysical survey and geological mapping.
It was found that this location is suitable for surface Power House.
Also, two alternative routes have been studied to reach Service Bay level.
In alternative-1, access road is planned from the right side of the Power House (i.e.
downstream side of the Power House with respect to the River flow). In this alternative,
access road is passing near nallah and reaches directly at Service Bay level. Road limbs
(from the access road to Service Bay) are proposed to be planned to carry out the Power
House Cut slopes excavation and to reach various levels of the berms. The cut slope of 1.5
(H) : 1(V) in overburden has been proposed for this alternative. Width of the berms has been
kept as 5m including drains. With this arrangement, the cutting for the Power House cut
slope starts from the level of 305m.
In Alternative-2, access road is planned from the left side of the Power House Complex (i.e.
upstream side of the Power House with respect to the river flow). This access road will meet
at EL. 265m near Power House and will reach the Service bay level through inclined berms.
A relatively steep slope of 1.25 (H) :1(V) has been planned for Power House cut slope to
minimize the extent of the excavation at a level of about 305m. Width of the berms has been
kept as 3m including drains except those berms which are serving the purpose road for
accessing Service Bay. The width of such berms has been kept as 6.5m. The width of the
berms below Service Bay level is kept as 5m to facilitate the construction activities for Power
House and its pit. The requirement of the slope stabilization in this alternative will be more as
compare to the Alternative -1.
Therefore, Alternative-1 is preferred over Alternative-2.
Fig 2-8 Plan showing Alternative-1
Fig 2-9 Plan showing Alternative-2

2.3. Dam Height Optimisation Study

This study was carried out to fix the dam parameters (FRL, MDDL, Spillway Crest and
Power Intake sill level).
2.3.1. Optimization Study:

An elaborate optimization study has been carried out to fix the dam parameters based on
topographical, geological, hydraulics and operational conditions. Cost-Benefit analysis has
been made considering incremental costs on the construction of dam and the corresponding
economic benefits derived from additional head.
2.3.2. Dam Parameters:

Dam parameters have been chosen keeping in view the following features of the project:
2.3.2.1. Topographical and Geological Aspects:

The dam location was finalized as described in previous paragraphs.
2.3.2.2. Minimum Dam Height Requirement:

Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is proposed as a Run-of-River scheme with diurnal pondage for
peaking generation.
The minimum dam parameters have been fixed by considering the following aspects:
a) Diversion of the flow of Umiew River to Power Intake.

b) Keeping the Power Intake invert sufficiently higher than the spillway crest to
avoid entry of settled silt into the Power Intake.
c) Design of Spillway to pass the design flood by utilizing the available river
width.
d) Fixing up of MDDL in such a way that there is sufficient water seal over the
Power Intake and to avoid entry of air into Intake/Water Conductor System.
e) Fixing up of FRL in such a way that the reservoir has sufficient storage
capacity to meet the requirement of peak hour generation during lean flow
period.
f) Free board as per guidelines.
In accordance with the above aspects, minimum dam parameters for Mawphu-II HEP have
been arrived as follows:
Average river bed level = 434.00 m

Consider Spillway crest level = 444.00 m
(10 m higher than bed level)

Consider level difference between
Spillway crest and Power Intake crest = 8.00 m
Power Intake crest level = 452.00 m
Power Intake centre line level =454.40 m(considering 4.8m  of tunnel)
Submergence of Intake w.r.t to
centre line of tunnel = 5.60 m
MDDL = 460.00 m
Assumed FRL = 470.00 m
Required minimum storage for 3 h peaking period = 0.4 MCM
Level to meet the storage of 0.4 MCM = 466.00 m
Considering the operation flexibility, FRL may be taken as 470.00 m
Top of Dam = 472.00 m
In view of above and considering spillway arrangement fixation within the available river
width, FRL has been fixed at EL.470.00m.
2.3.3. Dam Parameters for different Alternatives:

5 alternatives have been considered by raising the FRL and other parameters in steps of 5m
as tabulated below:
Table 2-2 Dam Parameters for Different Alternatives
Sl.No. Parameters Alt-1 Alt-2 Alt-3 Alt-4 Alt-5
1 FRL (m) 470.00 475.00 480.00 485.00 490.00
2 MDDL (m) 460.00 465.00 470.00 475.00 480.00
3 Top of Dam (m) 472.00 477.00 482.00 487.00 492.00
Average River Bed Level

4 434.00 434.00 434.00 434.00 434.00
(m)
5 Spillway Crest Level (m) 444.00 449.00 454.00 459.00 464.00
6 Intake Invert Level (m) 452.00 457.00 462.00 467.00 472.00
Height of Dam from

7 51 56 61 66 71
Foundation Level (m)
2.3.4. Cost-Benefit Analysis:

Cost-Benefit analysis has been carried out for all the 5 alternatives as per following details:
2.3.4.1. Cost:
For each incremental increase of FRL in steps of 5m, the dam height shall be increased.
Incremental cost of alternatives has been worked out by considering only the cost of
excavation and concreting. Rates of excavation and concreting have been taken from
nearby project.
IDC and escalation have been considered at 20% of base cost to work out the total
incremental cost.
The annual cost has been worked out as the sum of
i. Interest on dept of 70% of total @ 12% (Assumed)

ii. Return on Equity of 30% of total cost @ 15.50% (As per CERC
Guidelines)
iii. Depreciation @ 3.60%
iv. O & M @ 2% (As per CERC Guidelines)
Additional cost of E & M and minor cost of civil works i.e. land submergence have not been
accounted in the analysis.
Incremental cost calculated for Excavation and Concreting is given in Table 2-3 and Table
2-4:
Table 2-3 Cost of Excavation:
Items Alt-1 Alt-2 Alt-3 Alt-4 Alt-5
FRL (m) 470m 475m 480m 485m 490m
Quantity of Excavation in Soil

34,500 37,700 40,900 45,500 50,000
(cum)
Unit Cost of Excavation in Soil

155 155 155 155 155
(Rs/cum)
Sub-Total Cost for Excavation in

0.53 0.58 0.63 0.71 0.78
Soil (Rs in crores)
Quantity of Excavation in Rock

17,000 19,000 21,000 24,000 29,000
(cum)
Unit Cost of Excavation in Rock

425 425 425 425 425
(Rs/cum)
Sub-Total Cost of Excavation in 1.23

Rock (Rs in crores) 0.73 0.81 0.89 1.02
Cost of Excavation (Rs in

1.26 1.39 1.52 1.73 2.01
crores)
Table 2-4 Cost of Concreting:
FRL (m) 470m 475m 480m 485m 490m
Qty of Mass Concrete (cum) 90,000 1,23,000 1,56,000 1,90,000 2,32,000

Unit Cost of Mass Concrete (Rs/cum) 4300 4300 4300 4300 4300
Sub-Total Cost for Mass Concrete (Rs in

38.70 52.89 67.08 81.70 99.76
crores)
Qty of R.C.C, Apron etc (cum) 55,000 59,000 61,500 64,000 67,000
Unit Cost of R.C.C (Rs/cum) 5,600 5,600 5,600 5,600 5,600
Sub-Total Cost of R.C.C (Rs in crores) 30.80 33.04 34.44 35.84 37.52
Qty of HPC (cum) 7,700 7,700 7,700 7,700 7,700
Unit Cost of HPC (Rs/cum) 10,180 10,180 10,180 10,180 10,180
Sub-Total Cost of HPC (Rs in crores) 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84 7.84
Cost of Concreting (Rs in crores) 77.34 93.77 109.36 125.38 145.12
Base cost for each alternative has been calculated and presented in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5 Base Cost:
FRL 470m 475m 480m 485m 490m
Total cost of Excavation

1.26 1.39 1.52 1.73 2.01
(Rs. In crores)
Total cost of Concreting

77.34 93.77 109.36 125.38 145.12
(Rs. In crores)
Total cost of
construction (Rs. In 78.60 95.16 110.88 127.11 147.13
crores)
Incremental Cost (Rs in

- 16.56 15.72 16.23 20.02
crores)
Cumulative Cost
- 16.56 32.28 48.51 68.53
(Rs in crores)
Annual cost for each alternative has been calculated and given in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6 Annual Cost:
FRL (m) 470 475 480 485 490
Base Cost of Construction

- 16.56 32.28 48.51 68.53
(Rs in crores)
IDC including Escalation @

20% (appro.) of Base cost - 3.31 6.46 9.70 13.71
(Rs in crores)
Total Cost (Rs in crores) 19.87 38.74 58.21 82.24
Annual Cost:
Interest on Debt (70% of total

- 1.67 3.25 4.89 6.91
cost) @ 12%
Return on Equity (30% of

- 0.92 1.80 2.71 3.82
total cost) @ 15.5%
Depreciation @ 3.6% - 0.72 1.39 2.10 2.96
O & M @ 2% - 0.40 0.77 1.16 1.64
Total Annual Cost (Rs in

- 3.71 7.22 10.86 15.34
crores)
2.3.4.2.Benefits:
Incremental energy benefits for each alternative of the dam have been calculated and
presented below.
Design Discharge = 37.32 cumecs (As per preliminary Power Potential Studies)
Incremental Head = 5m (in all alternatives)
Combined efficiency of Turbine/Generator = 92.12% (As per preliminary Power Potential

Studies)
Additional Power = 9.81 x 0.9212 x 37.32 x 5 = 1686 kW
Plant Load Factor = 43.55% (As per preliminary Power Potential Studies)
Annual incremental energy generation = (1686kW x 24 x 365 x 0.4355)/10 6 = 6.43 MU

Energy Losses (Auxiliary Consumption and Transformation Loss) = 1% (As per CERC
Guidelines)
Free Power = 13% (Assumed)
Annual incremental energy generation after deducting
energy loss and free power = 5.53 MU
Assumed rate of sale of energy = Rs. 3.50 per kWh
Therefore, Annual Revenue for 5m additional head = (5.53 x 10 6 x 3.5)/105
= Rs. 193.55 lacs = Rs. 1.94 crores
Similarly, the annual benefit for other alternatives was calculated and given in Table
2-7.
Table 2-7 Annual Benefit:
FRL (m) 470 475 480 485 490
Incremental Benefit (Rs in

- 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94
crores)
Total Annual Benefit

- 1.94 3.87 5.81 7.75
(Rs in crores)
2.3.4.3. Cost-Benefit Analysis for incremental Dam Height:

Cost-Benefit analysis for various alternatives has been carried out considering the annual
cost on the major cost of construction of dam and annual benefit from incremental energy
generation. The summary of the analysis has been presented in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8 Summary of Cost-Benefit Analysis:
Sl.No. Items Alt-1 Alt-2 Alt-3 Alt-4 Alt-5
1 FRL (m) 470 475 480 485 490
Annual Benefit
2 - 1.94 3.87 5.81 7.75
(Rs in crores)
Annual Cost (Rs

3 - 3.71 7.22 10.86 15.34
in cr)
Benefit-Cost
- 0.52 0.54 0.54 0.51
Ratio
2.3.5. Conclusion and Recommendations:

In view of the above, it was concluded that the additional height of dam will not give positive
benefits and therefore, the Alternative-1 (FRL = 470m) based on minimum dam height
requirement has been finalised.
The selected dam parameters for the project are given below:
 Top of Dam = 472m

 FRL = 470m
 MDDL = 460m
 Spillway Crest = 444m
 Power Intake Invert = 452m
 Height of Dam with respect to NSL = 38m
 Height of Dam with respect to the
deepest foundation level (expected) = 50 to 55m
3. TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
3.1. General
Topographical survey works carried out in the project area for the preparation of detailed
project report have been illustrated in the chapter. These include transfer of Bench Mark
from Survey of India Bench Mark to project sites and topographical survey.
3.2. Topography and Mapping
3.2.1. Existing Topographic Information
At the beginning of the Study, EIPL acquired existing Survey of India topo-sheet (78-O/11)in
a scale 1:50,000 with 20-meter contour intervals. For the purpose of catchment area
calculations, other upstream topo-sheets were procured. A pre-feasibility report was
prepared by NEEPCO, which was based on 1 in 50,000 scale toposheet and no specific
terrestrial survey was carried out earlier.
3.2.2. Topographical Field Surveying
The Consultant conducted detailed topographic field surveys at the Mawphu- Stage-II
project by total station. Initially the survey was conducted with the arbitrary bench mark and
then joined the survey with the Survey of India (SOI) Bench Mark. Two bench mark
locations were found in the area of power house and surge shaft of upstream project, but
could not be used due to unavailability of their co-ordinates. There were no nearby SOI
bench marks found in the project area. Two SOI bench marks are available, one at
Mawphlang and other one at Cherrapunji. Mawphlang bench mark is about 40km and
Cherrapunji is about 23.33 km from project area. Therefore the benchmark was transferred
from Cherrapunji by high accuracy auto level and was checked by closing the level traverse.
As the SOI bench mark has elevation only, Northing and Easting coordinates were taken
arbitrarily.
Control points in the project area were established by DGPS and then detailed survey was
carried out with using the control points.
Five nos permanent bench marks and 30 cement concrete pillar with coordinates marks
were established for future reference. Details of coordinates are presented in the following
table:
Table 3-1 Coordinate Details of Survey Bench Marks
Easting Northing Height

S.No Code Location
(m) (m) (m)
POWER HOUSE AREA (BENCH
1 361838.117 2796772.840 269.004 PH-1
MARK)
DPR-I: Chapter-3: Topographical Survey 3-1
POWER HOUSE AREA (BENCH

2 361881.590 2796699.445 265.377 PH-2
MARK)
3 361549.824 2796867.059 296.926 PH-3 POWER HOUSE AREA
4 361559.097 2796820.658 292.134 PH-4 POWER HOUSE AREA
5 362000.983 2797147.272 288.178 PH-5 PRESSURE SHAFT AREA
6 361974.229 2797129.060 289.968 PH-6 PRESSURE SHAFT AREA
7 362366.172 2799219.803 533.371 HRT-1 HEAD RACE TUNNEL AREA
14 361744.630 2797449.471 429.726 ADT-1 ADIT AREA
15 361752.650 2797477.477 438.098 ADT-2 ADIT AREA
16 361562.249 2797518.658 532.439 S-1 SURGE SHAFT AREA
17 361624.093 2797493.165 503.888 S-2 SURGE SHAFT AREA
18 362566.879 2799956.662 448.436 D-1 DAM AREA (BENCH MARK)
19 362511.669 2800065.435 446.023 D-2 DAM AREA (BENCH MARK)
20 362424.609 2800079.713 461.610 Pillar-3 RESERVOIR AREA

THIEDDIENG VILLAGE
32 361647.538 2798735.761 795.217 G-1
FOOTBALL GROUND AREA
THIEDDIENG VILLAGE (BENCH
33 361674.116 2798683.335 796.826 G-2 MARK NEAR BURIAL GROUND
AREA)
34 362365.974 2800109.565 473.458 P-4A DAM AREA
35 362159.123 2800143.014 470.883 P-4B DAM AREA
Project layout showing the locations of 5 Bench Marks is given in Fig. 3-1.

Fig 3-1 Project Layout showing 5 Bench Marks established in the Project Area
Having in mind the steep topography of the area, for the purpose of the hydro power plant
DPR stage design, the Consultant developed topographical maps with respect to contour
intervals as follows:
• Map of the reservoir area with tentative scale of 1:2,500 with contour interval of 2 m,
• Map of the project site area with tentative scale of 1:500 with contour interval of 2 m.
• Map of colony, access road etc with tentative scale of 1:1000 with contour interval of
2 m.
It is to be noted that herein produced accuracies are better than in the project’s terms of
references.
3.2.3. Bathymetric Survey

In order to provide the input for the hydraulic study, a topographic sectioning of 41 river
profiles at dam area and 41 profiles at power house area were done. These profiles were
taken at every 100 m, which cover 2 km upstream and 2 km downstream of the river at both
the locations. The river has covered with scattered big boulder and water flows along a
small creek in between the boulders in lean season and over the boulders in monsoon. The
river profiles were taken in lean season, when the flow in the river was in the range of 5-10
cumecs. Depth of water in the river was less and therefore the profiles could possible
without special bathymetric survey equipment.
These data were primarily used for the hydraulic analysis of the tail water levels. The
location of the surveyed cross sections is given in Fig 3-2.

Fig 3-2 Locations of the River Cross Sections surveyed u/s and d/s of Dam Axis
Geological and geo-technical survey and investigations including sub-surface investigations

namely exploratory drilling, drifting, in-situ and lab tests, geo-physical survey in the project
area have been presented in detail in Chapter-5 Site Investigations and Geology.

4. HYDROLOGY
4.1. General
Mawphu Hydro Electric Power Project (Stage-II) is planned in East Khasi Hills District in the
state of Meghalaya on the River Umiew, a tributary of the River Surma, which itself is one of
the major left bank tributaries of Brahmaputra. Mawphu Hydro Electric Project (Stage-II)
envisages the construction of a concrete gravity dam of about 51 m height (from deepest
bed level) across river Umiew to utilize a net head of about 232 m for hydro power
generation. The proposed dam is located near Mawphu village, about 8 km away from
Mawsynram and 2 km away from Thieddieng village. The project is located at latitude 25⁰
18’ 32’’ N and longitude 91⁰ 38’ 19” E. The length of the head race tunnel on the right bank
of the river is about 2.62 km. The catchment area up to the dam site is 320 sq. km and the
entire catchment is rain – fed. It is proposed to install 2 units of 37.5 MW each (75 MW).
The following hydrological studies have been carried out for the Project with a view to:
 Assess the availability of water for fixing the installed capacity and estimation of
power generation, by establishing a series of 10 – daily discharges at the project
site.
 Design flood studies based on probable maximum precipitation for the design of
spillways & appurtenant structures.
 Diversion flood studies for the construction of diversion arrangement structures
during construction.
 Sediment studies and measures for sediment management have been included
in the report.
4.2. The River System & Basin Characteristics

The Umiew River (known as Umlam in initial reaches) originates as a small stream between
latitudes 25º 19’ N and 25º 33’ N and longitudes 91º 35‘30” E and 91º 56’E at an elevation of
about 1940 m in East Khasi hills of Meghalaya. Initially the River flows in southern direction
for about 4 km with a slope of about 1 in 30. For the next 6 km, it flows in south-eastern
direction with relatively flat gradient of 1 in 225. Few small streams and nallas join in this
stretch enriching its discharge. It then turns westwards and continues its path for further 12
km before it turns in south west direction. The 7 km journey in south west direction up to
Mawphlang is quite steep with a gradient of about 1 in 12. At Mawphlang the river is
barricaded by a dam to form a reservoir for a scheme project known as Greater Shillong
Water Supply Scheme (GSWSS). Fulfilling the drinking water need of Shillong is the primary
objective of the scheme.
Main tributaries of Umiew up to GSWSS are Umjilling, Umtongsieum and Wah Umsaw. After
crossing this scheme project, river extends its journey for about 13 km in a gradient of about
DPR-I: Chapter-4: Hydrology 4-1

1 in 175. Nallas like Umjaut, Umduna join in its right bank and Umlong joins in its left bank.
The discharges of these nallas increase the potential of the river to develop the proposed
Mawphu Stage I (90 MW) Hydro Power Project. Mawphu Stage II (75 MW) Project lies
further 13 km downstream of Mawphu Stage I Project with additional contributions from
Umjngut & Umkynrem nallas, which join in the right bank. The total length of the river up to
the project site is 54.54 km. The catchment area plan of river Umiew up to dam site, showing
the location of gauge, discharge and rain gauge station is given in Figure 4-1. Further the
river flows towards the south below the confluence along the southern slopes of Khasi Hills
and enters Bangladesh beyond Shella in Indo-Bangladesh border and joins the River Surma.
Finally the River joins Brahmaputra and in turn flows to Bay of Bengal via Sundarbans Delta.
The basin is bounded by Mawsynram in west, Shillong in North and Cherrapunji in east and
in fact world’s highest annual rainfall occurs at Cherrapunji and Mawsynram. The slopes of
the basin are covered with dense rainforests of coniferous and deciduous trees with a
number of small tribal villages in between. The predominant land use pattern in the
catchment area is forest of the type “Tropical Moist Deciduous”. Very small area is under
agricultural use including wet rice cultivation in the intercept valleys.

Fig 4-1 Catchment Plan Showing Location of G & D and RG Stations
DPR-I: Chapter 4: Hydrology 4-3

4.2.1. Hypsometry of the Catchment

The hypsometry of the catchment has been determined using Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
by Arc GIS software. The Hypsometry of the catchment has been determined and is as
given in Table 4-1 and plotted in Figure 4-2.
Table 4-1: Hypsometry of the Catchment Area
Area Cumulative Area above EL % Area
SL. No Elevation (m)
(sq km) (sq km) Above EL
1 434 0.00 320.2 100.0
2 564 1.01 319.2 99.7
3 754 5.41 314.8 98.3
4 928 12.19 308.0 96.2
5 1095 21.65 298.5 93.2
6 1256 31.88 288.3 90.1
7 1412 41.90 278.3 86.9
8 1554 54.61 265.6 83.0
9 1668 109.72 210.5 65.8
10 1764 197.02 123.2 38.6
11 1963 320.22 0.00 0.0
2034
1834
1634
1434
Elevation (m)
1234
1034
834
634
434
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Area above Elevation (%)

Fig 4-2 Hypsometry of the Catchment

From the hypsometry, mean catchment elevation, maximum river length, equivalent stream
slope have been worked out as 1660.6 m, 54.54 km and 36.73 m/ km.
4.2.1.1. Conclusions Drawn from Hypsometry

From the Hypsometry of the catchment, it is seen that:
 Maximum elevation of the catchment is 1964 m, which indicates that the entire
catchment is rain – fed.
 Mean catchment elevation is 1660.6 m.
 About 84 % of the catchment lies above elevation 1500 m.
 The river slope for about 4 km from its source is about 1 in 25, and then it
becomes flat for about 34 km, when the slope changes to 1 in 120. Near the
project site for a length of about 17 km the river has a steep slope of about of
about 1 in 16.
 The equivalent stream slope works out as 36.73 m / km.
4.3. Data availability

The availability of various hydro meteorological data & network of sites is described below.
4.3.1. Rainfall Data

The rainfall data of the following rain gauge stations within and around the catchment
maintained by various departments are given in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2: Availability of Rainfall Data
S. Approx. Coordinates
Observed Altitude Data
N Station Longitud Remarks
by Latitude (m) Availability
o e
Jan 1889 - Dec

PHED, 1963, Jan With
1 Mawphlang 25⁰ 27' N 91⁰ 45' N 1815
Meghalaya 1978 - Dec Gaps
1986
Aug 2005 - Apr

2 Mawphlang NEEPCO 25⁰ 27' N 91⁰ 45' N 1815
2009
Jan 1979 - Dec

3 Shillong IMD 25⁰ 35' N 91⁰ 53' N 1485 1986 NA
2005

SCD, Jan 1980 - Dec

4 Nongstoin 25⁰ 31' N 91⁰ 16' N 1335
Meghalaya 2008
Brahmaputr Jan 1997 - Dec

5 Kynshi 25⁰ 31' N 91⁰ 32' N 1590
a Board 2008
SCD, Jan 2000 - Dec

6 Mairang 25⁰ 33' N 91⁰ 38' N --
Meghalaya 2008
Aug 2005 - Apr

7 Tyrsad NEEPCO 25⁰ 24' N 91⁰ 39' N 1635
2009
Jul 2006 - Apr

8 Pomlakrai NEEPCO 25⁰ 31' N 91⁰ 52' N 1830
2009
9 Laitlyndop NEEPCO -- -- -- Aug 2005 - Apr

2009
4.3.2. Gauge & Discharge Data

The status of availability of G – D data at various stations within and around the basin is
given in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Status of Availability of Gauge & Discharge Data

S. CA Observed
Station River Data Availability Remarks
No (sq km) by
287 m U/S of PHED, May 1980 - Dec With

1 Umiew 115
Mawphlang Meghalaya 1997 Gaps
Mawphlang Jan 1979 to Dec With

2 Umiew 115 ASEB
Dam Site 1987 Gaps
Mawphu I Nov III 2005 - Mar

3 Umiew 232 NEEPCO
Dam Site 2009
Ranikor G & Jan 2000 - Dec With

4 Jadukata 2348 CWC
D Site 2009 Gaps
Kynshi Dam Jan 2000 - Dec

5 Jadukata 615.4 NHPC
Site 2008

4.4. Analysis of Data

Before utilizing the hydro – meteorological data for the studies, consistency checks on the
data were made to check its accuracy and consistency. Since there were gaps in the
available rainfall and discharge data, the same were filled using appropriate methods, before
subjecting the data to consistency checks. Monthly and annual rainfall at Shillong and
Mawphlang after filling the data gaps are given in Table 4-4 and Table 4-5 respectively.
Table 4-4: Monthly & Annual Rainfall at Shillong after filling Data Gaps (mm)


Table 4-5: Monthly & Annual Rainfall at Mawphlang after filling Data Gaps (mm)


4.4.1. Consistency Checks

The consistency of observed rainfall and discharge data at various sites was checked by
developing single mass curves, double mass curves, and comparison of average monthly
rainfall, Comparison of Rainfall & Runoff, Runoff – Runoff Correlation etc.
Conclusions of Consistency Checks:
 The single mass curves of rainfall data at various stations indicated that the data
for the stations are consistent.
 But the double mass curve between Kynshi and Mairang indicated that the data
2004 is not consistent with the data prior to 2004.
 Since the monthly rainfall data at Mawphlang and Shillong follow the same trend,
the data at these stations has been considered for the studies.
 The discharge data at Ranikore is not found to be consistent, perhaps due to the
fact that the catchment area at this site considerably large as compared to the
catchment area at Mawphlang.
 The discharges of river Umiew at Mawphlang observed by PHED gave
considerably higher runoff as compared to the rainfall. Hence this data is not
considered reliable.
 The discharges of river Umiew at Mawphlang observed by ASEB, when
compared with rainfall were found to be consistent. Hence this data was
considered for the study.
4.5. Water Availability Studies

Since Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is a run of river scheme having a provision of daily storage in
order to meet the diurnal variation, therefore 10 daily flow series for a minimum period of
about 10 years may be desirable for project planning as per “Guidelines for Preparation of
Detail Project Reports of Irrigation & Multipurpose Projects” (MOWR, August-2000).
4.5.1. Extension of Rainfall Data

Rainfall data at Mawphlang is available up to 1986. However rainfall data at Shillong is
available up to 2005, with concurrent data at these two stations for the period 1979 to 1986.
For extending the rainfall data at Mawphlang, from 1987 to 2005, monthly correlations for the
monsoon months (May to October) between the concurrent rainfall at Mawphlang and
Shillong for the period 1979 to 1986 have been developed. The relations have been
developed by ignoring one or two outliers, if any. Plots of monthly correlations thus
developed are given in Fig 4-3 to Fig 4-8.

350
f(x) = 0.805796146984719 x + 4.07642612075787
300 R² = 0.778898963131704
250
Mawphlang Rainfall (mm)
200
150
100
50
0
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Shillong Rainfall (mm)
Fig 4-3 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (May)
1000
f(x) = 1.22679141717202 x + 112.147357652289

R² = 0.696386355713112
800
600
400
200
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Fig 4-4 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (June)

2500
2000 f(x) = 2.31025915400925 x − 145.142122208874

R² = 0.964200403261756
1500
1000
500
0
200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
Fig 4-5 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (July)
800
600 f(x) = 1.57367065125867 x − 11.4419964906344

R² = 0.844932820576578
400
200
0
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Fig 4-6 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (August)

1000
f(x) = 2.61498749549668 x − 230.278096757138
900 R² = 0.750718689708001
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Fig 4-7 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (September)
500
400
300 f(x) = 1.51508781080063 x − 24.4522737175567

R² = 0.918777600906766
200
100
0
0 50 100 150 200 250

Fig 4-8 Correlation of Shillong and Mawphlang Rainfall (October)

Using these monsoon monthly correlations and available monthly rainfall at Shillong,
monthly rainfall at Mawphlang during monsoon months for the period 1986-87 to 2005-06
has been generated.
For estimating the rainfall during the non-monsoon months, ratios of monthly rainfall during
non-monsoon months to the monsoon rainfall have been worked out from the available
observed rainfall data at Mawphlang for the period 1898-99 to 1985-86. The ratios thus
obtained are given in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6 Ratio of Monthly Rainfall to Monsoon Rainfall
Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr
0.029 0.006 0.011 0.012 0.022 0.049
The monthly rainfall during the non-monsoon months have been determined by multiplying
the above ratio with the monsoon rainfall for the concerned year. Monthly and annual rainfall
at Mawphlang thus obtained is given in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7: Monthly & Annual Rainfall at Mawphlang after Extension (mm)


4.5.2. Rainfall – Runoff Correlation

Concurrent rainfall and runoff data at Mawphlang (ASEB) is available for the period 1979-80
to 1987-88. Observed flows series at Mawphlang (ASEB) for the period 1979-80 to 1987-88
has been converted into mm and given in Table 4-8.
Table 4-8 Monthly flows at Mawphlang (ASEB) (mm)
Using the available rainfall & runoff data for the concurrent period, monthly rainfall - runoff
correlation have been developed for the monsoon months of May to October. The monthly
rainfall -runoff correlations at Mawphlang, thus obtained are given in Table 4-9.
Table 4-9 Rainfall - Runoff Correlations at Mawphlang
Month Equation R2
May y = 1.225x - 106.8 0.58
June y = 0.753x - 31.24 0.77
July y = 0.582x + 166.8 0.96
August y = 0.797x + 69.53 0.83
September y = 0.722x + 103.7 0.75
October y = 0.729x + 100.0 0.64
4.5.3. Extension of Flow Series at Mawphlang

For the formulation of a long term monthly discharge series at Mawphlang, the following
methodology has been adopted:
 Using the monthly monsoon rainfall - runoff correlations obtained in Table and the
available monthly rainfall at Mawphlang for the period 1988 to 2005

 (Table 4-7) monthly flow series for the monsoon period from 1988 to 2005 has
been generated.
 To estimate the runoff for non-monsoon months, average ratios of monthly non
monsoon runoff to average monsoon runoff were developed using the observed
runoff for the period 1979 – 80 to 1987 – 88. The following ratios were obtained:
Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr
0.09
0.196 0.131 0.100 0.071 0.138
8
 The runoff for the non-monsoon months of November to April have been
estimated by multiplying the monthly ratios as obtained above, with the monsoon
runoff for the concerned year. Monthly flow series at Mawphlang, for the period
May 1988 to Dec. 2005 has thus been generated. The combined flow series at
Mawphlang (observed & generated) for the period 1979-80 to 2004-05 in mm is
given in Table 4-10
 To generate 10 – daily flow series form the monthly series developed above,
average 10 – daily flows have been worked out from the observed 10 – daily
discharge data for the period May 1979 to April 1988. The ratio of each 10 – daily
runoff with respect to corresponding total runoff of the month has been estimated
and computations are given in Table 4-11
 Monthly flows generated for the period 1988 - 2005 in Table 4-10, have been
multiplied with the corresponding monthly 10 – daily ratio to obtain the 10 – daily
flow series. This series has been converted to cumecs. The combined 10 – daily
discharges at Mawphlang; observed for the period 1979-80 to 1987-88 &
generated for the period 1988-89 to 2004-05 is given in Table 4-12

Table 4-10 Monthly & Annual Runoff at Mawphlang after Extension (mm)

Table 4-11 10-Daily Discharges at Mawphlang Observed by ASEB (cumecs)

Table 4-12 10-Daily Discharges at Mawphlang, Observed & Computed (cumecs)

4.5.4. Estimation of Yield Correction Factor

Based on 12 year annual TRMM data for the period 1998 to 2009, the average rainfall
values in various parts of the catchment up to the project site were determined as given in
Table 4-13.
Table 4-13 Determination of Catchment Rainfall
Sub – Average Catchment Area AxR

Area Rainfall ‘R’ ‘A’ (sq m)
(mm)
1 2500 29 72500
2 3000 33 99000
3 4150 129 535350
4 5300 76 402800
5 6100 41 250100
∑ 308 1359750
Catchment Representative Rainfall = 1359750 / 308

= 4415 mm
As suggested by CWC, considering a runoff factor of 0.8, mean annual runoff at Mawphu
(Stage-II) dam site works out to 3532 mm (4415 X 0.8).
Mean annual runoff at Mawphlang (Table 4-12) = 3018 mm

Yield correction factor = 3532 / 3018
= 1.170
4.5.5. Development of Flow Series at Dam Site

The 10-daily flow series at Mawphlang, for the period1979-80 to 2004-05 (Table 4-12) has
been transferred to Mawphu (Stage-II) dam site in catchment area proportion. Yield
correction factor determined in Para 4.5.4 is then applied to the transformed series. The 10-
daily discharges for the period 1979 – 80 to 2004-05, thus obtained at Mawphu (Stage-II)
dam site is given in Table 4-14.
The Public Health Engineering Department (PHED), Meghalaya proposes to withdraw 11.3
Million Gallon / day (mld), which works out to 0.495 cumecs (say 0.5 cumecs). Hence the
available 10-daily discharges at Mawphu (Stage-II) dam site after considering the withdrawal
by GSWSS have been determined by subtracting 0.5 cumecs from the transformed 10-daily
discharge series. Available 10-daily discharges at Mawphu (Stage-II) Dam site, thus
obtained are given in Table 4-15.


Table 4-14: 10-Daily Discharges at Mawphu (Stage-II) Dam Site without Considering GSWSS Withdrawals (cumecs)

Table 4-15: 10-Daily Discharges at Mawphu (Stage-II) Dam Site after Considering GSWSS Withdrawals (cumecs)

4.6. Dependability Studies

Annual flows for the River Umiew at Mawphu (Stage-II) Dam Site for the period 1979 – 80 to
2004 – 05 have been computed from the 10 – daily flows given in Table 4-15. The annual
flows thus derived have been arranged in descending order and the percentage
dependability estimated using Weibull’s equation, viz.:
D = m / (n+1) * 100
Where, m = ranking, when the flows are arranged in descending order
n = number of years of data available
D = Percentage dependability
The computations for estimating the percentage dependability are given in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16 : Estimation of Dependable Year
Annual
% Correspondin Corresponding
S. No Year Yield
Dependability g Yield (MCM) Year
(MCM)
1 1979-80 921 3.7 2134 1987-88
2 1980-81 917 7.4 1688 1988-89
3 1981-82 1049 11.1 1522 1984-85
4 1982-83 994 14.8 1515 2004-05
5 1983-84 1060 18.5 1417 1989-90
6 1984-85 1522 22.2 1289 1991-92
7 1985-86 922 25.9 1178 1999-00
8 1986-87 1069 29.6 1107 1995-96
9 1987-88 2134 33.3 1069 1986-87
10 1988-89 1688 37.0 1061 2001-02
11 1989-90 1417 40.7 1060 1983-84
12 1990-91 816 44.4 1049 1981-82
13 1991-92 1289 48.1 1020 2002-03

14 1992-93 963 51.9 994 1982-83
15 1993-94 950 55.6 970 2000-01
16 1994-95 691 59.3 963 1997-98
17 1995-96 1107 63.0 963 1992-93
18 1996-97 887 66.7 950 1993-94
19 1997-98 963 70.4 946 2003-04
20 1998-99 918 74.1 922 1985-86
21 1999-00 1178 77.8 921 1979-80
22 2000-01 970 81.5 918 1998-99
23 2001-02 1061 85.2 917 1980-81
24 2002-03 1020 88.9 887 1996-97
25 2003-04 946 92.6 816 1990-91
26 2004-05 1515 96.3 691 1994-95
From Table-4-16, it is seen that 90 % and 50 % dependable annual flows work out as 853
MCM & 982 MCM, which correspond to the years 1996-97 & 2002-03 respectively.
4.7. Design Flood Studies

As per BIS guidelines, large dam with gross storage capacity greater than 60 MCM or
hydraulic head greater than 30 m are to be designed to safely pass the Probable Maximum
Flood (PMF). Since the height of the dam is more than 30 m, Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is
designed to safely pass the PMF.
4.7.1. Development of Synthetic UH

Physiographic characteristics of the catchment up to dam site viz., A, L, Lc, S have been
found out and utilized for deriving the synthetic unit hydrograph parameters of the unit
hydrograph by utilizing the relations developed in Sub – zone 2 b report published by CWC.
The values of basin characteristics of the catchment up to the dam site are given below in
Table 4-17.
Table 4-17: Basin Characteristics
Catchment Area (A) = 320.2 Sq.km

Longest River length (L) = 54.54 km
Lc = 21.45 km
S = 36.73 m / km
tr = 1 hr
Synthetic U. G. parameters for the project have been computed using the basin
characteristics & relations given in Sub - Zone 2 (b) Report for the South Bank Tributaries of
Brahmaputra. The computations are given in Table 4-18.
Table 4-18: Derivation of Synthetic UH from Basin Characteristics
tP = 2.870/(qp)0.839 = 10.1 hrs
QP = 0.905*(A)0.758 = 71.7 cumec
W50 = 2.304 /(qp)1.035 = 10.8 hrs
W75 = 1.339/(qp)0.978 = 5.8 hrs
WR50 = 0.814/(qp)1.018 = 3.7 hrs
WR75 = 0.494/(qp)0.966 = 2.1 hrs
Tm = tp + (tr)/2 = 10.6 hrs
TB = 2.447 * (Tp)1.157 = 35.4 hrs
qp = Qp/ A = 0.22 cumec/sq km
It is seen that the time to peak (tp) works out as 10.1 hours, which appears to be on the
higher side for a catchment area of 320.2 sq km and having steep river bed slope. In view of
this, as suggested by CWC, tp has been estimated using Kirpich formula, California formula
etc.
4.7.1.1. Time of Concentration

The following basin parameters of the catchment were used for estimation of the Time of
Concentration using various formulae / methodologies.
Catchment Area (A) = 320.2 sq km
River Length up to dam site (L) = 54.54 km

Length of the stream from centroid

= 21.45 km
to dam site (Lc)
Elevation of river at dam site = 434 m
Elevation of river at origin = 1925 m
Difference in elevation = 1491 m
Average slope (S) = 0.0273 %
As suggested by CWC, time to peak has been estimated by the following methods and the
computations are given in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Estimation of Time of Concentration by Various Methods
Kirpich
I Formula
Tc = 0.0195 * L^0.77 * S^-0.385
Translation time in
L^0.77 = 4438.85 m Tc = min
Stream length in
S^-0.385 = 3.998 L = Meters
Average Bed
Tc = 346.06 Min S = Slope
Tc = 5.77 hrs
California
II Formula
Tc = (0.87 * L^3 / H)^0.385
L = 54.54 km Tc = Translation time in

hr
H = 1491 m L = Stream length in m
Difference in
Tc = 5.77 hrs H = elevation in m
Kerby's
III Equation
Tc = (6.56 LN / (3 * S)^0.5)^0.467
N = 0.65
Tc = 445.0 Min
Roughness
Constant = 0.65
Tc = 7.42 hrs N = assumed
L = Length in m
Slope of the
S = catchment
IV Sub Zone 2(b) Report
QP = 0.905*(A)0.758 = 71.7 cumec
tP = 2.870/(qp)0.839 = 10.1 hrs
tm tp + 0.5 = 10.6 hrs
V Sub Zone 2(a) Report
2.272 * (L X Lc /S )
qP = = 0.55 cumec
-0.409
tP = 2.870/(qp)0.839 = 3.79 hrs
tm tp + 0.5 = 4.29 hrs

The time of concentration estimated by various methods is summarized below in Table 4-20
Table 4-20: Time of Concentration (Hrs) by Various Methods
Kerby's Subzone Subzone

Kirpich California
Equation 2(a) 2(b)
Time of
Concentration 5.77 5.77 7.42 4.29 10.6
(Hrs)
4.7.1.2. Development of Synthetic UH

Since, time to peak estimated using Subzone 2 (b) report appears to be very high.
Considering the time of concentration estimated using Kirpich Formula, California Formula,
Kerby’s equation and Sub-zone 2(a) Report, time to peak of 5.0 hours has been adopted
and synthetic unit hydrograph developed using Subzone 2(a) report of CWC. The unit
hydrograph parameters thus obtained are given in Table 4-21.
Table 4-21: Unit Hydrograph Parameters

qp = 2.272 X (L X Lc /S ) ^(-0.409) = 0.55 cumecs/ sq km
tP = 2.164 X (Qp)^ (-0.94) = 3.79 hrs
W50 = 2.084 /(qp)-1.065 = 3.93 hrs
W75 = 1.028/(qp)-1.071 = 1.94 hrs
WR50 = 0.856/(qp)-0.865 = 1.43 hrs
WR75 = 0.44/(qp)-0.918 = 0.76 hrs
4.29
Tm = tp + (tr)/2 = Say 5.0 hrs
TB = 5.428 * (tp)0.852 = 16.87 hrs

Say 17
Qp = qp X A = 177 cumec
Knowing the peak & time to peak of the unit hydrograph (UH), width of UH at 50 % & 75 %
peak and base width, unit hydrograph was plotted and its volume adjusted to give 1 cm
runoff. The ordinates of unit Hydrograph thus obtained are given in Table 4-22 and the unit
hydrograph is plotted in Fig 4-9.
Table 4-22: Synthetic UG Ordinates
UH UH
Time Time
Ordinates Ordinates
(hours) (cumec) (hours) (cumec)
0 0 9 47
1 10 10 37
2 33 11 28
3 82 12 20
4 150 13 14
5 177 14 10
6 129 15 6
7 83 16 3
8 60 17 0

Mawphu HEP, Stage II

Synthetic Unit Hydrograph
200
150
Discharge (cumecs)
100
50
11
13
16
0
10
12
14
15
17
Time (Hrs)
Figure 4-9: Synthetic Unit Hydrograph

4.7.1.3. Design Storm

India Meteorological Department (IMD) was requested to supply the design storm value for
the project. The values of 1 – day and 2 – day Standard Project Storm (SPS) and Probable
Maximum Precipitation (PMP) supplied by IMD are given in Table 4-23.
Table 4-23: Design Storm Values Given by IMD
Duration SPS (cm) PMP (cm)
1 – Day 99.8 130.7
2 – Day 195.6 258.2
Since the base width of the unit hydrograph is 17 hours (< 24 hours), 1-day PMP value has
been considered for estimation of design flood.
A. 24 Hour PMP
To obtain 24 hour PMP value, clock hour correction of 15% limited to 5 cm has been applied
to the 1-Day PMP value. Thus 24-Hour PMP value works out to 135.7 cm.
B. Area Reduction Factor
1-Day SPS and PMP values given by IMD are based on point rainfall of the storm observed
at Cherrapunji on 12.07.1910. Since, catchment area up to Mawphu HEP, Stage II dam site
is 320 sq km (123.63 sq miles), area reduction factor has been applied for estimating 1-day
PMP for the catchment. Area reduction factor has been estimated using the following
equation given in the report “Estimation of Design Flood Peak – A method based on Unit
Hydrograph Principle” prepared by CWC.
P = exp (-A1/3 / 8 T ½)
Where,
P = Area Reduction Factor
A = Catchment Area in sq miles.
T = Duration of Rainfall
P = exp (- 123.63 ^ (1/3) / 8 X 24 ^ (0.5)) = 0.88
The value of P read from Table 6 of “Flood Estimation Report for North Brahmaputra Basin
Subzone 2(a)” also works out as 0.88. Hence area reduction factor of 0.88 has been
considered.
Thus 24 hour catchment rainfall after applying area reduction factor works out as 135.7 X
0.88 = 119.42 cm

C. Temporal Distribution
Temporal distribution of 24-Hour & 48-Hour design storms given by IMD is given in
Table 4-24.
Table 4-24: Temporal Distribution for 24-Hour & 48-Hour Storms Given by IMD
Time (Hrs) 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48
% of 24
36 55 66 74 82 89 95 100
Hrs Storm
% of 48 24 38 50 59 66 71 75 79 83 86 89 92 95 97 99 100
Hrs Storm
Since the base width of the UG is less than 24 hour, the temporal distribution of 1-day
storm given by IMD has been considered. From the temporal distribution of 24 hour storm, it
is seen that 12-hour storm value is 74 % of 24-hour value. The temporal distribution of 12 –
hour storm has been obtained by dividing the temporal distribution of 24 hour by 0.74. The
hourly values of temporal distribution of 24 and 12 hour storm thus obtained are given in
Table 4-25 and plotted in Fig 4-10.
120
100
80
Rainfall (mm)
Temporal Distribution
60 24 Hrs
Temporal Distribution
40 12 Hrs
20
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Time (Hours)
Figure 4-10: Temporal Distribution of 24-Hour & 12-Hour Storm

Table 4-25: Temporal Distribution of 24 hr and 12 hr Storm
Since the PMP is assumed to occur in two bells of 12 – hour each, the PMP occurring during
the first 12 hours and later 12 hours of each day storm are 74 % and 26 % respectively.
Hence the PMP values during the 1st & 2nd bells work out as 88.37 cm & 31.05 cm
respectively.
4.7.2. Design Loss Rate

It is assumed that at the time of occurrence of design storm, the soil is nearly saturated.
Design loss rate of 0.35 cm / hour as suggested in Subzone 2(b) Report has been adopted
and hourly rainfall excess values computed.
4.7.3. Determination of Rainfall Excess

Using the temporal distribution of 12 hour storm obtained in Table 4-25 cumulative and
hourly incremental values of PMP for the two bells each of first and second day PMP have
been determined. Subtracting the design loss rate from the hourly rainfall values for all the
four 12 - hour bells, hourly rainfall excess values have been found out. Hourly rainfall values
for the 12 - hour bells have been arranged in critical and reverse critical order. The
computations are given from Table 4-26 & Table 4-27 respectively.
Table 4-26: Computation of Effective Rainfall, First Bell
1 st bell (cm)
Percentage
Cumulative Incremental Effective Reverse
Time of 12 hr Critical
Rainfall Rainfall Rainfall Critical
Rainfall
0 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 0.19 16.72 16.72 16.37 3.23 2.04
2 0.35 31.05 14.33 13.98 6.81 3.23
3 0.49 42.99 11.94 11.59 13.98 3.23
4 0.59 52.54 9.55 9.20 16.37 4.43

5 0.68 59.71 7.16 6.81 11.59 4.43
6 0.74 65.68 5.97 5.62 9.2 5.62
7 0.80 70.46 4.78 4.43 5.62 9.20
8 0.85 75.23 4.78 4.43 4.43 11.59
9 0.89 78.81 3.58 3.23 4.43 16.37
10 0.93 82.40 3.58 3.23 3.23 13.98
11 0.97 85.98 3.58 3.23 3.23 6.81
12 1.00 88.37 2.39 2.04 2.04 3.23
2nd Bell (cm)
%age of
Cumulative Incremental Effective Reverse
Time 12-Hour Critical
Rainfall Rainfall Rainfall Critical
Rainfall
0 0 0.00 0.00
1 0.19 5.87 5.87 5.52 0.91 0.49
2 0.35 10.91 5.03 4.68 2.17 0.91
3 0.49 15.10 4.20 3.85 4.68 0.91
4 0.59 18.46 3.36 3.01 5.52 1.33
5 0.68 20.98 2.52 2.17 3.85 1.33
6 0.74 23.08 2.10 1.75 3.01 1.75
7 0.80 24.75 1.68 1.33 1.75 3.01
8 0.85 26.43 1.68 1.33 1.33 3.85
9 0.89 27.69 1.26 0.91 1.33 5.52
10 0.93 28.95 1.26 0.91 0.91 4.68
11 0.97 30.21 1.26 0.91 0.91 2.17
12 1.00 31.05 0.84 0.49 0.49 0.91

Table 4-27: Computation of Effective Rainfall, Second Bell
4.7.4. Base Flow

The design base flow of 0.05 cumecs per sq km of the catchment area has been
recommended in the report of subzone 2 (b) for the catchments of South Bank Tributaries
of Brahmaputra. Adopting a flow rate of 0.05 cumecs / sq. km, base flow works out as 16
cumecs.
4.7.5. Convolution of Design Storm with UH

The effective rainfall values obtained above are applied to 1 hour unit hydrograph ordinates.
The effective rainfall ordinates are arranged against the ordinates of the UH in such a way
that the maximum value of rainfall is placed against the peak value of the UH, the next lower
rainfall values are arranged against the next lower values of the UH in appropriate order.
The order of the effective rainfall values thus obtained is reversed to get the critical
sequence.
To obtain the critical value of the design flood, the arrangement of the rainfall values has
been arranged such that second bell rainfall values precede the first bell rainfall values.
The first rainfall excess value is multiplied with each of the UH ordinate to obtain the
corresponding direct runoff ordinates. The computation is repeated with the remaining
rainfall excess values & the direct surface runoff derived from each successive rainfall
excess is lagged by 1 hour. The total direct surface runoff for various time periods is added
to get the direct surface runoff hydrograph. The base flow is then added to each of the direct
surface runoff hydrograph ordinate, to get the values of design flood hydrograph (Probable
Maximum Flood) ordinates. The detailed computations are given in Table 4-28 it is seen that
the peak value of the Design Flood is estimated at 8889 cumecs. Hence design flood of
8900 cumec has been adopted. The Design Flood Hydrograph thus obtained is plotted in
Figure 4-11.

Table 4-28: Convolution of UG with Rainfall Excess

10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
Discharge (Cumec)
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Time (Hrs)
Figure 4-11: Design Flood Hydrograph

4.7.6. Conclusions and Recommendations

Since short duration gauge, discharge and rainfall data at the project site or at nearby site is
not available, synthetic unit hydrograph has been developed based on the basin parameters
for estimating the design flood. PMP values given by IMD have been convoluted with the
synthetic UH to get the PMF. Peak value of PMF has been estimated as 8889 cumecs. Due
to limited availability of peak flow data, probabilistic approach could not be adopted for the
estimation of design flood.
In view of the above, design flood of 8900 cumecs has been adopted.
4.8. Diversion Flood Studies
4.8.1. Design Criteria

The value of diversion flood should be such that the river flow can be diverted safely by
construction of the diversion tunnel or channel and cofferdam, so that construction of the
main dam should go without any hindrance. As per IS - 14815:2000 for planning river
diversion works for concrete dams, 1 in 25 year flood of non-monsoon months or maximum
observed during these months; whichever is higher, is to be considered.
The diversion flood is generally dependent on the construction schedule of the head works.
Since it is proposed to carry out construction activities for the dam during the non – monsoon
period, it is proposed to plan the river diversion works for the project for 1 in 25 year flood
utilizing the instant annual flood peak series for the non – monsoon period.
4.8.2. Data Utilized

Daily discharge data of River Umiew at Mawphlang (C.A = 115 sq km) observed by Public
Health Engineering Department, Meghalaya (PHED) is available for the period 1980-81 to
1996-97. The peak non-monsoon flows for the following periods have been worked out and
given in Table 4-29.
Table 4-29: Observed Non-monsoon Peaks at Mawphlang (cumecs)
1st Oct to 16th Oct to 1st Nov to 1st Nov to

30th Apr 30th Apr 30th Apr 30th Mar
1980-81 55.3 55.3 53.9 10.1
1981-82 42.3 42.3 42.3 35.1
1982-83 19.3 19.3 19.3 19.3
1983-84 84.0 50.9 7.1 7.1
1984-85 41.3 13.9 7.7 7.7
1985-86 28.8 28.8 28.8 5.0
1986-87 438.1 42.2 42.2 34.8
1987-88 111.0 111.0 111.0 6.2
1988-89 174.4 174.4 174.4 174.4
1989-90 425.3 425.3 17.7 17.7
DPR-I: Chapter-4: Hydrology
4-42
1990-91 425.3 12.7 12.7 12.7

1991-92 337.7 44.1 15.2 15.2
1992-93 62.5 61.5 61.5 20.8
1993-94 94.4 28.0 28.0 28.0
1994-95 213.3 20.1 16.0 16.0
1995-96 76.7 47.2 45.7 45.7
1996-97 259.2 259.2 57.7 30.3
Methodology Adopted
From Table 4-29, it is seen that considerably high flows have been observed in October. In
view of this annual peaks from 1st November to 30th April have been considered for
estimating the diversion flood. After considering the observed flood peaks for the non-
monsoon period (1st November to 30th April), mean and standard deviation have been
worked out as given in Table 4-30.
Table 4-30: Mean & Standard Deviation of the Flood Peaks (November to April)
Peak Discharge
S. No Period
(cumecs)
1 1980-81 53.9
2 1981-82 42.3
3 1982-83 19.3
4 1983-84 7.1
5 1984-85 7.7
6 1985-86 28.8
7 1986-87 42.2
8 1987-88 111.0
9 1988-89 174.4
10 1989-90 17.7
11 1990-91 12.7
12 1991-92 15.2
13 1992-93 61.5
14 1993-94 28.0
15 1994-95 16.0
16 1995-96 45.7
17 1996-97 57.7
Mean 43.6
Standard
Deviatio 42.69
n
The peak flood values obtained for the period 1980-81 to 1996-97 have been subjected to
flood frequency analysis using Gumbel’s distribution. The values of floods for various return
4-43
periods from 5 years to 100 years have been worked out. The flood values have been
transformed to Mawphu (Stage-II) HEP dam site using Dicken’s formula and the values are
given below in Table 4-31.
Table 4-31: Return Period Floods
Return
5Yr 10Yr 15Yr 20Yr 25Yr 50Yr 100Yr
Period
Yt 1.500 2.250 2.674 2.970 3.199 3.902 4.600
K 0.943 1.664 2.071 2.355 2.575 3.250 3.921
Q(Mawphlang
84 115 132 144 154 182 211
)
Q (Dam site) 181 247 284 311 331 393 455
It is seen that 25 – year return period flood at Mawphlang works out to 154 cumecs, which is
less than the observed non monsoon flood of 174 cumecs. As per IS 14815:2000, the higher
of the 25 years return period flow or the maximum observed non-monsoon flow has to be
adopted. In view of this, the diversion flood at Mawphlang comes to 174 cumecs.
Transforming this flood using Dicken’s equation, the diversion flood at Mawphu (Stage-II)
HEP dam site works out to 376 cumecs. Hence diversion flood of 375 cumecs has been
adopted.
4.9. Sedimentation Studies

Reservoir sedimentation studies are essential to assess the feasible /economic life of a
reservoir. When a river flows along a steep gradient, it carries a lot of suspended sediment
load. When a hydraulic structure/dam is built across the river, it creates a reservoir, which
tends to accumulate the sediment, as the suspended silt load settles down due to the
decrease in velocity. This process of encroachment of reservoir storage is a continuous
phenomenon, which has negative impact on the intended purpose of the project. The
sediment load does not only settle down in the dead storage area, as used to be believed
earlier, it also encroach the live storage area, thus depleting the design capacity of the
reservoir. Hence it is very much essential to determine the volume of sediment accumulating
in the reservoir so as to assess/predict the damage to the economic life of the reservoir. At
the design stage, it is essential to predict the extent of sediment deposition at /near the
hydraulic structure in order to fix the outlet levels/sill levels after a time horizon of 70 years.
4.9.1. Elevation Area Capacity

Based on the topographical survey of the reservoir, reservoir areas and capacities at various
elevations have been found out. Elevation area–capacity for Mawphu (Stage-II) HEP is given
in Table 4-32 & plotted in Fig 4-12. It is seen that at FRL of 470m, the reservoir area and
capacity are 13 ha and 155 ha-m respectively.

4-44
Capacity (MCM)
180.000 160.000 140.000 120.000 100.000 80.000 60.000 40.000 20.000 0.000
480
470
Elevation (m)
460
450
440
430 Area Capacity
420
410
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Area (Ha m)
Figure 4-12: Elevation – Area – Capacity Curve
Table 4-32: Elevation – Area – Capacity

Capacity Cumulative Capacity
Elevation (m) Area (ha)
(ha m) ha m MCM
434 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.00
436 0.270 0.280 0.280 0.00
438 0.743 1.013 1.293 0.01
440 1.145 1.888 3.180 0.03
442 1.696 2.841 6.021 0.06
444 2.084 3.780 9.801 0.10
446 2.794 4.878 14.679 0.15
448 3.048 5.842 20.521 0.21
450 3.330 6.378 26.899 0.27
452 3.886 7.215 34.114 0.34

4-45
454 4.469 8.355 42.470 0.42
456 5.180 9.650 52.119 0.52
458 5.846 11.026 63.146 0.63
460 6.438 12.285 75.430 0.75
462 6.938 13.376 88.807 0.89
464 7.514 14.452 103.258 1.03
466 8.006 15.519 118.777 1.19
468 9.137 17.142 135.920 1.36
470 9.990 19.127 155.047 1.55
4.9.2. Long Term Average Annual Sedimentation Rate

Presently sediment observations of Umiew River at the project site or any other site are not
available. Based on sediment observations for the period 2001 – 2008 at Kynshi HEP in the
adjacent basin, sediment rate has been estimated as 0.3 mm / year. This sediment rate
appears to be low, as the sediment rate of Himalayan Rivers, as recommended by Central
Water Commission (CWC) is 1 mm /sq km /year. Hence sediment rate of 1 mm / sq km /
year has been adopted for the studies.
4.9.3. Sediment Management Measures

For determination of severity of the sedimentation problem, the capacity inflow ratio (C/I) is
worked out.
Gross capacity (C) at FRL = 1.76 MCM
Long term average inflow (I) = 1114.13 MCM
Capacity-Inflow Ratio (C/I) = 0.0014
As per Brune’s curve, trap efficiency = 0.5 %, which indicates that most of the
sediment will not be trapped in the
reservoir and would flow downstream.
The above capacity-inflow ratio clearly indicates that the storage capacity of the project is
very small as compared to the average annual inflow. Hence following measures for
sediment management as mentioned below are proposed to be taken:

4-46
 Operating the reservoir at MDDL during the monsoon months to route the
incoming sediment downstream of the project site.
 Provision of low level sluice spillway crest for flushing the silt downstream during
flood season.
 Reservoir drawdown flushing two times every year, to ensure that live storage is
always available.
 Adequate vertical separation between the water conductor intake sill level and
the sluice spillway crest level for effective silt flushing.

4-47
5. SITE INVESTIGATION AND GEOLOGY
4.
5.
5.1. Introduction
The Mawphu HE Project Stage-II is located on river Umiew in the Himalayas of East Khasi
Hill district of Meghalaya. The project area falls within Archean gneiss of Meghalaya plateau,
which is characterized by wide structural and geological diversity.
The Mawphu HE Project Stage-II is a part of a cascade development scheme on Umiew
River which is the main drainage in East Khasi Hill district. It is formed at elevation of about
1850 m. After running a considerable stretch in Meghalaya, India, it enters into Bangladesh
to reach Brahmaputra via Surma, a major tributary of River Brahmaputra. River Umiew is
joined by number of right bank tributary namely Umkynrem, Umtong and Waisu.
Approximately 232m head is available between the dam near Mawphu village and Tail Race
Tunnel outlet near Thieddieng village. The river course is circuitous, flowing with moderately
steep gradient which has been utilized for hydropower scheme. All along its course, Umiew
River flows through a narrow valley, thus providing number of prospective sites for dam
construction. River Umiew and its tributaries are mainly rain fed. Medium to heavy rainfall in
catchment area ensures significant water availability in the river.
5.2. Geology of the Project Area

The project area falls in the central part of Meghalaya, where the Gneissic Complex has
multiple deformational & metamorphic episodes. In general, the grade of metamorphism
varies from the green schist to amphibolites facies. The Meghalaya plateau and the Mikir
hills occur in between the E-W aligned Eastern Himalaya to the north and the broadly NNE-
SSW Indo-Myanmar mobile belt to the east. The Northern and North-eastern boundary with
Bengal basin lies to its south. These geological domains are separated from the main
Himalayan belt by the Brahmaputra alluvium. The Mikir Hills are separated from the
Meghalaya Plateau by the alluvium tract of Kopili River and the NE-SW Kopili fault(Ref.DWG
0933-GDC-07A-0001)
Rocks comprising the Meghalaya plateau and Mikir hills represent the re-emergence of
shield elements on the east of the gap. The highland generated by these shield rocks
occupies a crucial position between the Himalaya and the Indo –Myanmar arc. The plateau
is dominated by high grade Archean Gneissic complex, overlain by Proterozoic intracratonic
sediments of Shillong group with metavolcanic Khasi greenstone, both intruded by Upper
Proterozoic–early Palaeozoic granites. Jurassic-cretaceous volcanism represented by the
Sylhet trap occurs along the southern margin of the plateau and is intimately associated with
DPR-I: Chapter-5: Site Investigation and Geology 5-1

the E-W Dauki fault system. Cretaceous to Eocene stable shelf sediments cover the
southern and eastern periphery of the plateau and southern fringe of the mikir hills which
towards east are juxtaposed with sediments of the trench facies of the Indo Myanmar mobile
belt. Almost uninterrupted intra-continental sedimentation continued along the southern
margin of the plateau till quaternary period. The occurrence of Upper cretaceous
carbonatite–ultramafic complex along a NE fracture zone in the east central part of the
plateau and in Mikir hills is noteworthy. N-S to NW-SE trending active faults /fractures
predominate in this domain.
Table 5.1 Stratigraphic Succession of Meghalaya
Age Group Name Formation Lithology

Newer Alluvium
Holocene (Thickness not Unclassified Sand, silt and clay
known)
Pleistocene Older Alluvium Sand, clay, pebble, gravel and

(Thickness not Unclassified boulder deposit
known)
----------------------------------------------- Unconformity ---------------------------------
Dupi Tila Mottled clay, feldspathic Sandstone
Mio-Pliocene and conglomerate
Formation (1050m)
----------------------------------- Unconformity/Disconformity ------------------------
Chengapara Coarse sandstone, siltstone, clay
Formation (700m) and marl
Coarse, feldspathic sandstone,
Oligo- Baghmara pebble, conglomerate, clay, silty
Garo Group Formation (530m) clay with a fossiliferous limestone
Miocene
horizon at the top
Simsang Siltstone & fine sandstone and

Formation (1150m) alternations of siltstone-mudstone
Eocene - Coarse sandstone, shale,

Oligocene Barail carbonaceous shale with streaks
……………………
Group and minor lenses of coal
Kopili Formation
Shale, sandstone, marl and coal
(50m)
Paleocene- Shella Formation Alternation of sandstone, limestone
Jaintia Group (600m)
Eocene
Langer Formation Calcareous shale, sandstone,
(100m.) limestone


Mahadek Arkosic sandstone (often
Formation (150 m) Glauconitic & Uraniferous)
Upper Conglomerate
Khasi Group Conglomerate
Cretaceous (25m)
Jadukata
Formation (140m) Conglomerate/sandstone
------------------------------------------- Unconformity ------------------------------------

Alkaline-
Pyroxenite - Serpentinite with
Ultramafic-
abundant development of melilite
Cretaceous Carbonatite ……………………. pyroxene rock, oolite, syenite and
Complex of
carbonatite
Sung
---------------------------------------------------- Unconformity ---------------------------------------------

Sylhet Trap Basalt, alkali basalt, rhyolite and
Cretaceous acid tuff
(600m)
------------------------------------------ Unconformity -------------------------------------
Very coarse to coarse grained
Karharbari sandstone with conglomerate lense,
Formation siltstone, shale, carbonaceous
Carboniferou Lower shale and coal
s to Permian Gondwana
Basal tillite, with sandstone bands,
Talchir Formation siltstone and shale
--------------------------------------------- Unconformity -----------------------------------
Granite
Plutons :Kyrdem
Granite pluton (479 ±
Neo
26 Ma) Nongpoh Porphyritic coarse granite,
Proterozoic-
Granite (550 ± 15 pegmatite, aplite/quartz vein
Early
Ma)Mylliem traversed by epidiorite, dolerite and
Paleozoic
Granite(607 ± 13 basalt dykes.
Ma)South Khasi
Granite (690 ± 26
Ma)
------------------------------------------- Intrusive contact -------------------------------
Khasi Basic-
Epidiorite, dolerite amphibolites and
Proterozoic Ultrabasic .............................
pyroxenite dykes and sills
intrusives


Paleo - Meso Shillong Quartzite,phyllite, quartz-sericite
.............................
Proterozoic Group schist, Conglomerate
--------------------------------------------- Unconformity -----------------------------------
Biotite gneiss, biotite hornblende

Archean (?) - Meghalaya gneiss, granite gneiss, mica schist,
Proterozoic Gneissic sillimanite-quartz schist, biotite-
Complex granulite- amphibolites, pyroxene
granulite, gabbro and diorite
5.3. Field Investigations
5.3.1. Alternative Dam sites

Earlier during PFR stage, several alternative sites were identified to select the most suitable
one for dam in downstream of Umiew River and Umkynrem River. As Old PFR Dam location
proposed by NEEPCO does not fulfill the environmental requirement formulated by Expert
Appraisal Committee (EAC) of MoEF, Alt-1, Alt. 2 & Alt.3 were chosen for review during site
visit. It was found that Alt-3 was a suitable location which is at about 3.1km downstream of
proposed Umduna HEP Power House location and accordingly an exploration plan was
drawn at the axis for investigation for DPR preparation.
.The identification of the Dam alternatives was done from the existing right bank footrack and
left bank foot rack based on general topography, presence of suitable abutments and
availability of sufficient head. As the river is flowing through number of sharp bends, the dam
alternative sites were identified immediately downstream of such bends so that a reasonable
straight reach would remain available in downstream so as to accommodate the energy
dissipation arrangement.
Following locations have been considered for Dam:
1. Old PFR Location (about 1km downstream of proposed Power House location of
upstream project - Umduna HEP)
2. Alt-1 about 2km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
3. Alt-2 about 2.5km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
4. Alt-3 about 3.1km downstream of Umduna HEP Power House Location
5. Alt-3A about 70m downstream of Alt-3 location
During drilling at Alt-3 location, drill hole DH-07 encountered deep overburden on the left
bank of dam axis. So, it was proposed that the dam axis needs to be shifted slightly
downstream by about 70m to avoid deep overburden on the left abutment. Accordingly, Alt-
3A has been chosen as a possible location for further investigation works.
5.3.2. Geological Mapping

The Proposed project component have been geologically mapped and studied by EIPL
geologists to collect site specific geological/geotechnical data. Some of the area is rugged
and difficult to access generally along the HRT alignment. However all efforts have been
made to delineate rock/overburden boundaries and to understand the physical
characteristics of the rock mass by collecting geotechnical parameters from the available
outcrops. Detailed geological mapping was carried out for various components of the
projects in scales as given below:
Component Scale
Dam and its appurtenant Structure 1:1000
Reservoir 1:1000
HRT 1:2500
HRT Adit portals 1:1000
Power House Complex
Surge Shaft 1:1000
Pressure shaft and Pressure shaft Adits 1:1000
Power House and Tail race channel 1:1000
5.3.3. Drilling
In addition to 3 bore holes with aggregating length of 90m for Groutability test,18 bore holes
having cumulative lengths of 875m have been drilled so far. Out of these 18 drill holes, 11
holes with cumulative length of 445m have been drilled to explore Dam and its appurtenant
structures and 2 holes of 50m & 60 m length were drilled to explore surface Power house
whereas 4 bore holes were drilled to explore pressure shaft and Surge shaft was explored
by one hole of 110m .One 40m deep hole planned to explore HRT and is under progress.
Summarized details of the bore holes drilled at the Dam site, Power House, Pressure shaft,
Surge Shaft and HRT given below and respective log of each hole is appended as
Appendix- 1 to 18.
Table 5.2 Details of Bore hole Drilled
S. Drill Hole Ground Bed Rock

Structure Location Co-ordinates elevation Elevation/depth Total
No. No.
(m) (m) Depth (m)
River bed, E362385.79
1 DH-01 Dam, Alt-3 429.37 421.97/7.4 40
Dam axis N2799993.69


No. No.
(m) (m) Depth (m)
River bed, E362388.47
2 DH-02 Dam, Alt-3 429.257 423.56/6 40
Dam Axis N2800009.81
Center of E362452.10
Dam, Alt-
3 DH-03 river bed, 432.19 426.19 40
3a
Dam Axis N2800026.54
Power E362438.89
Right bank,
4 DH-04 Intake, Alt- 433.02 424.62/8.4 40
Dam Axis
3a N2800000.13
Dam, Alt- Left Bank, E362456.67
5 DH-05 433.4 429.40/4 40
3a River Bed N2800049.00
Stilling E362479.97
Center of
6 DH-06 Basin, Alt- 431.54 426.14/5.40 40
River bed
3a N2800009.34
E36239.616
7 DH-07 Dam, Alt-3 Left Bank 488.41 457.91/30.5 45
N2800114.38
E3624.14.729
8 DH-08 Dam, Alt-3 Left Bank 501.613 482.113/19.5 40
N2800134.91
Dam, Alt- E362462.889
9 DH-09 Left bank 503.407 492.907/10.5 40
3a
N2800122.57
Stilling
Center of E362517.453
10 DH-10 Basin, Alt- 431.161 424.461/6.70 40.5
River bed
3a N2800032.78
Diversion E362325.943
11 DH-11 Left Bank 502.89 496.89/6 40
Tunnel N2800178.01
Power Power E361559.16
12 276 268.6/7.4 50
DH-101 House House N2796776.06
Power Power E361500.24
13 287.37 278.37/9 60
DH-102 House House N2796793.95
Pressure
14 Pressure shaft E361559.18 292.54 258.04/34.5 60
DH-103 shaft Alignment N2796833.28
Pressure E361585.79
15 Pressure shaft 297.9 263.4/34.5 50
DH-104 shaft Alignment N2796879.08
Center Line E361550.206
16 Surge of Surge 534.16 507.16/27 110
DH-105 Shaft Shaft N2797534.082
Pressure
17 Pressure shaft Abandoned due to local hindrance
DH-106 shaft Alignment
18 DH-106a Pressure Pressure E361571.84 514 487/27 50


No. No.
(m) (m) Depth (m)
shaft
shaft Alignment N2797448.54
Pressure E361596.06
19 DH-107 Pressure shaft 438.26 396.26/42 50
shaft Alignment N2797168.92
20 DH-108 Under Progress

HRT HRT 40
5.3.4. Water Pressure/Permeability Tests

In total 402 numbers of water pressure tests were conducted for assessing permeability in
all the exploratory drill holes .Water Pressure Tests in bedrock were conducted using double
packer in 3m stages in ascending order as per IS 5529(Part - II).Reporting Lugeon values
were determined by Houlsby A.C(1974) method. Water was pumped at steady rate and
constant pressure for periods of 5 minutes. A cycle of water pressure tests have been
conducted on the same stage at varying pressures. Reporting Lugeon values have been
incorporated in the drill hole logs. Permeability tests in overburden were conducted by
constant head method as per IS: 5529(Part – I) and has incorporated in the drill hole logs.
The data pertaining to the permeability tests of each drill hole are appended as Annexure –
1.
5.3.5. SPT
In total 106 numbers of Standard penetration test were conducted for assessing bearing
capacity of overburden, SPT were conducted in accordance with IS 2131 and results were
incorporated in the respective drill logs. The data pertaining to the SPT of each drill hole are
given in Appendix 1-18.
5.3.6. Groutability test

Groutability test has been carried out on the river bed (Dam foundation) to ascertain the
extent of amenability of foundation rock to systematic grouting. The pattern and depth of
hole is governed primarily by the design requirement and the nature of rock. Giving due
cognizance to variation of strike of foliation and other intersecting joints Triangular pattern
was adopted for conducting Groutability test. The report on the study is enclosed as
Annexure-6.
5.3.7. Exploratory Drifting

The dam abutments of Alternative-3a have been planned to be investigated by excavating
two drifts.viz LBD-1 having 30m length at left bank and RBD-1 having 30m length at left
bank. A total length of 60m of drifting at the Dam location been proposed to be carried out.
5.3.8. Rock Mechanic Tests

In order to determine both physio mechanical and engineering properties such as specific
gravity, UCS, tensile strength, cohesion, friction angle, deformation modulus of the various

rock types occurring in the project area, laboratory tests on rock cores collected from drill
holes were carried out at the ATES laboratory. The summarized values of engineering
properties are given in below and reports are enclosed as Annexure 2A.
Table 5.3 Summarized results of Rock mechanics test
Summarized results of Rock mechanics test (Dam area)
Tensile strength Triaxial Test
Tensile strength
UCS (Saturated)
Slake durability
Poisson’s ratio
compressive
Unconfined
Shear
Modulus of
UCS (dry)
Elasticity
Depth
Parameter
index
Sample No.
Rock Type
C Φ
(MP
(m) (MPa) Degree (GPa) %
a)
Granitic
DH-
14.58 gneiss/Gnei 76.17 40.17 0.26
01/59
ss
Granitic
DH-
8.5 gneiss/Gnei 133.3 95.3 114.1 52.05 0.2
02/25
ss
Granitic
DH-
39.6 gneiss/Gnei 6.18 50.66
02/198
ss
Granitic
DH-
10 gneiss/Gnei 68.97 59.5
01/34
ss
Granitic
DH-
36.54 gneiss/Gnei 56.62 37
01/167
ss
Granitic
DH-
15.1 gneiss/Gnei 3.63 45.09
01/61
ss
Granitic
DH-
8.6 gneiss/Gnei 36.64
03/20
ss
Granitic
DH-
7.37 gneiss/Gnei 108.6 80.8
03/13
ss
Granitic
DH-
03/29
ss
Granitic
DH-
8 gneiss/Gnei 6.85 52.82
03/18
ss

Granitic
DH-
8 gneiss/Gnei 99.24
03/17
ss
Granitic
DH-
06/45
ss
Granitic
DH-
19.7 gneiss/Gnei 3.78 45.74
06/95
ss
Granitic
DH-
8 gneiss/Gnei 99.39
06/24
ss
Granitic
DH-
10.77 gneiss/Gnei 44.37 29.2
06/46
ss
Granitic
DH-
10/144
ss
HRT
rock 99.54
sample
Summarized results of Rock mechanics test (Surge shaft, Pressure shaft &Power house)
Tensile strength
Tensile strength
UCS (Saturated)
Slake durability
Poisson’s ratio
compressive
Unconfined
Modulus of
Triaxial Test
UCS (dry)
Depth
Shear
Sample No.
Rock Type
Parameter
Φ
(m) (MPa) C (GPa) %
(MPa) Degree
Granitic
DH- 48.1 0.2
58.25 gneiss/Gneis
102/267 4 2
s
Granitic
DH-
53.7 gneiss/Gneis 137 106
102/247
s
Granitic
DH-
34.5 gneiss/Gneis 79.57
102/116
s
Granitic
DH-
102/125
s
Granitic
DH- 103.0
55.22 gneiss/Gneis
102/249 5
s
DH- 39.85 Granitic 75.18

103/74 gneiss/Gneis

DH-101/ Granitic
47,46.62
277,279,2 gneiss/Gneis 4.87 48.98
,46.30
81 s
Granitic
DH-
37.3 gneiss/Gneis 4.79 45.1
102/102
s
Granitic
DH-102/ 36.55,
gneiss/Gneis 2.12 37.18
125,130 37.50
s
Granitic
DH-
56.7 gneiss/Gneis 3.75 36.75
102/257
s
Granitic
DH- 34.64,
gneiss/Gneis 4.21 39.99
103/47,42 36.25
s
Granitic
DH-
101/209
s
Granitic
DH-
102/67
s
Granitic
DH-
35 gneiss/Gneis 6.3 5.5
103/39
s
Granitic
DH-
102/249
s
DH- Granitic
90.3,
105/236,2 gneiss/Gneis 11.2 8.5
94.5
37 s
Granitic
DH-
105/52
s
Granitic
DH- 99.4
44.5 gneiss/Gneis
105/50 4
s
Granitic
DH- 44. 42.
45 gneiss/Gneis
105/53 59 8
s
Granitic
DH-
63.66 gneiss/Gneis 7.13 51.9
105/133
s
Granitic
DH- 44. 23.
47.2 gneiss/Gneis
104/109 5 4
s

Granitic
DH- 28.8
46.3 gneiss/Gneis
104/104 4
s
Granitic
DH-
104/107
s
Granitic
DH-
44.5 gneiss/Gneis 3.43 45.21
104/92
s
Granitic
DH- 99.0
42.5 gneiss/Gneis
104/76 8
s
Granitic
DH-
46.13 gneiss/Gneis 7.8 52.62
107/92
s
Granitic
DH- 99.5
49.86 gneiss/Gneis
107/103 9
s
Granitic
DH- 42.4
45 gneiss/Gneis
107/85 2
s
Granitic
DH- 156
45.68 gneiss/Gneis 139
107/90 .6
s
Granitic
DH-
107/92
s
5.3.9. Petrography
Specimens of rocks obtained from various rock exposures and rock cores from various drill
holes of Dam site, Surge Shaft and surface Power House were utilized by the GSI Petrology
Laboratory located at Faridabad for Petrographical studies. Furthermore, 2 silt samples were
also tested and 2 tests are under progress in same laboratory for estimating of mineral
distribution in silt samples. The report on the so far completed studies is enclosed as
Annexure –3
5.3.10. Geophysical Studies

Geophysical explorations involving seismic refraction profiling were carried out in the project
area with a view to decipher the interface between the overburden and bedrock as well as to
determine the overburden/bedrock characteristics. The report is annexed as Annexure-4.In
total 7 profiles aggregating length of 860m covering Dam, Power house and adit has been
carried out.
5.3.11. Seismological Studies

The project is located in North Eastern region of India which falls in Zone V of the seismic
zoning map of India and is considered to be seismically active region. Analysis of the
earthquake data obtained from different sources reveals that 137 major earthquakes
shocked the area from 1845 to 1980. For a large number of events depths of hypocenters
are not known which has limited the scope of the present study to some extent. For better
understanding of the Seismicity of project area, Dept of Earthquake Engineering IIT Roorkee
was entrusted the job to carry out the study for evaluating seismic design parameters for the
project components. Based on the above, the maximum value estimated for horizontal peak
ground acceleration(PGA) is 0.42gfor MCE and 0.24 for DBE condition respectively for both
Horizontal and Vertical ground motion.(For details refer, Site specific design earthquake
parameters for Mawphu HE Project (Stage-II) report, Annexure 5).
5.4. Geotechnical Evaluation of Civil Structures
5.4.1. Dam
The 51m high concrete dam, from deepest foundation level, shall have a length of 139.85m
at the top. The top of the dam has been kept at El. 472m. The FRL is expected to be at El.
470m with a submergence area at FRL of 13 hectares. The river channel flows at the center
while right bank and left flank hugging water way are occupied by River borne deposits. The
river bed is occupied by large pell mell boulders of size varying from 0.5 to 6-7m , some of
these large boulders could be colluvial blocks. The river bed was explored by six drill holes
i.e. DH-01, DH-02, DH-03, DH-05, DH-06 and DH-10. (Ref.Appendix 1 to Appendix
3,Apendix 5,6 and Appendix 10). (Ref DWG No.0933-GDC-03A-001).Based on the above
drill hole data it is inferred that in the river bed area, overburden which is mainly RBM,
thickness of which varies from 4m to 7.4m. Permeability values range from 1-6 Lugeon and
suggests reasonably tight foundation condition in the riverbed. In any of the drill hole no
major fracture zone or crushed/shear zone was encountered, making it suitable for laying
concrete dam.
On the right bank, the abutment between river bed level (El. 434 m) and El. 530 m is
approximately 55°. Along the right bank, rock outcrops of fine to medium grained granite
gneiss are occurring near the river water line were delineated in the upstream and
downstream of the dam axis. (Ref DWG No.0933-GDC-03A-001). At right bank few thick
veins of pegmatite were encountered during the surface mapping. In the course of the
abutment excavation, no major problem is foreseen as right bank exposes strong granite
gneiss upto EL.510m and beyond the top of dam(EL.472m).No adverse zone was observed
during surface mapping of right bank.
The left bank abutment slopes at 52° to 55° between river level (El. 436 m) and El. 480 m,
and subsequently flattens to 40° till El. 520 m. Upto elevation of 460m from river bed level
(El. 434m), rock is exposed on the left bank then above that, it is covered by overburden
material constituted of slope wash comprising top soil and rounded to sub-rounded pebble to
boulder grade detritus of granite gneiss, pink granite, grey granite and quartzite in a sandy to
silty matrix. Granitic gneiss belonging to Archean gneissic complex are exposed here.
Bedrock exposures are visible till El 460m after which the slope is covered by hill wash
deposits comprising rounded to sub-rounded cobble, pebble and boulder of granite gneiss,
pink granite, grey granite in a sandy to silty matrix. The thickness of the overburden has
been seen to ranges between 10.5m to 30.5m as has been observed from drill hole DH-07,
DH-08 and DH-09. In DH-07, overburden thickness of 30.5m comprising unsorted
assemblage of rounded to sub-rounded pebble to boulder grade detritus of granite gneiss,

pink granite, grey granite and quartzite in a sandy to silty matrix was encountered. In DH-07
water table was encountered at 30.10m depth having corresponding El. 458.31m. Such
depressed bed rock profile indicates possible scouring/erosion of bed rock close to concave
side of the curvature along the river beyond the rock ledge (DWG no 0933-GDC-03A-0002).
In view of such thick overburden and to know the lateral extent of depressed rock profile,
DH-08 was drilled 40 m towards hillside from the DH-07 on dam axis Alt-3. Here also
overburden of 19.5m was intersected with corresponding (El 482.11m). In view of such thick
overburden, it was decided to shift to dam to downstream. To know the possible extent of
the depression in downstream side of the left bank a drill hole DH-09 was proposed at 70m
downstream from earlier Dam axis. In DH-09, overburden thickness of 10.5m EL.492m was
encountered which is above the level of the top of the dam. An assemblage of rounded to
sub rounded pebble to boulder of pink granite, gneiss and quartzite was intersected. Here in
overburden, a thick patch of sand was encountered at 3m to 6m depth. Water table was not
encountered in this drill hole. Accordingly, dam axis was shifted to new location Alt-3a
located 70m downstream of previously proposed dam axis, Alt-3.
5.4.2. Energy Dissipator

The energy dissipater area has been explored by a drill hole DH-06 and DH-10 located at
the centre of the river channel. Based on the drill hole data it is assessed that at the flip
bucket the overburden depth, comprising riverine would be between 5.4m to 6.70m.The
underlying bedrock shall be of dominantly fine to coarse grained granitic gneiss. After
removing the bedrock a stripping depth of approx 2-3m is envisaged. The Insitu permeability
values of 1.86 to 3.25 Lugeon suggest fairly tight foundation conditions and the same gets
corroborate through the results of Groutability test.
5.4.3. Coffer Dam
5.4.3.1. Upstream Coffer Dam

An Eighteen m high coffer dam has been proposed about 205 upstream of dam axis for
diversion of water through diversion tunnel (Refer no. DWG No. 0933-GDC-02B-0001).
Surface geological mapping reveals the presence of isolated patches of bedrock
represented by quartz biotite gneiss and gneiss on the surface on the left flank of the coffer
dam whereas on the right flank continuous outcrop of gneiss are well exposed. In the river
bed portion, as revealed from the seismic survey the overburden thickness shall range from
7 m to 17m. On the basis of various boreholes drilled in the dam area particularly DH-01 and
DH-02, overburden permeability is expected to range between 1.02 to 1.2 X 10 -2 cm/sec.
Where as that of bedrock would vary between 3 to 6 Lugeon. In view of this as seepage
control measure jet grouting provisions has been kept below the coffer dam to minimize
seepage into the dam pit during construction.
5.4.3.2. Downstream Coffer Dam

Downstream Coffer dam has been proposed to be located at 160m D/S of dam axis, right
abutment of the structure has been positioned utilizing the exposed rock ledge. DH-10 drilled
for subsurface investigation of the stilling basin, it is opined that thickness of overburdened,

constituted of large boulder pebbles, cobbles, gravels of granite/granitic gneiss mixed with
sand shall be of the order of 5 to 7m and shall be followed by strong to very strong bed rock
quartz biotite gneiss. Overburden permeability is anticipated to range between 3.8 to 4.8
X10-3 cm/sec and therefore suitable pumping arrangement shall be required during
construction.
5.4.4. Diversion Tunnel

During the construction, the river water is proposed to be diverted through a 384.6m long,
7m dia. horse shoe shaped diversion tunnel on the left bank that would cater to a maximum
discharge of 375cumecs. The entire Diversion Tunnel area has been divided into three part
giving due cognizance to Geological condition, nature and extent of overburden/rock cover
(both lateral and top), condition of conspicuous joint sets, tunneling direction and proximity to
river.
1.) DT Inlet Area : RD 0 – RD 65m
2.) Intermediate Area : RD 65 – RD 328m
3.) Outlet Area : RD 328m – RD 384.6m
5.4.4.1. DT Inlet Area

DT Inlet Area extends from RD 0- RD 65m.The DT inlet portal with invert at EL 446mm is
located in granite gneiss.An appreciable length of the portal structure is expected to lie in a
low cover zone where rock cover could range from 7 to 10m providing rock cover of less
than 2D. The initial reach of the portal where overburden is estimated to be 15 – 20m shall
be in class IV i.e. poor rock mass necessitating pregrouting. Hence a sufficiently thick cover
of SFRS has been proposed in the support provisions for attaining sufficient stand up time to
allow timely installation of rock support before rock distress steps in. However overall
tunneling media for this reach estimated to be Predominantly Class IV with patches of Class
III and minor class V.
5.4.4.2. DT Intermediate Area

DT Inlet Area extends from RD 65 - RD 328m. This reach of the tunnel will generally
negotiate moderately strong to strong, moderately jointed Granite gneiss. Tunneling media
between RD 65 – RD 205m is estimated to be in predominantly of Class III with intermittent
Class II band and few Class V patches. However , RD 205 - RD 308m is estimated to be in
predominantly Class II with intermittent class III band and a few class IV patches.
5.4.4.3. DT outlet Area

DT Outlet area extends from RD 328 - RD 384.6m.The DT outlet portal is located in partially
weathered Granite gneiss. The portal structure is expected to lie in a low cover zone of the
order of 6 to 14 m which is less/equal to 2D.Such conditions could continue for a length of
almost 15m .However overall tunneling media for this reach estimated to be predominantly
of Class III with patches of Class IV and Class V.

5.4.5. Power Intake

Water from Dam shall be diverted to head race tunnel through a power intake structure
proposed to be located on the right bank of Umiew River at about 15.0m u/s of the dam axis.
A geological section has been developed along the intake structure showing orientation of
various discontinuities expected to be encountered in the excavation. The slope defining S3
joint sets shown in the drawing has been recorded during surface mapping and it is
apprehended that this set will control the slope geometry and hence stability of excavation.
Necessary support provision for avoiding formation of wedge by installation of suitable length
of bolts with moderate spacing and SFRS so that the stability of excavation is maintained till
the construction of Intake is completed.
Table 5.4 Discontinuity Characteristics for Power Intake area
Discontinuity Characteristics for Power Intake

Average
Set Range of Persistence Conditio
Orientatio Aperture (mm) Spacing(cm)
No. Orientation (m) n
n
8°-26°/095°- Tight to Partially 10-60 & 60-
S1 17°/120° 10-20
147° Open(<5mm) 200
72°-88°/019°- 3-10 & 10-
S2 82°/028° 2 & 10-50 20-200
048° 20
80°-88°/275°- Rough
S3 85°/283° Tight 10-50 & >200 1-5
291° Planar
87°-78°/178°-
S4 84°/182° 2 100-200 1-5
187°
78°-86°/108°-
S5 83°/113° 2-10 100-200 3-10
122°
5.4.6. Head Race Tunnel

A 4.8m dia, 2.622km long, horse shoe shaped, concrete lined Head Race Tunnel has been
proposed on the right bank of the Umiew River to convey 37.33 cumecs design discharge to
Power house . The surface data collected is depicted in the geological plan of HRT (DWG
No .0933-GDC-04C-002) and projected at tunnel grade in the geological section (DWG no.
0933-GPC-04C-0001).On the basis of geological study of varying rock condition & giving
due cognizance to similar geological, geotechnical conditions, ground water levels, thickness
of overburden and vertical cover, tunnel length has been divided into following reaches.
% of total
Sl. no. Reach RD(m)
length
1 Reach I 0 - 700 27
4 Reach II 700 – 1165 18
3 Reach III 1165 – 1640 18

2 Reach IV 1640 – 2240 23
5 Reach V 2240 - 2622 14
5.4.6.1. Reach I (RD 0 – 700m)

In this segment, the tunnel is aligned in N180˚ direction, and then it swings towards N 188˚,
has a superincumbent cover ranging from 20m to 170m and lateral cover varying from 175
to 485m. The overburden at NSL is expected to vary from 8 to 10m. This approx 700m
length of the HRT is expected to be negotiated in slightly weathered, moderately strong to
strong, moderately jointed Granite Gneiss. The rock mass ratings computed from surface
outcrops along the tunnel reach and giving due cognizance to vertical cover, anticipated
seepage condition, its obliquity with principle joint set a tentative rock class percentage has
been computed for estimation purpose of this reach and is tabulated below
Table 5.5 Rock Class Percentage in Reach I

60 30 8 2
5.4.6.2. Reach II (RD 700– 1165m)

In this reach, the tunnel is aligned in N188˚ direction, and then swings towards N 207˚, has a
superincumbent cover ranging from 48m to 150m and lateral cover varying from 180 to
490m. The overburden at NSL is estimated to vary from to 10-12m. Bedrock exposures are
disposed along the banks of most nallah while the intervening areas are covered with
overburden. The bedrock exposures generally consist of light gray medium grained,
moderately jointed to massive, strong granite gneiss. The rock mass ratings computed from
surface outcrops along the tunnel reach and giving due cognizance to attitude of foliation,
vertical cover, anticipated seepage condition, its obliquity with principle joint set a tentative
rock class percentage has computed for this reach and is tabulated below
Table 5.6 Rock Class Percentage in Reach II

20 65 10 5
The fracture zones and shears with clay infillings below the nallah bed are also indicative of
probable water charged horizons in the area associated with less competent rock mass.
Furthermore except these seasonal nallah no indications of a any weak feature are present
on the surface which is under overburden cover. Hence provision for advance probing at
tunnel grade is being kept for probing this reach.

5.4.6.3. Reach III (RD 1165 -1640 m)

In this stretch, the tunnel is aligned in N207˚ direction, has a superincumbent cover
estimated to be ranging from 145m to 215m and lateral cover varying from 290 to
545m. .Surface exposures are generally absent or limited and comprising of Granite (ref.
DWG NO.0933-GDC-04C-0001 and DWG No .0933-GDC-04C-0002). A drill hole DH-
108(40m) has been planned and is under progress, geological log will be appended in final
DPR .During geological mapping it was seen that this reach mainly covered by slope wash
material of the order of 15-17m thick consisting of pebbles of medium grained grey granite
in a greenish grey sandy and clayey matrix. Huge Granite boulders of size 5-7m are also
noted in this reach. In order to confirm the material property, depth to bed rock, water level,
effect of weathering and nature of bed rock in this stretch a drill hole DH-108 has been
planned, which has been progressed so far down to 12m. The rock mass ratings computed
from surface outcrops along the tunnel reach and giving due cognizance to attitude of
foliation vertical cover, anticipated seepage condition, its obliquity with principle joint set a
tentative rock class percentage has been computed for this reach and is tabulated below
Table 5.7 Rock Class Percentage in Reach III

20 65 10 5
5.4.6.4. Reach IV (RD 1640 - 2240 m)

In this stretch, the tunnel is aligned in N207˚ direction, and having an estimated
superincumbent cover to be ranging from 225m to 268m and lateral cover varying from 934
to 1065m. During geological mapping it was seen that this reach is mainly covered by slope
wash material of the order of 20-25m , consisting of pebbles of medium grained grey granite
in a greenish grey sandy and clayey matrix. Huge boulders of 5-7m dia of Granite are also
observed pointing to the fact that bedrock in this reach is Granite. Due to lack of surface
exposure in this reach discontinuity survey could not be done Tunneling in this reach is
expected to be in Granite. However, deep selective weathering could be deciphered.
Tunneling in this reach is expected to be in Granite. Rock mass ratings evolved from surface
out crops for this reach and giving due cognizance to vertical cover, anticipated seepage
condition in the tunnel, irregular nature and extent of weathering due to decay of feldspars
suggest that the tunnel would dominantly (60%) be excavated in class II (Good rock) with
zones (25%) of class III (Fair) rock and 10 % in class IV (poor) & 5% in class V (very poor)
rock .refer table below
Table 5.8 Rock Class Percentage in Reach IV

60 25 10 5

5.4.6.5. Reach V (RD 2240-2620 m)

From RD 2240 to RD 2620m the HRT is aligned in N207°Direction. Superincumbent cover is
estimated to be ranging from 100 m to 205m and lateral cover from 650m to 790m. The
overburden at NSL is observed to vary from to 25-28m mainly consisting of pebbles of
medium to fine grained greenish grey granite in a greenish grey sandy and clayey matrix. At
RD 2362m there is possibility of encountering contact zone between Granite and granite
gneiss and as such possibility of fractured rock mass with considerable outflow of seepage
in the vicinity of the contact cannot be ruled out. Rock mass ratings computed from surface
out crops for this reach giving due cognizance to attitude of foliation, vertical cover,
anticipated seepage condition, drill hole data from surge shaft in the tunnel suggest that the
tunnel would dominantly (70%) be excavated in class III (Fair rock) with a few zones (20%)
of class II (Good) rock and 10% in class IV (poor) rock .refer Table below
Table 5.9 Rock Class Percentage in reach V
Class II Class III Class IV
20 70 10
5.4.6.6. Conclusion
The approximately 2.6 km long tunnel has been proposed on the Right bank of Umiew River
in the Archean Gneissic complex forming a major constituent of the East Khasi hills in the
South Meghalaya plateau. The bed rock consists of variants of granite gneiss with Quartzo
feldspathic bands and intrusions of granite. Summary of anticipated tunneling conditions
Summary of anticipated tunneling conditions
 Rock classes in various stretches of HRT have been predicted on the basis of
surface exposures details.
 Based on geomechanical classification of rock mass percentage of rock class to be
encountered in HRT shall be as under.
Table 5.10 Rock Class Percentage Head race tunnel
Rock Class Percentage in HRT
40 45 10 5
 Low cover and weak zones apart from areas where copious seepage is anticipated
are proposed to be evaluated further by advance probing.
 Adequate preparedness shall be made in respect of sufficient dewatering
arrangements. Installation of concurrent support shall be required while negotiating
weak rock conditions as envisaged.

5.4.7. Surge Shaft

The 54m deep, 10m dia, restricted orifice type surge shaft with top at El 492m is proposed to
be accommodated in moderately jointed to massive, strong, quartz biotite gneiss/granite
gneiss (Ref. DWG No 0933-GDC-04E-0001). The geotechnical conditions expected to be
encountered along the shaft have been assessed from data generated from the drill hole
DH-105 as no rock exposure were found even after the aggressive searching and traversing
in Surge shaft and nearby area. Exploratory data collected from the drill hole DH-106a, were
also perused to have a fair idea about disposition of various joint sets and rock overburden
interface. The detailed geological account though can be referred from individual drill hole
log in Appendix-16 & 18.
For open excavation, initially about 10m of overburden excavation shall be in silty soil and
would be followed by slope was material characterized by medium sized angular to sub-
angular rock blocks/ fragments with silty matrix till El 507m.The overburden slopes
mentioned above would contain rock blocks of partially disintegrated rock confined within a
clayey matrix. While excavating these zones instability is anticipated to get initiated,
especially when the material will be saturated. As such the dressed slopes need to be
provided with suitable drainage and soil anchors for stability.
From El 507m to El 492m i.e. top of the surge shaft, the excavation shall be in moderately
strong, moderately to highly weathered granite gneiss with biotite schist banding. As no
major shear zone was encountered during drilling as such no serious difficulty during the
excavation of shaft is anticipated. In general there is an improvement in rock strength,
required for ground improvement. Considering the nature of rock encountered in drill holes
and observed rock mechanic parameters, it is anticipated that the major part of Surge shaft
shall negotiate fair to good rock with occasional patches of poor rock. The suitable rock
support consisting of rock bolts, SFRS and pressure relief holes shall be installed concurrent
to excavation. It is assessed that in the initial and terminal part of the surge shaft excavation
would require circular steel set tied firmly to each other along periphery with back fill
concrete in view of the observed weakness especially in these two areas.
5.4.8. Pressure Shaft

One 3.5m dia, 869 m long, circular pressure shaft which includes a 69m long top horizontal
pressure shaft, , followed by a 171m deep vertical shaft and a 673m long horizontal pressure
shaft bifurcating into two 2.5m dia, 32m long tunnels has been envisaged for feeding two
turbines. The area encompassing the above mentioned structure has been geologically
investigated by surface geological mapping on 1:1000 scale. However no rock exposure
could be found in the vicinity of pressure shaft area. In order to collect vital subsurface
information along the pressure shaft four, boreholes namely DH103, DH-104, DH-106a and
DH-107, 50m long each, were drilled along the alignment of the pressure shaft. The detailed
geological account though can be referred from individual drill hole log in Appendix- 14,

15,16,17,18.It is opined that the entire length of pressure shaft shall be in the reasonably
competent Gneiss/Quartz biotite gneiss.
5.4.8.1. Top Horizontal Pressure Shaft

A geological plan and section showing 69m long, 3.5 m dia top horizontal pressure shaft
(Ref. DWG No 0933-GDC-04G-0001) suggests that the entire structure shall pass through
rock with superincumbent cover including overburden varying from 84m near top bend to
110m near surge shaft. However, rock cover above horizontal pressure shaft varies from
57m (El 490.5m) near bend to 74m (El 507.36m) near surge shaft. Giving due consideration
to subsurface information from exploration and results of rock mechanic test, sufficient
suitable rock cover over the structure exists in this part of pressure shaft and is anticipated to
negotiate generally fair to good rock with patches of very good and poor to very poor rock
class. For estimation purpose the following percentage of rock class can be considered for
top horizontal pressure
Table 5.11 Percentage wise rock class in Top Horizontal Pressure Shaft
ROCK
CLASS
Class- II 20%
Class- III 70%

Top Horizontal
Class- IV 5%
Class- V 5%
5.4.8.2. Vertical Pressure Shaft

A geological plan and section showing vertical part of pressure shaft (Ref. DWG No 0933-
GDC-04G-0001) suggests that is the entire structure shall pass through rock with
superincumbent cover including overburden is 84m top bend of pressure shaft El 490.5m.
mechanic tests sufficient and suitable vertical as well as lateral rock cover exist around this
part of pressure shaft and is anticipated to negotiate generally fair to good rock with
occasional weak features manifested by thick clay filled joints encountered in one of the
boreholes.
5.4.8.3. Bottom Horizontal Pressure Shaft

A geological plan and section showing pressure shaft (Ref. DWG No 0933-GDC-04G-0001)
suggests that is the entire structure shall pass through rock with superincumbent cover
including overburden varying from 230m near vertical pressure shaft side to 72m near power
house side.Giving due consideration to subsurface information from exploration and results
of rock mechanics test and rock cover over the structure, this part of structure i.e from 0 –
540 m is anticipated to negotiate generally very good rock with intermediate length of fair
and patches of poor to very poor rock class.
Table 5.12 Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft (0-540m)
ROCK
CLASS
Class- II 68%
Bottom Class- III 25%

Horizontal
pressure shaft Class- IV 5%
Class- V 2%
Table 5.13 Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft(540m to 673m)
STRUCTURE ROCK CLASS PERCENTAGE
Class- II 20%
Bottom horizontal pressure Class- III 65%

shaft Class- IV 10%
Class- V 5%
5.4.9. Power House

A surface power house having size 53.8 m x 16 m x 30.5 m shall be accommodated in
greyish, medium to coarse grained, strong, moderately jointed to massive granite gneiss.
The structure has been explored by two drill holes, aggregating length of 110m m.
Assessment of subsurface conditions and its geotechnical evaluation has been carried out
based on surface exposures near the river bed and the drill hole DH 101and DH-102. The
long axis of surface power has been oriented in N119°direction i.e. perpendicular to
prominent strike of foliation (N028°-N208).
Table 5.14 Discontinuity characteristics Power House Area

Discontinuity Characteristics for Power house (Right bank)

Set Average Aperture
Range of Orientation Spacing(cm) Persistence(m) Condition
No. Orientation (mm)
S1 14° - 36°/090° - 143° 24°/118° Tight 10-60 & 60-200 10-20 & 8-10
S2 64° - 81°/014° - 045° 71°/030° 1-5 20-50 10-20
S3 66° - 86°/248° - 280° 78°/261° 10-30 20-60 & 60-200 3-10 & 10-15
Rough
Tight to Planar
S4 68° - 87°/159° - 186° 80°/172° Partially 20-60 & 60-200 3-10 & 10-15
open
S6 71° - 80°/312° - 322° 79°/317° 1-2 100-200 1-5
Two geological sections have been developed w.r.t the power house for better appraisal of
geological and geotechnical conditions. One section is developed along power house long
axis (Ref. 0933-GDC-05C-0002) while the second section has been developed across the
Power house (Ref. 0933-GDC-05C-0003).It is evident from these section that height of cut in
the rock will be around 38m whereas in overburden it will be of the order of 45-
50m.Coefficeint of permeability in overburden ranges from 0.29X10-3cm/sec to 2X10-3cm/sec
which indicate highly pervious nature of overburden. Since overburden is of river borne
material indicative of a pre-existing river terrace, presence of water table at a depth of 12-
14m will make this material more susceptible to instability. Accordingly necessary measure
to avoid surcharging of the overburden slope shall be adopted during excavation of this
material. Surface power house appears to have been placed suitably with respect to strike of
foliation.
Generally Core recovery in rock vary from 80-95% and RQD vary from 30-80%.In view of
above ,during excavation in selected weak media consolidation grouting shall be resorted.
However Rock mechanics test conducted on the cores samples from power house area
reveals the UCS value of 106 to 137 MPa. It is therefore concluded that foundation of the
surface power house shall be in sound rock.
(without rating adjustment) ranges from 50 to 59 computed on the basis of geotechnical
5.4.10. Tail Race Channel

In order to release of downstream discharge from Power House back to the river, a 23m X
26m recovery bay and 35m long tail race channel aligned along N 230° having width of
about 8m with El 230m at river bed level has been provided.

The initial part at NSL exhibits consistent presence of overburden material characterized by
the presence of recent fluvial material constituted of sand gravel silt etc where as terminal
stretch of TRC is seem to be occupied by outcrops of gneiss. Minimum excavation level from
at draft tube is El ± 219 m from where channel approaches further through recovery bay
with reverse gradient to meet the river at EL ± 230m. The entire excavation for recovery bay
and TRC shall be in bedrock having indicative RMR (without rating adjustment) ranges from
50 To 59 computed on the basis of geotechnical parameter collected from the outcrops and
collating the finding from boreholes DH-101 and DH-102 in which bedrock was encountered
at El 268.6m and 262.2m respectively.
In view of this it opined that tail race system including the recovery bay shall be on bed rock
constituted of slightly weathered strong to very strong, moderately jointed, grey gneiss.
on the western wall, systematic rock support with rock bolts of 25mm Ø 4 to 6m long with
arrangement shall be required to installed concurrent to the excavation. Furthermore,
5.5. Construction Material
5.5.1. Introduction
During DPR stage investigation of Mawphu stage – II availability of construction material was
studied giving due consideration to the requirement, lead distance and the impact of the
same on environment.
The estimated quantity of concrete & shotcrete required for the construction of Concrete
Dam, Diversion Tunnel, Pressure Shaft, Power House and other appurtenant structures of
the project is 2.2 Lac m3. The requirement of construction material (coarse and fine
aggregate) for various structures of the project has been worked out and is as under:
Table 5.15 Requirement of Construction Material for Various Structures
Usable
Total material
Estimated which can Assumed
Qty from be Material shortage
Source Excavation extracted Req. in of Action Required
Sl
(solid (Assuming Lac m3 material
volumes) in 60% in Lac m3
Lac m3 wastage) in
Lac m3

Rock Quarry
Dam , MWR/DS-II and
Power *CA(W)-0.1 MWR/DS-I and needs
intake, *CA-1.5 to be acquired for
1 Diversion 1.6 1.0 *FA-0.8 1.4 Dam works. Blending
Tunnel, with crushed fine
with inlet Total-2.4 aggregate MWG-I
and outlet shall be used, if
required
Material from MWR-
Coffer Rockfill
nil nil 0.65 DS-III and MWG-III
2 Dam 0.65
needs to be utilized
Additionally, if
*CA-0.23 required MWR/HRT-I
or MWR/PS-I quarry
*FA-0.12
HRT and 0.15 in shall be utilizes.
3 0.86 0.5
Adits excess Alternatively, Power
House excavation
Total-0.35 material can also be
used
Surge
Shaft, *CA-0.4
Pressure
To be utilized from
Shaft with *FA-0.2 Power House
4 Adits, 1.87 1.1 0.5 in excavation i.e.
Power excess MWR/PH-3
House and
Tail Race Total-0.6
Channel
* CA- Coarse aggregate, CA (W)- Coarse aggregate (wearing surface), FA- Fine aggregate
5.5.2. Various Sources of Construction Material

To meet the requirement, various quarries and shoals are identified in the vicinity project
area.(Ref DWG NO. 0933-GDC-07C-001) The identified rock quarries and shoals are as
below
Table 5.16 Details of Construction Material Locations
Distance
Distance
from
S.No. Structure Quarry area Nomenclature from Dam Availability
Power
site
house (m3)

Rock Quarry
1 near Waisu MWR/DS-I 0.3km 3 Km
nala 1.0
Rock Quarry
2 in Reservoir MWR/DS-II 0.7km 3 Km
Area .60
Rock Quarry
3 Left bank,
MWR/DS-III 0.1km 3km
Dam Dam/DT
Excavation
Rock Quarry
4 right bank,
MWR/DS-IV 0.1km 3km
Dam/PI
1.0
Excavation
River bed
5 material, Dam MWG-III 0.1km 3km
Site .70
Granite
6 boulders near MWR/HRT-I 2 km 1.5km
HRT Adit-1 .19
HRT
Rock quarry
7 near Umblai MWR/HRT-II 3km 2km
bridge .92
Rock Quarry
Pressure
8 near Pressure MWR/PS-I 3 km 1km
shaft
shaft adit 1.0
Rock Quarry
on
9 MWR/PH-I 4km 4km
Mawsynram 6.0
Road
Rock Quarry
Power
10 on
house MWR/PH-II 4km 4km
Mawsynram 3.2
Road
Rock quarry
11 near Power MWR/PH-III 3km 0.1km
house 1.1

All in
12 Aggregates
MWG-I 45km 45km
deposit near 1.10
Balat
Balat
Fine
13 aggregates
MWG-II 45km 45km
deposit in .57
Balat
Coarse and fine aggregate samples collected from different river terraces and rock quarries
were tested for complete range of physical parameters as well as alkali aggregate reactive
test. On the basis of test result of the various sample and estimated quantity of available
coarse and fine aggregate, it can be concluded that sufficient quantity of various construction
material of suitable quantity is available within a reasonable distance from both power house
and Dam site. As narrow gorge and steep gradient of the river negates the possibility of
locating good number of prospective shoal deposits, it will be imperative to bank upon the
crushed sand to cater the requirement of major part of fine aggregate. However, if need be,
to maintain the proper grading of fine aggregate blending of river sand of appropriate
selected grain size range from Balat Shoal deposit can be made. To enlarge the data base
beyond BOQ for construction material survey few more samples from the dam area have
also been collected and shall be perused once the report is received. The samples except
MWR/HRT-II, collected and tested from the entire project area in this campaign, confirm its
suitability as both wearing and non wearing surfaces and also in regards to their alkali
aggregate reactivity status being tested innocuous. However, MWR/ HRT-II collected from
granitic area are observed to be marginally deficient with respect to impart value, Loa
Angeles abrasion value, crushing value i.e. 27.61, 38.6 and 29.4 respectively. In view of this,
to take care of in homogeneity of the granitic material, it is proposed to collect more samples
during construction or in pre-construction stage from the granitic area to decipher its possible
utility as wearing surface, through segregation once the report becomes available.
A serious efforts were made to assess the suitability of the excavated material anticipated to
be generated during construction of the project. This would not only have a positive impact in
the project cost but also shall ensure minimum adverse impact on environment.

6. POWER POTENTIAL STUDY
4.
5.
6.
6.1. General
Mawphu Hydro Electric Project (Stage-II) is proposed on the river Umiew in East Khasi Hills
District of Meghalaya. The proposed dam site is located at about 3.17km downstream of
Umduna HEP (90 MW) Power House location and the Power House site is located at about
2km downstream of Thieddieng village on the right bank of the river.
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is planned as a run of river scheme. However, with diurnal storage
available it will be possible to have peaking operation.
The power potential studies have been carried out for working out optimum installed capacity
and other related project features.
6.2. Project Parameters

Following parameters have been considered for carrying out the power potential studies.
1. Full reservoir level, FRL EL 470.00m
2. Minimum draw down level, MDDL EL 460.00m
3. Normal tail water level, TWL EL 232.00m
4. Combined efficiency of Turbine and Generators, η 92.12%
5. Rated Head 232.33m
6. Live storage 0.8 Million Cubic meter
6.3. Water Availability

The data on water availability approved by the Central Water Commission is available for 26
years i.e. from year 1979-80 to 2004-05 and is indicated in Annexure 6-1.
DPR-I: Chapter-6: Power Potential Study 6-1

The environment releases as per the Terms of Reference (ToR) mentioned by the Ministry of
Environment and Forests (MoEF) are as below:
During monsoon months i.e. from June to September, the water to be released from the
Dam has to be 30% of the river discharge. During transition months i.e. post monsoon of
October and November, and pre monsoon of April and May, the water to be released has to
be 25% of the river discharge and during non monsoon months i.e. from December to
March, the water to be released will be 20% of the river discharge. Copy of letter no
NEEPCO/ HoP/ S&I/ Mawphu/ T-29/ 2013-2014/838 dated 19.07.2013, indicating minimum
environmental flow is enclosed Annexure 6-2.
6.4. Dependable Flows

The dependable flows for analysis of installed capacity etc. are based on 90% dependable
year as per guidelines of CEA. For obtaining the dependable flows, unrestricted energy
generation has been computed for all the 26 years and arranged in descending order of the
energy values indicated in Annexure 6-3.
The 90% and 50% dependable year have been obtained from the following relations:
90% dependable year = 0.9 (N + 1)th year.
50% dependable year = 0.5 (N + 1)th year.
Where n is the number of years for which discharge data is available, which is 26.
The year 1996-97 and 2002-03 works out to be the 90% and 50% dependable years
respectively.
The discharges of 90% and 50% dependable years are shown in Annexure 6-4. 90%
dependable year discharges after deducting the environment releases are indicated in Table
6-1 below.
Table 6-1 90% Dependable Year Discharges after deducting the Environmental
Releases
Month TD Days 90% Environment Environment Discharge

Dependable Release Release of Energy
Year (m3/s) Generation
Discharge (%)
(m3/s)
May I 10 4.42 25% 1.10 3.30
II 10 5.56 25% 1.40 4.20
III 11 9.53 25% 2.38 7.13
Jun I 10 39.53 30% 11.85 27.65

II 10 67.52 30% 20.25 47.25
III 10 74.03 30% 22.20 51.80
Jul I 10 101.46 30% 30.45 71.05
II 10 60.12 30% 18.03 42.07
III 11 91.56 30% 27.48 64.12
Aug I 10 44.20 30% 13.26 30.94
II 10 55.06 30% 16.53 38.57
III 11 43.31 30% 12.99 30.31
Sep I 10 29.24 30% 8.76 20.44
II 10 32.24 30% 9.66 22.54
III 10 26.44 30% 7.92 18.48
Oct I 10 80.34 25% 20.08 60.23
II 10 80.26 25% 20.08 60.23
III 11 57.19 25% 14.30 42.90
Nov I 10 12.85 25% 3.23 9.68
II 10 8.86 25% 2.23 6.68
III 10 7.13 25% 1.78 5.33
Dec I 10 6.25 20% 1.26 5.04
II 10 7.03 20% 1.40 5.60
III 11 4.96 20% 1.00 4.00
Jan I 10 4.66 20% 0.94 3.76
II 10 5.36 20% 1.08 4.32
III 10 4.07 20% 0.82 3.28
Feb I 10 3.76 20% 0.76 3.04
II 10 3.55 20% 0.72 2.88
III 8 2.44 20% 0.48 1.92

Mar I 10 3.55 20% 0.72 2.88
II 10 4.40 20% 0.88 3.52
III 11 5.17 20% 1.04 4.16
Apr I 10 5.13 25% 1.28 3.83
II 10 4.84 25% 1.20 3.60
III 10 9.88 25% 2.48 7.43
6.5. Installed Capacity
6.5.1. Range of Installed Capacities

The energy generations for various installed capacities ranging from 30MW to 85MW have
been computed for 90% dependable year to analyze the energy generation and arrive at the
optimum installed capacity. For this purpose an increment of 5MW has been selected. The
computations of the energy generations for various installed capacities are indicated in
Annexure 6-5. The extracts are also shown in table below:
Table 6-2 Energy Generation with various Installed Capacities
Installed Capacity Annual Energy Annual

(in MW) Generation Energy per
MW
(in MU)
MU/ MW
30 158.88 5.30
35 177.24 5.06
40 195.32 4.88
45 211.98 4.71
50 227.29 4.55
55 242.05 4.40
60 256.35 4.27
65 269.54 4.15
70 280.58 4.01
75 291.62 3.89
Installed Capacity Annual Energy Annual

(in MW) Generation Energy per
MW
(in MU)
MU/ MW
30 158.88 5.30
80 302.66 3.78
85 312.73 3.68
6.5.2. Optimum Installed Capacity

To work out the optimum installed capacity, ratio of incremental energy per MW increment in
installed capacity has been computed and shown in the table below and also indicated in the
sketch below:
Table 6-3 Ratio of incremental energy (∆AE) and increment in installed capacity (∆IC)
Range of Installed Incremental Incremental

Capacity Energy (MU) Energy/ Increment
in Installed
Capacity (MU/ MW)
30-35 18.36 3.67
35-40 18.07 3.61
40-45 16.66 3.33
45-50 15.32 3.06
50-55 14.76 2.95
55-60 14.29 2.86
60-65 13.19 2.64
65-70 11.04 2.21
70-75 11.04 2.21
75-80 11.04 2.21
80-85 10.08 2.02

Fig 6-1 Graph between incremental energy (MU/MW) and installed capacity
From the Fig 6-1 above, it is seen that the optimum installed capacity lies between 70MW
and 80MW as beyond 80MW there is sharp fall in incremental energy.
Basic parameters with installed capacity of 70, 75 and 80MW are mentioned hereunder:
Table 6-4 Basic Parameters
Installed capacity (MW) 70 75 80
Annual energy generation

280.58 291.62 302.66
(MU)
MU/ MW 4.01 3.89 3.78
∆MU/ ∆IC 2.21 2.21 2.21

The potential exploited with various installed capacities is indicated in the Table 6-5 given
below:
Table 6-5 Water utilization for various installed capacities
Installed capacity Water Utilization
(in MW) (%)
35 47.60
40 52.45
45 56.92
50 61.04
55 65.00
60 68.84
65 72.38
70 75.35
75 78.31
80 81.28
85 83.98
Keeping in view the techno-economic viability as well as optimum exploitation of the site,
75MW i.e. selected as the optimum installed capacity.
With installed capacity of 75MW energy computation has been carried out for years in hydro
chronological order and shown in the table below.
Table 6-6 Annual energy generation with 75MW installed capacity in various
hydrological years
Sl.No. Year Annual Generation

1 1987-88 404.27
2 1988-89 412.57
3 1984-85 256.57
4 2004-05 362.21
5 1989-90 345.05
6 1991-92 353.57
7 1999-00 336.82
8 1995-96 319.60
9 1986-87 249.47
10 2001-02 323.39
11 1983-84 248.21
12 1981-82 286.44
13 2002-03 296.85
14 1982-83 256.72
15 2000-01 312.53
16 1992-93 286.21
17 1997-98 277.67
18 1993-94 256.07
19 2003-04 273.04
20 1979-80 223.00
21 1985-86 253.93
22 1980-81 275.88
23 1998-99 240.75
24 1996-97 291.62
25 1990-91 310.33
26 1994-95 230.71
Average 295.52
From the table above, it is found that certain years yield a lower annual energy due to flow
pattern despite of higher annual flows. Considering the long term Project life cycle, it is seen
that the average energy worked from all the available hydrological years is higher than the
90% dependable year annual energy.
6.5.3. 50% Dependable Year Energy Generation

With the installed capacity of 75MW, the energy generation in 50% dependable year has
been worked out as 296.85MU as indicated in Annexure 6.
6.5.4. Design Energy

Based on the CERC guidelines, the design energy has been computed in 90% dependable
year with plant availability of 95%. The design energy thus works out as 283.34MU as
indicated in Annexure 7.
6.5.5. Annual Plant Load Factor
The annual plant load factor for the Project is worked out as below:
Annual Energy Generation
PLF = X 100
Installed Capacity X 365 X 24
i.e. 44.39%.
6.5.6. Lean Period Load Factor

Lean period load factor = (Firm Power )/(Installed Capacity) x 100

= 7.8/ 75 x 100 = 10.36%
Firm power is the power considering the average inflows in the lean period from December
to March after deducting the mandatory releases.
6.6. PEAKING OPERATION

For peaking operation for three hours during lean months, the storage required will be:
Design discharge x Peaking time x 3600
75 ×100
Design Discharge= =35.72
9.8 × 0.9212× 232.33
Thus, the storage required = 35.72 x 3 x 3600 ~ 0.386 Million cubic meters
The available live storage between the full reservoir level and the minimum draw down level
is about 0.8 Million cubic meters. The additional storage available would be utilized to meet
contingencies.
6.7. NUMBER OF UNITS

The number of units for any plant are chosen based on reliability consideration and
transportation constraints, it is proposed to install 2 (two) units of 37.5MW each keeping in
view the reliability of operation of the plant. No difficulty is anticipated in transporting the
generating equipment.
6.8. SUMMARY
The summary of the data for the optimum installed capacity is as below:

Sl.No. Parameter Value
Installed capacity 75 MW
1.
Annual energy generation in 90% 291.62 MU
2.
dependable year
Annual energy generation in 50% 296.85 MU

3.
dependable year
Design energy in 90% dependable 283.34 MU

4.
year (with 95% plant availability)
Storage required for peaking 0.4 Mcum

5.
Storage available 0.8 Mcum

6.
Annual Plant load factor 44.39%

7.
Lean Period load factor 10.36%

8.
6.9. List of Annexure
Annexure 6-1 Water availability series (Approved by CWC)
Annexure 6-2 MoM regarding Mandatory releases
Annexure 6-3 Selection of 90% and 50% dependable years
Annexure 6-4 90% and 50% dependable year discharges
Annexure 6-5 Energy generation in 90% dependable year at various installed

capacities
Annexure 6-6 Energy generation in 50% dependable year
Annexure 6-7 Design energy in 90% dependable year

Water Availability Series (Approved by CWC) Annexure-6-1

10-Daily Discharges at Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) damsite, Observed & Computed after considering GSWSS withdrawal of 0.5 cumecs (cumecs)
Mont Perio Da 1979- 1980- 1981- 1982- 1983- 1984- 1985- 1986- 1987- 1988- 1989- 1990- 1991- 1992- 1993- 1994- 1995- 1996- 1997- 1998- 1999- 2000- 2001- 2002- 2003- 2004- Avera
h d ys 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 ge
May I 10 12.59 4.84 17.70 4.32 10.47 4.25 5.98 7.80 18.65 58.01 10.56 29.91 12.85 9.76 6.86 9.19 24.82 4.42 8.16 0.19 38.99 26.76 8.19 16.65 4.69 12.28
II 10 9.66 5.30 44.70 4.71 6.21 4.65 12.82 13.44 6.27 71.59 13.12 36.97 15.95 12.13 8.57 11.44 30.69 5.56 10.17 0.36 48.14 33.08 10.20 20.63 5.89 15.24
III 11 10.25 5.43 96.84 16.14 7.54 6.14 11.61 6.05 21.29 118.8 22.05 61.51 26.73 20.41 14.50 19.26 51.12 9.53 17.16 0.92 80.01 55.07 17.21 34.47 10.08 25.56
1
Jun I 10 2.89 15.72 42.49 40.53 15.82 21.61 92.54 18.52 106.2 60.74 36.58 34.48 46.96 40.69 55.00 46.23 60.74 39.53 30.58 12.74 24.50 66.65 36.18 72.13 68.98 31.54
8
II 10 16.79 44.99 26.59 83.58 18.39 238.2 70.07 52.41 42.42 103.5 62.51 58.95 80.14 69.49 93.81 78.90 103.5 67.52 52.31 22.00 41.98 113.6 61.82 122.9 117.5 53.93
4 6 6 0 1 6
III 10 53.23 24.58 89.12 91.27 26.30 74.30 71.14 94.98 142.4 113.5 68.54 64.63 87.86 76.19 102.8 86.50 113.5 74.03 57.36 24.15 46.05 124.5 67.79 134.7 128.8 59.14
6 2 3 2 2 2 5
Jul I 10 120.7 51.57 140.5 149.1 170.8 301.3 136.9 30.05 292.5 173.4 256.0 49.87 62.00 125.2 129.2 44.24 80.90 101.4 129.5 112.0 174.8 39.01 147.1 123.2 114.5 248.4
4 4 0 6 1 3 9 1 3 6 2 6 2 2 7 7 1 9 9
II 10 36.30 96.80 140.6 60.53 87.85 204.3 51.21 61.96 87.13 102.8 152.0 29.44 36.66 74.27 76.62 26.10 47.89 60.12 76.80 66.40 103.7 22.99 87.29 73.05 67.92 147.5
7 0 9 1 6 3
III 11 114.1 68.77 109.7 89.90 121.1 150.5 106.4 74.40 422.9 156.5 231.1 44.98 55.93 113.0 116.6 39.89 72.99 91.56 116.8 101.0 157.8 35.17 132.8 111.2 103.4 224.3
6 0 0 4 4 1 2 2 5 3 9 9 4 3 0 1 1
Aug I 10 34.02 56.65 56.59 105.6 104.0 82.31 28.12 40.66 96.32 121.6 34.03 42.85 54.77 40.42 33.56 43.72 81.84 44.20 65.08 89.31 65.20 55.55 50.25 47.23 25.01 40.51
0 7 5
II 10 35.39 138.3 53.75 29.72 56.94 39.26 40.37 39.56 318.9 151.3 42.42 53.39 68.20 50.36 41.83 54.47 101.8 55.06 81.02 111.1 81.16 69.17 62.59 58.82 31.21 50.48
6 3 4 5 3
III 11 32.33 57.40 98.82 37.05 100.0 41.93 95.50 57.92 71.34 119.2 33.35 42.00 53.68 39.61 32.89 42.85 80.22 43.31 63.79 87.54 63.90 54.44 49.25 46.28 24.51 39.70
3 4
Sep I 10 102.5 62.61 19.66 38.06 104.0 73.88 31.58 313.9 96.41 70.54 86.41 44.84 146.7 75.08 67.68 33.08 72.69 29.24 67.46 64.03 26.06 52.16 70.95 40.49 34.88 67.35
0 7 8 3
II 10 132.8 87.88 11.78 166.0 56.94 274.0 35.00 96.22 67.20 77.69 95.15 49.40 161.5 82.69 74.54 36.46 80.05 32.24 74.30 70.53 28.73 57.46 78.14 44.61 38.44 74.18
5 7 6 5
III 10 100.6 54.31 38.09 28.42 100.0 34.48 95.50 109.9 201.4 63.84 78.21 40.56 132.8 67.96 61.25 29.91 65.79 26.44 61.05 57.95 23.55 47.20 64.21 36.62 31.54 60.95
8 0 3 4 4
Oct I 10 90.13 38.94 10.47 16.47 22.98 19.14 14.38 27.21 57.92 52.60 78.16 54.00 100.3 30.80 19.86 38.47 21.22 80.34 24.95 41.41 66.98 50.64 49.52 20.67 57.93 140.0
6 3
II 10 46.56 45.81 8.78 21.35 57.76 14.28 11.61 27.18 63.98 52.55 78.07 53.94 100.2 30.76 19.84 38.43 21.20 80.26 24.92 41.36 66.91 50.59 49.47 20.65 57.87 139.8
5 8
III 11 22.07 52.13 12.75 26.50 18.45 24.93 10.57 19.89 24.44 37.40 55.63 38.39 71.48 21.84 14.03 27.31 15.00 57.19 17.66 29.41 47.66 36.00 35.20 14.61 41.20 99.79
Nov I 10 27.80 19.85 10.47 12.59 13.41 16.34 10.64 14.44 28.63 24.71 20.68 11.80 18.78 13.97 13.79 9.95 16.09 12.85 13.98 13.31 17.14 14.08 15.43 14.82 13.72 22.14
II 10 7.12 14.90 8.78 10.67 11.09 14.32 9.99 9.98 19.93 17.18 14.35 8.13 13.02 9.65 9.52 6.83 11.14 8.86 9.65 9.19 11.87 9.73 10.67 10.25 9.47 15.38
III 10 2.69 13.21 7.35 10.38 8.91 9.95 9.50 8.04 16.15 13.91 11.60 6.53 10.52 7.77 7.66 5.47 8.98 7.13 7.77 7.39 9.58 7.83 8.60 8.26 7.62 12.44
Dec I 10 2.37 11.84 6.99 6.83 7.19 10.93 8.33 7.06 14.24 12.25 10.21 5.72 9.25 6.82 6.73 4.78 7.89 6.25 6.82 6.49 8.42 6.88 7.56 7.25 6.69 10.95
II 10 1.84 9.56 22.82 6.44 5.62 7.06 7.80 7.93 15.93 13.72 11.45 6.44 10.38 7.66 7.56 5.39 8.86 7.03 7.67 7.29 9.45 7.73 8.48 8.14 7.52 12.27
III 11 1.81 8.00 8.91 4.55 5.49 6.50 8.10 5.61 11.41 9.81 8.16 4.53 7.38 5.42 5.34 3.77 6.28 4.96 5.42 5.15 6.71 5.46 6.01 5.77 5.31 8.76
Jan I 10 3.11 4.84 8.16 6.66 3.93 4.91 5.49 7.67 12.04 9.24 7.69 4.25 6.95 5.09 5.02 3.54 5.91 4.66 5.10 4.84 6.32 5.14 5.66 5.42 4.99 8.25
II 10 2.95 5.57 7.06 5.88 3.28 5.26 7.58 15.42 12.14 10.56 8.80 4.90 7.96 5.85 5.77 4.08 6.78 5.36 5.85 5.56 7.24 5.90 6.49 6.22 5.74 9.43
III 10 2.79 4.23 5.26 4.91 3.28 4.87 6.53 6.86 11.03 8.12 6.74 3.71 6.09 4.45 4.39 3.07 5.17 4.07 4.45 4.22 5.53 4.49 4.95 4.74 4.36 7.24
Feb I 10 1.91 3.76 3.57 4.48 2.56 3.57 7.51 5.72 11.29 7.53 6.25 3.42 5.65 4.11 4.05 2.83 4.79 3.76 4.11 3.90 5.12 4.15 4.58 4.38 4.03 6.71

II 10 2.40 3.71 4.84 3.73 2.43 4.32 6.99 5.07 10.34 7.15 5.93 3.23 5.35 3.89 3.84 2.67 4.53 3.55 3.89 3.69 4.85 3.93 4.33 4.15 3.81 6.37
III 8 2.17 2.94 3.77 3.24 2.98 3.77 5.04 3.77 7.28 5.05 4.75 2.55 4.28 2.69 3.04 2.09 3.61 2.44 3.09 2.92 3.87 2.71 3.45 3.30 3.02 4.48
Mar I 10 1.91 3.69 3.76 3.99 3.21 3.02 7.25 4.45 12.36 7.15 5.93 3.23 5.35 3.89 3.84 2.67 4.53 3.55 3.89 3.69 4.85 3.93 4.33 4.15 3.81 6.37
II 10 1.75 4.57 4.65 3.93 8.62 5.30 5.88 4.16 14.87 8.75 7.27 4.01 6.57 4.81 4.74 3.33 5.59 4.40 4.81 4.57 5.97 4.85 5.34 5.12 4.72 7.81
III 11 1.62 5.37 14.74 7.58 10.67 5.04 4.65 3.34 9.92 10.21 8.50 4.73 7.69 5.65 5.57 3.94 6.55 5.17 5.65 5.37 7.00 5.70 6.27 6.01 5.54 9.12
Apr I 10 1.68 6.76 6.05 3.28 2.07 7.51 4.16 5.79 25.13 10.13 8.43 4.69 7.63 5.60 5.53 3.91 6.50 5.13 5.61 5.33 6.94 5.65 6.22 5.96 5.50 9.05
II 10 3.57 3.15 13.54 7.54 1.94 9.37 3.80 4.16 11.84 9.57 7.96 4.42 7.20 5.28 5.21 3.67 6.13 4.84 5.29 5.02 6.55 5.33 5.86 5.62 5.18 8.55
III 10 4.94 4.22 20.54 17.44 18.45 7.61 4.09 9.20 32.33 19.09 15.96 9.06 14.49 10.75 10.60 7.62 12.39 9.88 10.75 10.24 13.21 10.84 11.88 11.41 10.55 17.10
Avera cume 29.10 28.95 32.79 31.48 33.36 48.31 29.02 33.91 67.08 53.06 44.57 25.71 40.82 30.39 30.05 21.83 34.94 27.94 30.36 28.91 36.86 30.68 33.45 32.22 29.89 47.59 35.13
ge cs
MCM 920.6 917.0 1048. 994.4 1060. 1522. 922.2 1068. 2134. 1688. 1416. 816.1 1288. 962.6 950.4 690.6 1106. 886.9 963.3 918.4 1177. 970.3 1061. 1020. 945.9 1514. 1114.
5 3 65 3 08 37 2 57 30 44 59 0 55 6 0 3 51 8 9 9 51 0 31 46 7 72 13
mm 2877. 2865. 3277. 3107. 3312. 4757. 2881. 3339. 6669. 5276. 4426. 2550. 4026. 3008. 2970. 2158. 3457. 2771. 3010. 2870. 3679. 3032. 3316. 3188. 2956. 4733. 3481.
04 72 04 60 75 41 93 28 69 38 86 31 73 30 00 23 84 81 61 28 72 18 59 93 14 49 65





SELECTION OF 90% AND 50% DEPENDABLE YEARS Annexure 6-3
Unrestricted
Sl.No. Year Dependability Remarks
Energy
1 1987-88 1,220.61 3.85
2 1988-89 965.44 7.69
3 1984-85 879.12 11.54
4 2004-05 866.01 15.38
5 1989-90 811.08 19.23
6 1991-92 742.78 23.08
7 1999-00 670.71 26.92
8 1995-96 635.78 30.77
9 1986-87 617.06 34.62
10 2001-02 608.76 38.46
11 1983-84 607.01 42.31
12 1981-82 596.59 46.15
13 2002-03 586.29 50.00 50% depenedable year
14 1982-83 572.91 53.85
15 2000-01 558.22 57.69
16 1992-93 553.03 61.54
17 1997-98 552.47 65.38
18 1993-94 546.76 69.23
19 2003-04 543.96 73.08
20 1979-80 529.50 76.92
21 1985-86 528.05 80.77
22 1980-81 526.82 84.62
23 1998-99 526.03 88.46
24 1996-97 508.44 92.31 90% dependable year
25 1990-91 467.78 96.15
26 1994-95 397.32 100.00

90% and 50% dependable year discharges in m3/ s Annexure 6-4
Mont Discharge in 90% DY (in

TD Days
h m3/ s) Discharge in 50%DY (in m3/ s)
May I 10 4.4 16.6
II 10 5.6 20.6
III 11 9.5 34.5
Jun I 10 39.5 72.1
II 10 67.5 122.9
III 10 74.0 134.7
Jul I 10 101.5 123.2
II 10 60.1 73.0
III 11 91.6 111.2
Aug I 10 44.2 47.2
II 10 55.1 58.8
III 11 43.3 46.3
Sep I 10 29.2 40.5
II 10 32.2 44.6
III 10 26.4 36.6
Oct I 10 80.3 20.7
II 10 80.3 20.6
III 11 57.2 14.6
Nov I 10 12.9 14.8
II 10 8.9 10.2
III 10 7.1 8.3
Dec I 10 6.3 7.3

Mont Discharge in 90% DY (in

TD Days
h m3/ s) Discharge in 50%DY (in m3/ s)
II 10 7.0 8.1
III 11 5.0 5.8
Jan I 10 4.7 5.4
II 10 5.4 6.2
III 10 4.1 4.7
Feb I 10 3.8 4.4
II 10 3.6 4.2
III 8 2.4 3.3
Mar I 10 3.6 4.1
II 10 4.4 5.1
III 11 5.2 6.0
Apr I 10 5.1 6.0
II 10 4.8 5.6
III 10 9.9 11.4

ENERGY GENERATION IN 90% DEPENDABLE YEAR AT VARIOUS INSTALLED CAPACITIES Annexure 6-5
Installed Capacity
Design discharge (cumecs)
Mo T Da 90% Power Energy 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
nth D ys DY Unrestr Unrestr
(cum icted icted
ecs)
MW MU P,30 E,30 P,35 E,35 P,40 E,40 P,45 E,45 P,50 E,50 P,55 E,55 P,60 E,60 P,65 E,65 P,70 E,70 P,75 E,75 P,80 E,80 P,85 E,85
May I 10
3.30 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66 6.93 1.66
II 10
4.20 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12 8.82 2.12
II 11
I 7.13 14.96 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95 14.9 3.95
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Jun I 10
27.65 58.05 13.93 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 58.0 13.9 58.0 13.9 58.0 13.9 58.0 13.9 58.0 13.9 58.0 13.9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
II 10
47.25 99.20 23.81 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
II 10
I 51.80 108.76 26.10 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Jul I 10
71.05 149.17 35.80 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
II 10
42.07 88.33 21.20 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
II 11
I 64.12 134.62 35.54 30.0 7.92 35.0 9.24 40.0 10.5 45.0 11.8 50.0 13.2 55.0 14.5 60.0 15.8 65.0 17.1 70.0 18.4 75.0 19.8 80.0 21.1 85.0 22.4
0 0 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 4
Aug I 10
30.94 64.96 15.59 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 64.9 15.5 64.9 15.5 64.9 15.5 64.9 15.5 64.9 15.5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9
II 10
38.57 80.98 19.44 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 80.9 19.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 4
II 11
I 30.31 63.64 16.80 30.0 7.92 35.0 9.24 40.0 10.5 45.0 11.8 50.0 13.2 55.0 14.5 60.0 15.8 63.6 16.8 63.6 16.8 63.6 16.8 63.6 16.8 63.6 16.8
0 0 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 4 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0
Sep I 10
20.44 42.92 10.30 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3 42.9 10.3
0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0
II 10
22.54 47.32 11.36 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3 47.3 11.3

0 0 0 0 0 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6
II 10
I 18.48 38.80 9.31 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31 38.8 9.31
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Oct I 10
60.23 126.45 30.35 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
II 10
60.23 126.45 30.35 30.0 7.20 35.0 8.40 40.0 9.60 45.0 10.8 50.0 12.0 55.0 13.2 60.0 14.4 65.0 15.6 70.0 16.8 75.0 18.0 80.0 19.2 85.0 20.4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
II 11
I 42.90 90.07 23.78 30.0 7.92 35.0 9.24 40.0 10.5 45.0 11.8 50.0 13.2 55.0 14.5 60.0 15.8 65.0 17.1 70.0 18.4 75.0 19.8 80.0 21.1 85.0 22.4
0 0 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 4
Nov I 10
9.68 20.31 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88 20.3 4.88
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
II 10
6.68 14.01 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36 14.0 3.36
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
II 10
I 5.33 11.18 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68 11.1 2.68
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Dec I 10
5.04 10.58 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54 10.5 2.54
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
II 10
5.60 11.76 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82 11.7 2.82
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
II 11
I 4.00 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22 8.40 2.22
Jan I 10
3.76 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89 7.89 1.89
II 10
4.32 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18 9.07 2.18
II 10
I 3.28 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65 6.89 1.65
Feb I 10
3.04 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53 6.38 1.53
II 10
2.88 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45
II 8
I 1.92 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77 4.03 0.77
Mar I 10
2.88 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45 6.05 1.45
II 10
3.52 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77 7.39 1.77
II 11
I 4.16 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31 8.73 2.31

Apr I 10
3.83 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93 8.03 1.93
II 10
3.60 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81 7.56 1.81
II 10
I 7.43 15.59 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74 15.5 3.74
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Tot
al 372.38 158.8 177. 195. 211. 227. 242. 256. 269. 280. 291. 302. 312.
8 24 32 98 29 05 35 54 58 62 66 73
NOT Net discharges used after deducting environment releases
E:

Annexure 6-6
ENERGY GENERATION IN 50% DEPENDABLE YEAR
Month TD Days 50% DY P,75 E,75

May I 10 15.50 32.54 7.81
II 10 19.20 40.31 9.67
III 11 32.13 67.45 17.81
Jun I 10 60.25 75.00 18.00
II 10 102.65 75.00 18.00
III 10 112.50 75.00 18.00
Jul I 10 92.75 75.00 18.00
II 10 54.97 75.00 18.00
III 11 83.72 75.00 19.80
Aug I 10 33.94 71.26 17.10
II 10 42.27 75.00 18.00
III 11 33.31 69.94 18.46
Sep I 10 31.74 66.64 15.99
II 10 34.94 73.36 17.61
III 10 28.68 60.22 14.45
Oct I 10 0.63 1.31 0.31
II 10 0.53 1.10 0.26
III 11 0.30 0.63 0.17
Nov I 10 11.58 24.30 5.83
II 10 7.98 16.74 4.02
III 10 6.53 13.70 3.29
Dec I 10 6.04 12.68 3.04
II 10 6.70 14.07 3.38
III 11 4.80 10.08 2.66
Jan I 10 4.46 9.36 2.25
II 10 5.12 10.75 2.58
III 10 3.88 8.15 1.96
Feb I 10 3.64 7.64 1.83
II 10 3.48 7.31 1.75
III 8 2.82 5.92 1.14
Mar I 10 3.38 7.10 1.70
II 10 4.22 8.86 2.13
III 11 4.96 10.41 2.75
Apr I 10 4.73 9.92 2.38
II 10 4.40 9.24 2.22
III 10 8.93 18.74 4.50
296.85

Annexure 6-7
DESIGN ENERGY IN 90% DEPENDABLE YEAR
Month TD Days Power Energy

May I 10 6.93 1.66
II 10 8.82 2.12
III 11 14.96 3.95
Jun I 10 58.05 13.93
II 10 71.25 17.10
III 10 71.25 17.10
Jul I 10 71.25 17.10
II 10 71.25 17.10
III 11 71.25 18.81
Aug I 10 64.96 15.59
II 10 71.25 17.10
III 11 63.64 16.80
Sep I 10 42.92 10.30
II 10 47.32 11.36
III 10 38.80 9.31
Oct I 10 71.25 17.10
II 10 71.25 17.10
III 11 71.25 18.81
Nov I 10 20.31 4.88
II 10 14.01 3.36
III 10 11.18 2.68
Dec I 10 10.58 2.54
II 10 11.76 2.82
III 11 8.40 2.22
Jan I 10 7.89 1.89
II 10 9.07 2.18
III 10 6.89 1.65
Feb I 10 6.38 1.53
II 10 6.05 1.45
III 8 4.03 0.77
Mar I 10 6.05 1.45
II 10 7.39 1.77
III 11 8.73 2.31
Apr I 10 8.03 1.93
II 10 7.56 1.81
III 10 15.59 3.74
283.34


7. CIVIL ENGINEERING STRUCTURES
7.
7.1. General:
Mawphu Hydroelectric project (Stage-II) is a run of the river scheme proposed on Umiew
River in East Khasi Hills district of Meghalaya. The project is proposed to utilize a net head
of about 232m and design discharge of 35.72 cumecs for generation of 75 MW (2 x 37.5
MW). The project is being implemented by North Eastern Electric Power Corporation Ltd, a
Government of India enterprise.
This chapter deals with feasibility stage (DPR stage) design of various civil engineering
structures of the project.
7.2. Proposed Layout of the Project:

Layout of the project has been derived as discussed in detail in Chapter 2. Possible
alternatives and selection of best alternative is described in that chapter.
The selected project layout comprises a concrete gravity dam on Umiew River and an intake
structure on the right bank for diversion of 35.72 cumecs of water for power generation. The
reservoir is proposed to have 0.8 MCM of live storage and 1.2km long at FRL. Water is
diverted from the river and is conveyed through right bank head race tunnel to the surge
shaft. Surge shaft is proposed at the junction of HRT and pressure shaft to take care of the
transient conditions in the water conductor system. A pressure shaft, which will be bifurcated
near the power house, will feed water to two vertical axis Francis turbines each of 37.5 MW
installed capacity housed in surface power house.
Fig 7-1 Project Layout

DPR-I: Chapter-7: Civil Engineering Structure 7-1
Fig 7-2 L-Section of the Proposed Layout of the Project
The proposed civil components of the project are as follows:
 A concrete gravity dam of 51m high from the deepest foundation level with low level
spillway comprising 6 bays each with radial gate of size 9.00m (W) x 12.00m (H) to
pass the design flood of 8900 cumecs.
 Temporary river diversion works comprise a Horse Shoe shaped diversion tunnel of
7m diameter, about 384m long on the left bank and 18m (Maximum) high upstream
and 6m high downstream cofferdams.
 A Power Intake with inclined trash rack on the right bank.
 One number of Horse Shoe shaped Head Race Tunnel of 4.8m dia and 2622m long
up to Surge Shaft
 One number of restricted orifice type Surge Shaft of 10m dia and 54m high
 One number of circular Pressure Shaft of 3.5m dia and 869m long which bifurcates
into 2.5m dia and 32m long pressure shafts to feed two turbine units
 A Surface Power House of 53.8m (L) x 16.0m (W) x 30.5m (H) housing two Vertical
Axis Francis Turbines and Generator units of 37.50 MW each
 One tail race channel of 8m wide and 51m long (including recovery bay) to discharge
the water into the river
7.3. Dam and Spillway:
7.3.1. Type of Dam:

Following aspects have been considered for the selection of type of dam:
 Topographical and Geological Aspects:
The type of dam to be adopted is governed by the topographical, geotechnical, availability of

construction materials and spillway arrangement. Rock exposures are available on both the
banks of the river and rock is anticipated at shallow depth in the river bed.
 Spillway Arrangement:
The width of the river is about 73m. Dam height and basic parameters have been decided
based on techno-economical considerations as described in Section-2.3 in Chapter-2. The
height of the dam is 38m from the average river bed level and spillway crest is proposed at
about 9m above the average river bed level. The design flood (PMF) is 8900 cumecs.
Spillway of 79m long including piers and abutments are required to pass the design flood
with one gate inoperative condition. Therefore, the whole river width shall be
accommodated with spillway blocks or overflow (OF) block and the length of NOF (non over-
flow) is less.
 Foundation Condition:
The foundation rock of dam area comprises Quartz Biotite Gneiss/Gneiss. The bed rock is
hard, moderate to closely jointed rock mass. The foundation rock is strong and is suitable
for adoption of a concrete gravity dam. Investigation data also indicates the suitability of
foundation condition for concrete gravity dam.
 Availability of Construction Material
Quarries and shoals are available/identified at various places near the dam axis. Rock
quarry near the Weisu nallah which is about 400m u/s of dam axis and rock quarry in the
reservoir area which is at about 1000m u/s of dam axis are some of the quarries identified in
addition to other quarries. From the preliminary assessment, it is expected that apart from
excavated quantity in the dam area, these available quarries and shoals near the dam axis
will satisfy the maximum requirement of coarse and fine aggregates for the concrete dam.
Therefore, availability of construction material will not be a constraint for concrete gravity
dam.
A concrete gravity dam has been finalized considering the following aspects:
 Foundation conditions are favourable for seating a concrete gravity dam.
 The most of the part of diversion is spillway structure.
 The dam height of 38m (from average river bed level) is required to meet out live
storage for peaking requirements. and rock is available at shallow depth therefore
barrage is not considered as a suitable diversion structure.
7.3.2. Dam Layout Details:

As per layout arrangement, the power intake is placed at right bank. The spillway has been
proposed close to the intake to avoid the silt deposition in front of intake. However, due to
high PMF of 8900 cumecs, the spillway arrangement is provided utilizing the whole width of
the river.
The dam layout comprises the following arrangement:

Concrete gravity dam of 140m long (at top) and 51m high (from the deepest foundation
level) with its top at EL.472.00m.
2 Non-Overflow (NOF) blocks have been proposed on the left bank side. The length of first
NOF block has been kept as 17.75m and of second block as 15.0m. The height of the
blocks varies from 6.25 to 36.5m.
2 NOF blocks have been proposed on the right bank side. The lengths of blocks are 15.0m
and 13.25m. The height of the blocks varies from 7m to 43m.
A downstream slope of 0.8 (H):1 (V) is proposed for the NOF section based on the
preliminary design.
3 Overflow (OF) blocks have been proposed with 6 bays (controlled by radial gates) utilizing
the available width of the river. The pier width has been kept as 3.0m.
Dam layout is shown in Fig 7-3.
Fig.7-3 Dam Layout

7.3.3. Spillway Design:

Sluice type Ogee spillway has been proposed to pass the design flood. The crest level of the
spillway has been provided at lower elevation in view of effective silt management in the
reservoir. The design flood for the spillway, its flood discharge capacity and the ogee profile
are described below.
7.3.3.1. Design Flood for Spillway:

On the basis of hydraulic head and gross storage capacity, cl: 3.1.2 of IS 11223-1985
classifies the dams in three categories viz. large, intermediate and small as shown below.
Table 7-1 Classification of Dam
Classification Gross Storage Hydraulic Head
Between 0.5 & 10 million

Small Between 7.5 and 12 m
cum
Between 10 & 60 million

Intermediate Between 12 and 30 m
cum
Large Greater than 60 million cum Greater than 30 m
Considering the minimum dam height requirement arrived, the hydraulic head of Mawphu
HEP (Stage-II) dam is greater than 30m and hence as per the above classification, the dam
falls under the category of large dam. Also, cl: 3.1.3 of IS 11223 specifies the inflow flood to
be adopted to design the spillway based on the classification of dam as given below.
Table 7-2 Inflow Flood to be adopted to design the Spillway
Classification Inflow Flood for Dam Safety
Small 100 year flood
Intermediate SPF
Large PMF
Accordingly, Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) dam being large, PMF has been considered as the
inflow flood to design the spillway and the same has been arrived as 8900 cumecs (Refer
Hydrology Report).

7.3.3.2. Spillway Capacity:

A parametric study has been carried out for fixing the optimal size of the spillway
arrangement. As a result, 6 bays, each of size 9.00m (W) x 12.00m (H) with crest level at
EL.443.00m have been arrived. The provision of 10% of the total number of gates with a
minimum of one gate being inoperative has also been considered for handling emergency
situation during mechanical and human failure as per IS: 11223-1985. Maximum Water
Level (MWL) has been fixed at 470.50m to pass the design flood during emergency
situation.
7.3.3.3. Ogee Profile:
The ogee profile consists of two quadrants, the upstream quadrant and the downstream
quadrant. Upstream quadrant of the ogee spillway conforms to the elliptical equation and
downstream profile conforms to the parabolic equation as per cl: 4.1.3.1 IS 6934:1998 and
joins with the bucket profile tangentially.
Upstream Quadrant of the ogee spillway:
Elliptical equation used for the upstream quadrant of the ogee spillway and X & Y
coordinates of the equation are given below:
X 23 Y 23
2
+ 2 =1
A 3 B3
Table 7-3 X and Y coordinates of the upstream quadrant elliptical equation
X Y
0.00 4.500
1.00 4.509
2.00 4.400
3.00 4.212
4.00 3.934
5.00 3.544
6.00 3.000
7.00 2.190
8.00 0.000
Downstream Profile of the ogee spillway:
Parabolic equation used for the downstream profile of the ogee spillway and X & Y
coordinates of the equation are given below:
X2 = 4 Hd Y
Table 7-4 X and Y coordinates of the downstream profile Parabolic Equation
X (m) Y (m)
5 0.272
10 1.089
15 2.451
20 4.357
25 6.808
30 9.804
35 13.344
40 17.429
45 22.059
50 27.233
Fig.7-4 Ogee-Upstream and Downstream Quadrant
Hydraulic design of dam spillway is shown in Annexure-7.1.

7.3.4. Stage-Discharge Curve

Stage-discharge curve at dam axis has been made from HEC-RAS river model analysis
software and shown below.
Fig 7-5 Stage-Discharge Curve at Dam Axis
For ease of reference, the computed water surface elevation is tabulated below:
Table 7-5 Stage-Discharge at Dam Axis:
Discharge Channel EL. WS EL. Channel Flow Area Froude

(cumecs) (m) (m) Velocity (m/s) (sqm) No.
8900 432 441.82 15.8 585.6 1.7

8010 432 441.32 15.14 547.8 1.68
7120 432 440.8 14.42 508.8 1.66
6675 432 440.52 14.05 488.46 1.64
6230 432 440.24 13.65 467.88 1.63
5340 432 439.64 12.82 424.94 1.59
4450 432 438.98 11.91 378.89 1.56
3560 432 438.25 10.91 328.91 1.53
2670 432 437.41 9.79 273.35 1.5
1780 432 436.38 8.56 208.01 1.49
890 432 435.07 6.87 129.55 1.46

375 432 434.13 4.85 77.39 1.25
7.3.5. Tail Water Hydraulic Model

The HEC RAS river analysis system model software (US Army Corps of Engineers) has
been used to model the reaches from 2 km upstream of dam axis to about 2 km downstream
of dam axis. Cross sections of the river were surveyed at every 100 m intervals by total
station. As the flow in the river was very less (about 15cumecs), cross sections of the river
could be taken without special bathymetric survey technology. The HEC RAS software
allows to perform one dimensional steady and unsteady flow river hydraulics calculations for
purposes of determining the tail‐water curve for Mawphu HEP (Stage-II).
Layout of the model used is given in Fig 7-6.
Fig 7-6 River Layout from the HEC-RAS Software
Head losses in the HEC RAS system are accounted for by bulk Manning coefficients and
other geometric properties e.g. contraction and expansion coefficients multiplied by changes
in velocity head of the river. Manning’s values were estimated from physical data about the
stream and floodplain. Adopted coefficient values varied from transect to transect depending

on factors such as channel roughness, alignment, vegetation, presence of deep pools,

channel irregularities etc. An average value of 0.04 is considered in the analysis. Boundary
conditions are necessary to establish the starting water surface at both ends of the river
stream. In the absence of gauge discharge curve, the upstream and downstream boundary
conditions were assumed to be a normal flow depth Mixed flow analysis (allowing for
supercritical and subcritical flow within the reach) were undertaken.
The analysis involves the solution of the partial differential equations of mass and
momentum to predict the movement of water in the Umiew river using the detailed
knowledge of the river geometry at a discrete number of points along the river that was
generated during the cross sections survey. The theoretical basis and detailed equations
employed by the HEC‐RAS system to compute one dimensional surface profiles are
extensively documented in the Hydraulic Reference Manual.
For purposes of computing the tail water curves below the proposed dam site, steady state
hydraulic computations were performed for PMF discharge profile.
The tail water curve at PMF flow below the proposed Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is developed
from the software. This curve is given below.
Fig 7-7 Tail Water Rating Curve at 100m d/s of Dam Axis
Water surface elevation for various discharges at 100m d/s of dam axis is tabulated below.
Table 7-6 Tail Water Surface at 100m d/s of dam axis:

Discharg Channel WS Channel Velocity Flow Area Froude

e EL. EL. (m/s) (sqm) No.
8900 431 441.29 14.64 80.22 1.52
8010 431 440.85 13.9 79.39 1.48
7120 431 440.38 13.1 78.53 1.43
6675 431 440.14 12.67 78.09 1.41
6230 431 439.9 12.22 77.64 1.38
5340 431 439.4 11.23 76.69 1.31
4450 431 438.89 10.1 75.54 1.22
3560 431 438.4 8.74 74.44 1.09
2670 431 437.75 7.34 72.99 0.97
1780 431 436.37 6.5 68.5 0.98
890 431 434.7 5.24 62.61 0.99
375 431 433.39 4.04 55.91 1
7.3.6. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:
7.3.6.1. Abutment Conditions:

It is noted from the geology report that the geotechnical parameters collected during
geological mapping indicates RMR value of outcrops of left bank as 55 to 62 (fair to good
without rating adjustment) whereas that of right bank as 64 to 73 (good). Based on the
surface mapping data and the geomorphic expression in the left bank / abutment, it is
inferred that the stripping limit shall be of the order of approx 5 to 6m on the left bank. In the
right abutment, however, the stripping limit as assessed from the surface data is of the order
of 1 to 2m approximately. Accordingly, acceptable foundation grade has been fixed for the
dam. However the extent of excavation in abutment area shall be modified on the basis of
slope mass rating for each abutment once the data from Drift are available on completion of
drift.
7.3.6.2. Foundation Conditions:
Detailed geotechnical investigations carried out at site indicate that at the dam axis,
overburden depth ranges from 6m to 8.4m; bedrock is generally weathered and moderately
to highly jointed near the overburden bedrock interface. Based on the generally high core
recovery of more than 80% noted in most of the Dam axis drill holes (i .e. DH-03, DH-05
and DH-09) after 2 to 3m, a minimum stripping depth of 3m in riverbed has been envisaged.
Inspection of the surface conditions of the abutments indicate generally weathered and
some distressing of the left bank rockmass with minimal stripping limit, which ranges up to 5-
6m. The right bank in comparison appears to be stronger and stripping limit accordingly may
confined to 2m to 3m depth only. Permeability values range from 1-6 Lugeon suggests good
foundation condition in the riverbed. Hence stripping depth at bed level is confined to the in-
situ weathered zone which is observed to lie within 3m as recorded from the core data.
However, presence of fractured & sheared horizons will call for consolidation by means of
effective grouting to attain a tight foundation. In addition to the two lines of the curtain

grouting holes planned to be resorted through gallery Further more in view of the presence
of the thick overburden to the tune of the 30.5, (i.e. El 457.91m) a line of permeation
grouting holes extended into the farthest point of the excavation on left bank u/s of axis shall
be helpful to minimise the seepage through the thick overburden into the dam pit.
7.3.6.3. Energy Dissipator:

Based on the drill hole data it is assessed that at the trajectory bucket area, the overburden
depth, comprising riverine would be between 5.4m to 6.70m.The underlying bedrock of
dominantly fine to coarse grained granitic gneiss. A stripping depth of approx 2-3m is
envisaged. The Insitu permeability values of 1.86 to 3.25 Lugeon suggest fairly tight
foundationconditions.
7.3.7. Foundation Treatment:

The dam foundation comprises Quartz Biotite Gneiss/Gneiss. Based on the investigation
data, sound rock condition is expected in the dam area.
Foundation preparation and treatment will comprise a combination of:
 Excavation Treatment
 Foundation Strengthening
 Seepage Control and Drainage
The details of treatment are summarized below; however, techniques and engineering
solutions would be expected to be varied in response to actual ground conditions
encountered along the dam axis.
7.3.7.1. Excavation Treatment

The abutments of the dam are steep and required to excavate for stripping the overburden/
weathered rock for seating dam on acceptable foundation grade. The stripping limit of 3m in
the river bed and 1 to 2m for the right abutment and 5 to 6m for the left abutment has been
adopted based on the geological appraisal report. Surface excavation is proposed with slope
1 (H) in 6 (V) with 5 m wide bench at every 10 height. The excavated surface is protected
with 100 mm thick shotcrete and 6 m long rock anchors at 1.5 m c/c spacing. Drainage holes
are also proposed to release the water pressure from the rock mass.
Dental concreting and mass concrete infilling will be made wherever required after
excavation.
7.3.7.2. Foundation Strengthening
Consolidation grouting with 5m deep holes at 3m c/c spacing is mainly proposed for
foundation treatment to homogenize the blasted rock mass in the dam foundation and filling
up of the discontinuities.

7.3.7.3. Seepage control and drainage

As per cl: 3.3.2, IS 6066, for dams exceeding 30m height, curtain grouting should be carried
out when the water absorption exceeds 1 lugeon. Results of water permeability test carried
out at dam site shows permeability in the range of 1.86 to 3.25 lugeon. Also, groutability test
carried out at site has indicated the suitability of the foundation for effective grouting.
Therefore, grout curtain of 40mm dia within underlying rock materials at the heel of dam is
proposed in two rows near u/s and d/s end of foundation gallery for reducing the seepage.
The curtain grout shall be as per IS 6066. Depth of curtain grout shall be 2/3 rd of head +8 m
and grouting will be carried out in steps like primary, secondary and tertiary. The spacing for
primary holes will be 6 m, whereas for secondary and tertiary, the spacing will be 3m and
1.5m respectively. The requirement of tertiary holes will be decided based on permeability
test prior and after the grouting.
The construction of grout curtains will require testing and grouting programmes to be
designed and carried out as part of the construction works.
At downstream of grout curtain, 75mm dia pressure relief holes/ drainage holes with varying
depth (about 75% of depth of grout curtain) are proposed to reduce the uplift pressure in the
dam.
A foundation gallery of size 2.0mx2.25m is provided to collect seepage water from the
foundation and body of the dam. It is also used for drilling and grouting the foundations and
inspection of dam structure. The total length of the foundation gallery is 178m and is
provided covering all the dam blocks.
7.3.8. Free Board for the Dam:

In order to avoid dam overtopping, sufficient free board is required to be adopted. The wave
height and the wind setup influence the free board for the dam. In Mawphu HEP (Stage-II),
the required free board has been computed as 1.1m as per Appendix-A of IS 6512.
7.3.9. Dam Top Elevation:

The dam top elevation shall not be lower than the MWL/FRL plus the sum of the wave height
and the freeboard. Considering the MWL of 470.50m and the free board requirement of
1.1m, the top of dam has been fixed as 472.00m.
7.3.10. Riparian/environmental Releases

As per the environmental considerations, a small amount of water is required to be released
downstream of the dam so that the river reach downstream of the dam axis does not
become dry during lean flow period. Based on the criteria recommended by Expert
Appraisal Committee for River Valley and Hydro Electric Projects, the quantity of water to be
released during various seasons of the year is arrived and given in the below table.

Table 7-7 Expert Appraisal Committee Criteria for environmental release
Period Flow Release (cumecs)

EAC Criteria
Monsoon Season (May to
14.46
October) 30% of inflow in Monsoon
Lean Season (December to

0.88
March) 20% of Average Discharge
Non-monsoon and non-lean

25% of Average Discharge 1.95
season (April and November)
The riparian flow release as shown in the above table is calculated from the 90%
dependable year and is proposed to be carried out with five PVC pipes through piers of the
spillway from upstream to downstream.
7.3.11. Energy Dissipation Arrangement:

Energy dissipator is proposed to dissipate the excessive energy from the spillway flow and to
establish safe flow conditions in the downstream of the dam spillway. The choice of energy
dissipation arrangement is made based on the tail water level and the nature of available
foundation conditions as per IS 7365. The design flood of the spillway is 8900 cumecs.
However, considering the frequency of design flood and to optimize the energy dissipation
arrangement, it is proposed to design the energy dissipater for 50% of the design flood
(4450 cumecs) and damage in the downstream is allowed when the flood exceeds 4450
cumecs. Tail water level for 4450 cumecs at 130m downstream of dam axis has been
arrived as 438.89m using HEC-RAS software. Tail water depth is 6.89m from the average
river bed level, which is 432m.
Depth of flow (d1) entering the bucket has been calculated using momentum equation.
Sequent depth of hydraulic jump has been calculated from the depth of flow (d 1) entering the
bucket and Froude’s number for various discharges ranging from 10% to 100% of
4450cumecs. It was found that tail water depth is much lower than the sequent depth. Also,
sound geological condition is expected in the river bed. In view of these two reasons,
trajectory bucket type energy dissipator is proposed for dissipating the energy downstream
of the dam spillway.
The invert level of the bucket and lip elevation have been kept at EL.432 and EL.436m
respectively. The radius of the bucket has been fixed as 30m and the lip angle as 30
degree. As the tail water level of 438.89m is higher than the bucket lip level, the lip has
been given a slope of 1 in 10. However, in order to ensure the proper behavior of the
energy dissipator careful model studies should be done during detailed engineering stage.
Proposed trajectory bucket type energy dissipator is shown below.

Fig 7-8 Trajectory Bucket Type Energy Dissipator
Result of hydraulic design of trajectory bucket is summarized below:
Invert of the bucket EL. 432.00m
Lip Elevation EL.436.00m.
Radius of the bucket 30m.
Trajectory Length 56m
Vertical throw distance (a) 9m
Depth of minimum scour 18m
Depth of probable scour 26m
Depth of ultimate scour 32m
From the view point of stability of the bucket i.e to take care of uplift pressure, 25mm dia
rock anchors of 3.0m long at 3.0m c/c are proposed to tie the trajectory bucket with the
foundation rock.
7.3.12. Downstream Training Wall:

R.C.C training walls are proposed on both sides of the energy dissipator to guide the water
flow downstream. The thickness of the training wall is 2m. The top of the training wall has
been kept at EL. 448.50m considering the freeboard of 1.5m above the maximum water level

in the bucket. The height of the training wall shall be verified with the hydraulic model
studies.
7.3.13. Seismic Parameters:

The proposed dam site of Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) lies in seismic zone-V as per the seismic
zoning map of India. Site specific seismic studies for Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) have been
carried out by IIT, Roorkee.
Recommendations for the seismic parameters as mentioned in the study are as follows:
 As per section-7.4 of the seismic study report, design seismic coefficients for the dam
may be taken as αh = 0.24 and αv = 0.16 for horizontal and vertical components
respectively.
 Factor of safety against sliding and overturning for MCE condition should not be less
than 1 and for DBE conditions, this factor of safety is limited to 1.2.
 As per section-7.5.2, for concrete gravity dam, the maximum tension under DBE may
be limited to 12.5% of the ultimate compressive strength. The maximum tension
under MCE may be allowed to exceed 50% more than those specified for DBE.
 The PGA values for the MCE and DBE conditions are estimated as 0.53g and 0.28g
for horizontal and 0.35g and 0.19g respectively for vertical components.
7.3.14. Stability Analysis of Dam:

This section discusses the design criteria adopted and detailed stability calculations carried
out for the Concrete Gravity Dam.
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) dam is of 51m high from deepest foundation level. The deepest
foundation level for overflow block is 421m and for non-overflow block is 429m. The stability
analysis has been carried out for the maximum overflow and non-overflow block.
7.3.14.1. Design Criteria:
The purpose of the design criteria is to provide technical basis and guidance to carry out
Stability Analysis of Concrete Gravity Dam. This section includes stability requirements,
design data, loading conditions and references followed for the stability analysis of the
Concrete Gravity Dam.
7.3.14.1.1. Stability requirements for the concrete gravity dam are given
below:
i). The Overflow as well as Non-overflow block shall be safe against sliding on any
plane or combination of planes within section, or within the foundation.
ii). The Overflow as well as Non-overflow block shall be safe against Overturning on
any plane or combination of planes within section, or within the foundation.

iii) The safe unit stresses in the concrete of the OF and NOF section or in the
foundation material shall not be exceeded.
7.3.14.1.2. Design Data
Design input used for stability analysis is shown in Table 7-8.
Table 7-8 Design Input for Stability Analysis
Top of the dam Level 472.00 m
Maximum water level MWL 470.50 m
Full reservoir level FRL 470.00 m
Maximum D/S Tail water level 441.29 m
Minimum D/S tail water level 441.29 m
Foundation Level for Maximum OF 421.00 m
Foundation Level for Maximum NOF 429.00 m
Crest Level of spillway 443.00 m
Total height of the OF block 51.00 m
Total height of the OF block 43.00 m
Head at MWL for OF block 49.50 m
Head at MWL for NOF block 41.50 m
Head at FRL for OF block 49.00 m
Head at FRL for NOF block 41.00 m
Dam top width 5.00 m
Base width of OF block B 67.65 m
Bottom width on downstream of dam 29.4 m
Bottom width on upstream of dam 3.7 m
Bottom width on middle of the dam 5 m
Total width of the bottom of the dam(B) 38.1 m
Max.Tail water depth for OF block 20.29 m

Mini.Tail water depth for OF block 20.29 m
Tail water depth for NOF block 12.29 m
Compressive strength of concrete fck 2000.00 t/sq.m
Design horizontal seismic coefficient αh 0.18 g
Design vertical seismic coefficient αv=2/3*αh 0.12 g
Unit weight of concrete 2.40 t/cu.m
Unit weight of water γw 1.00 t/cu.m
Vertical density of silt 0.93 t/cu.m
Horizontal density of silt 0.36 t/cu.m
Silt Level in Upstream 443 m
Distance of drainage gallery from toe 61.65 m
Cross sectional area "A1" from drawing (RAFT) 1209.00 m2
Distance of C.G of "A1" from Toe 36.78 m
Elevation of C.G. of "A1" from base 430.02 m
Height of C.G. of "A1" from base 9.02 m
Pier Cross sectional area "A2" from drawing

1210.56 m2
(AutoCAD)
Breast Wall Cross sectional area "A3" from

35.40 m2
drawing (AutoCAD)
Width of Pier (Between CJ) 8.00 m
Width of Breast Wall 18.00 m

Total Width of block (B/N contraction joints) L 26.00 m
Elevation where the stability is checked EL. 421.00 m
Height of Silt in U/S 22.00 m
Grade of concrete (fc) 2000.00 t/sqm
Bearing capacity of rock (0.25 * UCS) 729.50 t/sqm
Cohesion at contact between rock and concrete 300.00 t/sqm
tan ø = Coefficient of internal friction of the

ø = 40 0.84
material
Permissible Tensile Stresses for different loading conditions are tabulated below:
Table 7-9 Allowable Tensile Stresses for different Loading Conditions
Allowable Tensile Stress as per
Loading As per report of DEQ,

IS: 6512 - 1984
Condition IITR
Factor t/m2 Factor N/mm2
Load Case A
NIL 0
and B
Load Case C 0.01 fck -20
Load Case D 0.125 Fck or 1.2

1.2 whichever
is less
Load Case E 0.02 fck -40 do do
Load Case F 0.02 fck -40 do do
Load Case G 0.04 fck -80 do do
Load Case H 1.5 x 0.125 fck
Refer to Section 7.5 of Report on Site Specific Earthquake Parameters prepared by the
IIT, Roorkee.
Since, site specific seismic design parameter is being used in the stability analysis,
allowable tensile stress as recommended by IIT, Roorkee will be used.

Site specific study to determine seismic parameter at Mawphu dam site has been carried
out at IIT, Roorkee. The following Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA) values have been
recommended:
 The PGA values for the MCE and DBE conditions are estimated as 0.53g and 0.28g
for horizontal and 0.35g and 0.19g respectively for vertical components.
7.3.14.2. Summary of Stability Analysis of Overflow Block

Results of stability analysis of overflow block are summarized below:
7-10 Summary of Stability Analysis for Overflow Block
Base Pressure t/sqm Sliding Overturning

Load
Combination Stabilit Stabilit Stabilit Stabilit
Max Min FOS FOS
y y y y
37.4 76.4 infinit

Case A 8 Safe 8 safe infinity Safe y Safe
41.3 22.0
Case B 5 Safe 7 safe 6.32 safe 1.77 safe
42.1 21.1
Case C 3 Safe 1 safe 6.18 safe 1.75 safe
44.1 65.5
Case D - H → V ↑ 7 Safe 6 safe 38.73 safe 12.57 safe
46.0 72.1
Case D - H → V ↓ 9 Safe 0 safe 39.43 safe 25.88 safe
30.7 87.4 infinit

Case D - H ← V ↓ 9 Safe 0 safe 39.43 safe y safe
28.8 80.8
Case D - H ← V ↑ 7 Safe 6 safe 38.73 safe 26.40 safe
48.2 10.9
Case E - H → V ↑ 7 Safe 2 safe 7.16 safe 1.55 safe
50.1 17.4
Case E - H → V ↓ 9 Safe 6 safe 7.31 safe 1.71 safe
34.6 33.0
Case E - H ← V ↓ 4 Safe 1 safe 12.65 safe 1.90 safe

32.7 26.4
Case E - H ← V ↑ 2 Safe 7 safe 12.40 safe 1.72 safe
40.6
Case F 3 Safe 5.73 safe 16.47 safe 1.36 safe
Case G - H → V 46.7
↑ 9 Safe -4.20 safe 13.17 safe 1.24 safe
Case G - H → V 48.7
↓ 1 Safe 2.34 safe 13.34 safe 1.35 safe
Case G - H ← V 33.1 17.8

↓ 7 Safe 9 safe 23.10 safe 1.48 safe
Case G - H ← V 31.2 11.3

↑ 5 Safe 4 safe 22.80 safe 1.36 safe
7.3.14.3. Summary of Stability Analysis of Non-overflow Block

Results of stability analysis of non-overflow block are summarized below:
7-11 Summary of Stability Analysis for Non-Overflow Block
Again Again
st st Agai
Against
Load max min nst
Load combination Loading Condition Overtur
case base base slidin
ning
press press g
ure ure
Load Reservoir empty Taking Moment about Infinit

93.50 10.27 Infinity
case A condition downstream y
(FRL+TWL+No
Load earthquake+Silt+upl Taking Moment about
49.21 21.49 4.91 1.78
case B ift(drain operative downstream
condition)
(MWL+Max
TWL+No
Load Taking Moment about
earthquake+Silt+upl 49.26 21.16 4.91 1.77
case C downstream
ift (drain operative
condition)
Load Horizontal earthquake

Reservoir empty 76.76 22.22 33.30 9.16
case D condition(towards
condition(Dead
downstream)+vertical
earthquake force upward

(Taking Moment about
downstream)
Horizontal earthquake
condition(towards
earthquake force 86.37 22.19 33.30 17.33
Downward (Taking
Moment about
downstream)
Load+Earthquake) condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical
110.2
earthquake force -1.68 33.30 Infinity
4
Downward
downstream)
condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical 100.6
-1.65 34.00 21.79
earthquake force upward 2
downstream)
Load (FRL+ Horizontal earthquake

case E TWL+Earthquake+ condition(towards
Silt+uplift (drains downstream)+vertical
71.89 -5.99 4.96 1.39
operative) earthquake force upward
downstream)
condition(towards
Downward (Taking
Moment about
downstream)
Horizontal earthquake 44.24 31.25 9.55 1.89

condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical
earthquake force
Downward


downstream)
condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical
36.79 29.11 9.34 1.73
downstream)
(MWL+max
Load TWL+Silt+uplift Taking Moment about
46.33 11.28 13.05 1.48
case F (drains inoperative downstream
condition)
condition(towards
69.02 -15.70 9.13 1.22
downstream)
condition(towards
earthquake force 68.98 -6.08 9.26 1.34
Downward (Taking
(FRL+min Moment about
Load TWL+Silt+EQ+uplift downstream)
case G (drains inoperative Horizontal earthquake
condition) condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical
Downward
downstream)
condition(towards
Upstream)+vertical
33.92 19.40 17.19 1.48
downstream)

7.3.14.4. Conclusion of Stability Analysis:

Stability analysis of overflow as well as non-overflow blocks has been carried out and these
blocks are found to be safe in all load combinations and the design criteria mentioned in
section 7.3.13.1 are satisfied.
7.3.14.5. Codes, Standards and Technical Documents used:
a. Codes:
i. IS 6512 : 1984 – Criteria for Design of Solid Gravity Dam
ii. IS 1893 : 1984 – Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
iii. IS 1893 : 2002 – Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures (Part-
1 General Provision and Buildings)
b. Technical Documents:
i. Site Specific Design Earthquake Parameters prepared by IIT, Roorkee for
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) Site, Meghalaya
ii. USBR – Design of Gravity Dams
7.3.15. Transverse joints on the dam and water stops:

In order to control cracks which may arise on the dam and for the sake of facilitating a more
efficient construction programme, the dam is divided into 7 blocks which include 3 overflow
blocks and 4 water retaining blocks.
Three 300m wide PVC water stops are arranged on the upstream face of the dam
transverse joints. The spacing between the water stops is 0.3m. The first water stop is at
0.5m from the upstream face with its bottom part embedded into the dam foundation with a
depth of 0.5m and the top elevation is 0.5m below the dam top (EL. 471.50m).
7.3.16. Dam Concrete Zoning:

Requirements of dam strength, anti-seepage, durability, abrasion resistance, crack
resistance and construction methods are mainly taken into account by dam concrete zoning.
For Mawphu HEP dam, the concrete zoning has been proposed considering the following
zoning principles
 The concrete strength indicators in all zones shall meet the requirements of
the bearing capacity of the dam
 Concrete with the same or similar working conditions shall have the same
material index as far as is possible
 Material zoning shall minimize the disturbance to the construction and will be
favorable for the improvement of the construction progress and at the same
time facilitate construction control.

According to the above zoning principles and by analogy with experience in other projects,
the dam body is zoned as follows:
Concrete Grade M15, A40 is used for the dam body and according to the anti-seepage
requirement, Concrete Grade M25, A40 is used for the upstream face.
Concrete Grade M60, A40 is used for abrasion resistance of the spillway crest, overflow face
and Concrete Grade M25, A40 is used for piers, training walls, breast walls and bridge deck
slab on the dam crest. Locations and concrete grade proposed for the entire dam structure
are tabulated below.
Table 7-12 Dam Concrete Zoning

Max. Aggregate
Sl.No. Locations Concrete Grade
Size (mm)
Overflow and Non-overflow
1 sections (except 2m u/s and M15,A80 80
1.5m d/s face and bed)
2m thick u/s and 1.5m thick d/s
2 M25,A40 40
face
1m thick around foundation

3 M25,A40 40
galleries and other openings
Piers, Training Walls, Breast

4 M25,A40 40
Wall and Bridge Deck Slab
Spillway crest, glacis and
5 M60,A40 40
bucket (HPC)
6 Foundation crevice filling M20,A40 40
In some of the projects, polyurea coating has been provided in the spillway for abrasion
resistance. More studies will be made at advanced stage of designing for consideration of
polyurea coating on the basis of performance of past projects and techno –economic
grounds.
7.3.17. Dam Functional Requirements:

The dam crest will have a single lane road with 3.5m width and 0.75m wide kerb and 1m
high parapet on both sides of the road.
Bridge (RCC deck type) is proposed over the spillway (overflow blocks) as a functional
requirement. A gantry crane has been provided over the spillway bridge for lifting the stop
log gates of the spillway. Spillway Bridge will be designed for single lane class ‘AA’ loading
or gantry crane loadings (Gantry loading on the bridge due to break down torque condition of
the stop-log gates). From the above mentioned loadings, the critical case shall be
considered while designing the spillway bridge.
The proposed dam parameters are given below:
Top level of the dam EL.472.00m
MWL EL.470.50m
FRL EL.470.00m
MDDL EL.460.00m
Top width of the dam 5.00m

Upstream slope of NOF blocks 0.1 (H): 1.0 (V)
Downstream slope of NOF blocks 0.8 (H): 1.0 (V)
Type of Spillway Ogee type with Breast Wall
Average river bed level EL.434.00m
Crest Level of Spillway EL.443.00m
Deepest Acceptable Foundation Grade EL.421.00m
Fig 7-9 Concrete Gravity Dam Upstream View
Concrete Gravity Dam details are shown in the drawings given in Table 7-13.
Table 7-13 Drawings for Concrete Gravity Dam
S. No Drawing No. Drawing Title
1. Concrete Gravity Dam – General

0933-CPC-03A-001-R0
Layout Plan
2.
0933-CPC-03A-002-R0 Concrete Gravity Dam – Plan

S. No Drawing No. Drawing Title
3. Concrete Gravity Dam – Section at

0933-CPC-03A-003-R0
Dam Axis
Dam Complex - Concrete Gravity Dam
4.
0933-CPC-03A-004-R0 - Maximum Overflow & Non Overflow
Section
5. Dam Complex - Concrete Gravity Dam
0933-CPC-03A-005-R0
- Overflow Section (Block No-3 )

0933-CPC-03A-006-R0
- Overflow Section (Block No-1,2 & 7)

0933-CPC-03A-007-R0
-Excavation-Plan

0933-CPC-03A-008-R0
-Excavation-Section
9.
0933-CPC-03A-009-R0 -Zoning (Typical)-Overflow and Non
overflow sections
0933-CPC-03A-010-R0
-Max OF section-contraction joint

0933-CPC-03A-011-R0
-Max NOF section-contraction joint

0933-CPC-03A-012-R0
-Curtain grouting

0933-CPC-03A-013-R0
-instrumentation Details-Plan
14.
0933-CPC-03A-014-R0 - instrumentation Details -Section along
Dam Axis
15.
0933-CPC-03A-015-R0 -Instrumentation Details-Maximum
Overflow & Non Overflow Section
Dam Complex - Concrete Gravity Dam-
16.
0933-CPC-03A-016-R0 Foundation Treatment At Dam Seat
Area

7.4. Reservoir:
The gross storage capacity of the reservoir at FRL is 1.55 MCM and at MDDL is 0.75 MCM.
The live storage capacity is 0.8 MCM. The submergence area and the length of reservoir is
13 ha and 1.2km respectively. Reservoir area is demarcated with survey pillars. Reservoir
Area-Capacity curve is shown below.
Reservoir Area capacity Curve-Diversion Dam

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 90 60 30 0
520
510
500
490
480
Elevation (m)
470
460
450
440
430
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Cumulative Volume (Ha.m)
Fig.7-10 Reservoir Area-Capacity Curve
7.5. Temporary River Diversion:
The Mawphu HEP (Stage–II) will require a construction period of approximately in 45 months
(excluding period of pre-construction activities). The river needs to be diverted to facilitate
the construction of Dam and appurtenant works.
7.5.1. Diversion flood
As the project involves the construction of a concrete gravity dam, during the diversion
period, it would be desirable to complete the structure up to the river bed level and during
the monsoon season, flood may be allowed to pass through the partially constructed
concrete dam blocks. This would help in drastic reduction in the diversion flood. Being a
concrete dam, the monsoon flood is unlikely to cause any damage to the structure and

further construction of the dam above the bed level can be continued during the next non-
monsoon period.
Diversion flood of 375 cumecs has been estimated for the non monsoon period with 25 year
return period, which is adopted for preliminary planning for the preparation of DPR.
7.5.2. Type of diversion arrangement
Following arrangements were considered for river diversion:
a) Diversion Channel in stages

b) Diversion Tunnel
7.5.2.1. Diversion Channel in stages
The width of the river is about 73m. Diverting the design flood of 375 m 3/s requires larger
base width, which leads to the lesser width available for the construction in the 1st stage.
Excavation for the construction of the dam blocks adjacent to the diversion channels needs
lot of dewatering during the construction. Also, if the diversion arrangement is proposed
nearer to the dam, it will be very difficult to construct downstream key of the spillway and
apron.
Also, as the crest level of the spillway bay is approximately 10 m above the river bed, the 2 nd
stage river diversion through the constructed bays requires a coffer dam of larger height.
Even though this could be overcome by the provision of under sluices in the dam body, due
to the presence of the large boulders in the river bed, the option of providing the under sluice
is ruled out.
In view of the above facts, stage diversion arrangement is not considered suitable.
7.5.2.2. Diversion Tunnel
Rock is exposed on the right bank of the river. However, as the power intake is provided on
the right bank, it is likely to cause interference if the diversion tunnel is also provided on the
right bank. Therefore, it is proposed to keep the diversion tunnel on the left bank. However,
there is a concave bend towards the left bank upstream of the dam axis and hence during
the non-monsoon period, flow in the river will hug along the right bank. Therefore, the
provision of diversion tunnel inlet on the left bank downstream of the bend is not considered
appropriate. Hence, it is proposed to keep the diversion tunnel inlet on the left bank
upstream of the bend (which is about 200m upstream of the dam axis) where rock outcrop is
exposed. This leads to the reduction in the length of the tunnel.
One diversion tunnel of 7.0 m dia, horse shoe shaped is proposed on the left bank. The
length of the tunnel is about 384m. The inlet is kept at EL. 446.00 and outlet is at EL.
429.50. The invert levels are about 1.0 m above the average river bed level at the proposed
location.

One gate of size 8.00 m x 8.00 m for the opening at inlet shall be provided to facilitate the
closure of the tunnel and plugging of the tunnel before reservoir filling. The gate shall be
operated with hoist at EL. 457.50 m.
Fig 7-11 Diversion Tunnel Layout
7.5.3. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects of Coffer Dam
7.5.3.1. Upstream Coffer Dam:

It is noted from the geological report that surface geological mapping reveals the presence of
isolated patches of bedrock represented by quartz biotite gneiss and gneiss on the surface
on the left flank of the coffer dam whereas on the right flank continuous outcrop of gneiss are
well exposed. In the river bed portion, as revealed from the seismic survey the overburden
thickness shall range from 7 m to 17m.
On the basis of various boreholes drilled in the dam area particularly DH-01 and DH-02,
overburden permeability is expected to range between 1.02 to 1.2 X 10-2 cm/sec whereas
that of bedrock would vary between 3 to 6 Lugeon. In view of this as seepage control
measure jet grouting provisions has been kept below the coffer dam to minimize seepage
into the dam pit during construction.
7.5.3.2. Downstream Coffer Dam:

As mentioned in the geological report, on the basis of bore hole data, DH-10 drilled for
subsurface investigation in the energy dissipator area, it is opined that thickness of
overburdened, constituted of large boulder pebbles, cobbles, gravels of granite/granitic
gneiss mixed with sand shall be of the order of 5 to 7m and shall be followed by strong to
very strong bed rock quartz biotite gneiss. Overburden permeability is anticipated to range

between 3.8 to 4.8 X10-3 and therefore suitable pumping arrangement shall be required
during construction.
7.5.4. Coffer Dams
There is a small nallah (Weisu nallah) on the right bank upstream of the bend. Therefore, it
is proposed to place the upstream coffer dam immediately downstream of the nallah which
facilitates the diversion of the flow in the nallah as well as in the river to the tunnel. The
upstream coffer dam is placed about 200 m u/s of dam axis, with its top at EL 457.50 m and
5.00 m top width. U/s Cofferdam is proposed to be founded on overburden. The maximum
height of the coffer dam is 18m from the river bed level. 1.0 m thick impervious to semi-
pervious material is provided on the river bed and on the u/s face with the slope of 1.5H:1V.
The central core of the coffer dam is filled with clay. To facilitate the construction of the
coffer dam, closure dyke is also proposed with the top at EL. 450.00.
The deepest foundation level for main dam is expected at about 13m and the location of the
coffer dam is at about 200m upstream of the dam axis. Hence the seepage at the d/s is not
much anticipated. However, one row of permeation grouting is proposed to arrest the
seepage.
The downstream coffer dam is of 6m high with its top level at EL. 434, which is proposed to
be located at about 170 m d/s of the dam axis with the top width of 3.0 m.
The river closure is made with a cofferdam constructed as an embankment fill from the left
bank. The fill will consist of rock boulders of various sizes, with some fines allowed.
Upstream slope will be about 1:1 (i.e.: the natural slope or the angle of repose of rock-fill).
The downstream slope will also be a natural slope, but due to the water flow through the
abutment will probably not be as steep as the upstream side.
At the time of closure of river, the flow may be as less as 10-20 m 3/s. The water velocities in
the closure section of the cofferdam will be quite high and large blocks of rock, about 1‐1.5
m nominal diameter with a weight of at least 3‐4 tonnes, will be required to complete the
closure. However, for major parts of its construction, smaller diameters may be sufficient.
This depends on the actual conditions encountered (especially the riverbed profiles, and
river flows). At some point, the water level of the river will rise. Consequently, the leak rate
through the embankment will increase. The downstream side may probably need ballasting
with boulders or gabions.
The drawings related to the diversion works are given in the following table.

Table 7-14: Drawings for Temporary River Diversion Works
S. No Drawing Title Drawing No.
Temporary River Diversion- General

1. 0933-CPC-02A-001-R0
Layout Plan
Temporary River Diversion- General

2. 0933-CPC-02A-002-R0
layout-sections
Temporary River Diversion- Coffer dam-

3. 0933-CPC-02A-003-R0
sections
4. Temporary River Diversion- Coffer dam-

0933-CPC-02A-004-R0
sections
Temporary River Diversion- Diversion

5. 0933-CPC-02A-005-R0
tunnel-outlet-excavation & Rock support
7.6. Power Intake:

The power intake is located close to the dam (15.0m u/s of the dam axis) and invert of
intake sill is proposed at about 9 m above the spillway sluice to avoid bed load entry into
the power intake. The power intake will be proposed on the right bank of Umiew River. Two
bays each of 5 m wide and 8m high protected by trash screens will receive water from the
reservoir and will deliver into a concrete section of 4.8 m square shaped. Two gates, one is
service gate and another one is maintenance gate (stoplogs) are provided in the concrete
square section, which will be operated from top of intake at El 472.00 m. The concrete
section will transit into horse shoe shaped tunnel at the portal of intake. Power Intake has
been designed for the design discharge of 35.72 cumecs with 10% overload. Average river
bed level in front of the intake structure is at EL.434.00m. The centre line level of the
Power Intake has been arrived at EL.454.40m considering the minimum submergence
requirement as per BIS (Bureau of Indian Standard) provisions with respect to reservoir at
MDDL. The waterway entrances are bell mouth shaped to minimize hydraulic losses. An
inclined trash rack is proposed for efficient cleaning by trash rack cleaning machine from
the top of intake structure. The maximum velocity through the trash racks for 50% clogging
condition is arrived as 1.38 m/s.
Operational platform of 18m wide has been provided at the top of intake structure and shall
be used for the operation of trash cleaning machine and gates.
Minimum Submergence:
The entrance of the intake structure should be sufficiently submerged so as to avoid vortex
formations in front of the inlet section. Vortices intruding into the pressure shaft adversely
affect the turbines and the operation of the plant. Therefore, in order to have intake
structure free of vortex, the centre line of the intake inlet should be located in such a way
that minimum submergence requirements are met as per IS 9761:1995.
Fig 7-12 Power Intake L-Section
Hydraulic design calculation of Power Intake and Trash Rack are given in Annexure-7-2 and
7-3 respectively.
Drawings for Power Intake details are given in Table 7-15.

Table 7-15: Drawings for Power Intake Works
1. Power Intake- Typical Plan and Sections 0933-CDC-03D-001-R0
Water Conductor System - Power

2. 0933-CDC-03D-002-R0
Intake-Instrumentation Details
7.7. Silt Management:

The river umiew carries silt during high flows in monsoon. The discharge in the river varies
from 5-10 cumecs in lean season and 100-150 cumecs in monsoon season. As the spillway
gates are proposed at 9 m below the power intake sill level, and reservoir has enough area
to reduce the flow through velocity for settling of sediments, a preliminary study of desilting
through reservoir has been carried out. In many projects in India, desilting arrangement is
being carried out through The reservoir length is about 1.2 km, however only 300 m length
has been considered in the analysis of reservoir as a desilting basin.
Average cross sectional area of river from crest elevation to MDDL for initial 300 m reach of
reservoir is about 1600 sqm. This area will be increased to about 3000 sqm for reservoir
upto FRL.
Limiting discharges have been worked out by trial and error for flow through velocity of 25
cm/s and 35 cm/s corresponding to settling of particles of coarser than 0.2 mm and 0.3 mm
respectively.
Velocities are worked out for various discharges and tabulated below.
Table 7-16 Velocities for various discharges
For Limiting Cross Cross

Limiting Limiting
S settling of flow sectional sectional
Discharge Discharge
No. particles through area upto area upto
cumec cumec
coarser velocity MDDL FRL
1 0.2 mm 0.25 m/s 1600 sqm 400 3000 sqm 750
2 0.3 mm 0.35 m/s 1600 sqm 550 3000 sqm 1050
Required length of reservoir for settlement of particles coarser than 0.2 mm has been
worked out as about 220 m for MDDL operating conditions and 340 m for FRL conditions.
The length of reservoir is about 1.2 km and a reservoir of 300-400 m length may be
considered as desilting chamber.

From the above table, it may be seen that the reservoir will work as a desilting chamber for
removal of >= 0.2 mm and >=0.3 mm particle for maximum discharge of 400 cumecs and
550 cumecs respectively for MDDL operations.
It is expected that during high flows, the silt concentration will be high and will require shut
off the plant. Therefore even provision of desilting chamber along the diverted water
conductor system, the plant needs to be shut-off.
Continuous silt flushing shall be made through closest spillway gate by releasing minimum
environmental flow of 30% of inflow. Also, reservoir flushing will be carried out prior and
after the monsoon with drawdown of reservoir. However, detailed studies will be carried out
at detailed design stage and to be verified by physical model test.
In view of the above, desilting arrangement has been proposed through reservoir itself in
lieu of separate desilting chamber.
7.8. Head Race Tunnel:

A 4.8m dia, 2.62km long, horse shoe shaped, concrete lined Head Race Tunnel has been
proposed on the right bank of the Umiew River to convey 35.72 cumecs design discharge to
Surge Shaft.
7.8.1. Size of the Tunnel:

The size of the tunnel has been arrived based on the detailed analysis carried out for the
economic diameter giving due focus on constructability. The velocity in the tunnel will be
1.87m/s. Economical diameter has been arrived as 4.8m. Detailed calculations for economic
diameter have been given in Annexure-7-4.
HRT Diameter Vs Annual Cost

1,800
Total Annual Cost (Rs in Lakhs)
1,600
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
600
400
200
-
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
HRT Diameter (m)
Fig 7-13 Economical Diameter Curve

7.8.2. Shape of the Tunnel:

Shape of the tunnel is decided based on geological conditions, hydraulic requirements,
structural considerations and functional requirements. Common shapes of tunnel used in
practice are circular, horse-shoe, modified horse-shoe and D-shaped. Each shape has got
advantages and disadvantages compared to other shapes.
In Mawphu HEP (Stage-II), the size of the tunnel is 4.8m. The size of the tunnel also
influences the shape of the tunnel. Circular shaped tunnel is hydraulically and structurally
suitable but it does not satisfy the functional requirements. D-shaped tunnel is appropriate
from hydraulic and functional point of the view whereas it is not suitable from structural point
of view. Therefore, horse-shoe shape which provides sufficient base for construction facility
and is hydraulically as well as structurally suitable, has been adopted for HRT.
7.8.3. Alignment of the Tunnel:

The alignment of tunnel is tried to keep as much as straight from power intake to surge shaft
to minimize the tunnel length as well as head losses. However a small bend is given to push
the HRT towards the river to reduce the length of an intermediate adit.
In view of the surface works of power intake, the intake portal may not be available for
construction of HRT throughout the time and therefore the HRT may fall on critical path.
Being underground excavation, any unforeseen adverse geological conditions may push put
this activity on further criticality. In view of this, an intermediate adit of D-Shaped, 6m dia and
78m long has been provided at RD. 862m. The junction of adit divides the HRT as 873 m
upstream up to intake and 1749 m downstream upto surge shaft. The HRT follows along the
right hill slope and maximum rock cover available along the alignment is around 250m.
7.8.4. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:

As indicated in the geological report, rock classes in various stretches of HRT as predicted
on the basis of surface exposures details are 40% for class-II, 45% for class-III, 10% for
class-IV and 5% for class-V. Low cover and weak zones apart from zones where seepage is
anticipated are proposed to be evaluated further by advance probing. Wedge analysis
results indicate the formation of gravity wedges at certain reaches of the tunnel crown, for
which appropriate support measures shall be provided.
7.8.5. Rock Support System for the Tunnel:

The HRT will negotiate different rock types of variable strength with different tunneling
conditions along its length ranging from good rock to very poor rock. The tunnel excavation
will be done by drill and blast method with full face excavation.
In order to design the initial support system for the tunnel, the rock mass along the tunnel
was categorized into five groups based on RMR values/Q values, and the following support
system for each group was designed.
The supporting system comprises of rock bolts, SFRS and steel ribs as mentioned in Table
7-17 In the class-IV and V zones, pre-grouting with microfine cement may be required.
Forepoling, will be resorted as per requirement while boring in class V type of rock. Probe
drilling shall be resorted for identifying the problem areas and suitable prior remedial
measure shall be kept ready before hand.
Table 7-17 Rock Support Systems for Head Race Tunnel
Lengt Remarks
Rock bolt (25Ø)/ Anchors
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
% Length (m) l Spacing Girder
(m)
I – Very Good
rock RMR: Generally no support required except spot bolting and
0
100-81 SFRS at local region.
Q: 100 to 40
II – Good rock 4m long
50mm in
RMR: 80-61 40 rock bolt, 5 2.0 m Nil
crown
Q: 40 to 10 Nos
III – Fair rock 100 mm 4m long
RMR: 60-41 45 in crown rock bolt, 7 1.75 m Nil
Q: 10 to 4 and sides Nos
4m long Lattice Pre-grouting
IV – Poor rock 100 mm
rock hollow Girder @ with micro
RMR: 40-21 10 in crown 1.5 m
core SDA, 9 1000 mm fine cement
Q: 4 to 1 and sides
Nos c/c
Pre-grouting
4m long
V – Very Poor 100 mm ISHB 150 & Fore-
rock hollow
rock RMR: <20 5 in crown 1.5 m @ 500 mm poling 32
core SDA, 9
Q: 1 to 0.1 and sides c/c dia, 6m long,
Nos
3m c/c
PCC concrete lining of 250 thick has been provided. Reinforcement will be required in the
concrete lining in low cover areas, adit junctions, vicinity of surge shaft and geologically
weak reaches. A provision of reinforced lining in 130m (about 5%) of tunnel length has been
kept.
Consolidation grouting is provided in class-IV and V and contact grouting is provided for the
entire length of the tunnel.
7.8.6. Construction Adits to HRT:

One adit (Adit-1) of D-Shaped, 6m dia and 78m long has been provided at RD.873m and
another adit (Adit-2) of 124m long at RD.2597m just upstream of surge shaft to facilitate the
construction in HRT. The maximum face length available for the HRT is 875m. Rock
support systems proposed for Adits are given below.

Table 7-18 Rock Support Systems for Adit-1
Lengt Remarks
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
(m)
I – Very Good
0
Q: 100 to 40
50mm in
crown
Q: 40 to 10 Nos
4m long Lattice
rock hollow Girder @
RMR: 40-21 10 in crown 1.5 m
core SDA, 9 1000 mm
Q: 4 to 1 and sides
Nos c/c
4m long
V – Very Poor 100 mm ISHB 150
rock hollow
rock RMR: <20 5 in crown 1.5 m @ 500 mm
core SDA, 9
Q: 1 to 0.1 and sides c/c
Nos
Table 7-19 Rock Support Systems for Adit-2
Lengt Remarks
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
(m)
I – Very Good
0
Q: 100 to 40
50mm in
crown
Q: 40 to 10 Nos
IV – Poor rock 10 100 mm 4m long 1.5 m Lattice
RMR: 40-21 in crown rock hollow Girder @

Lengt Remarks
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
(m)
core SDA, 9 1000 mm
Q: 4 to 1 and sides
Nos c/c
V – Very Poor Not
rock RMR: <20 0 Available
Q: 1 to 0.1
Details of Head Race Tunnel are given in the below drawings:
Table 7-20: Head Race Tunnel Drawings
1. Head Race Tunnel- Layout Plan 0933-CDC-04C-001-R0
2. Head Race Tunnel L-Section 0933-CDC-04C-002-R0
Head Race Tunnel- Typical Cross

3. Sections & Rock Support (Class - I, II 0933-CDC-04C-003-R0
and III)
Head Race Tunnel Typical Cross
4. Sections and Rock Support Details 0933-CDC-04C-004-R0
(Class- IV and V)
5. Head Race Tunnel- Grouting Details 0933-CDC-04C-005-R0
Head Race Tunnel- Instrumentation

6. 0933-CDC-04C-006-R0
Details
7.8.7. Plugs and Nitches:

After completion of all works in HRT, it is proposed to plug all adits with concrete M20. Plug
in Adit-2 which is just upstream of surge shaft is proposed with gate for vehicle access.
Gate in Adit-2 plug shall of size. Dewatering arrangement has also been provided in the
plugs with 300mm pipes. Contact and consolidation grouting shall be carried out in all the
plugs after concreting.
Niches are proposed in the HRT for the convenience of the vehicle crossing and temporary
storage of the materials and these niches will be backfilled with lean concrete.

7.9. Surge Shaft:
7.9.1. Requirement of Surge Shaft:

The requirement of the surge shaft is verified based on codal provisions and the acceleration
time of the hydraulic system. The following criteria are usually adopted to determine
whether a surge tank is required for a given hydraulic system.
a. According to codal provision, surge tank is usually necessary if L/H is equal to or

more than 5 to 7, ‘L’ being length of HRT and ‘H’ the net head.
In the case of Mawphu HEP (Stage-II), L=2622m and H = 232m, giving L/H of 11.30.
Consequently, a surge tank is clearly required.
b. Another criterion is based on the acceleration time of the hydraulic system. The
acceleration time (Ta) of a hydraulic system is given by the equation
Where L = Length of water conductor

V = velocity of flow in water conductor
H = Net head
g = Acceleration due to gravity
If the acceleration time of a hydraulic system is less than 2 seconds, no surge shaft is
required in the hydraulic system. For acceleration time between 2 and 5 seconds, surge
tank may be provided for a stable operation of the system. For acceleration time greater than
5 sec, a surge tank is almost always required.
In the present case, L = 2622 m, H = 232 m and V = 1.87 m/s which gives an acceleration
time, Ta of 2.2 seconds and hence there is a requirement for a surge tank.
The surge shaft would also help in supplying water to turbines in case of sudden start up of a
machine.
In view of above, it is proposed to provide a surge shaft.
7.9.2. Selection of the type of Surge Shaft:

Many different types of surge shaft have been developed and the most common among
them are
 Simple Surge Tank
 Orifice type Surge Tank

7.9.2.1. Simple Surge Tanks:

These tanks are simpler to construct but have large oscillations compared to other type of
tanks. Therefore, the required height will be large. Besides, the oscillations take a long time
in dying out due to slow damping and therefore may remain relatively unstable.
7.9.2.2. Orifice Type Surge Tanks:

In this type, tank is connected to HRT through an orifice. When there is sudden injection of
load, the water flows into the tank through the orifice creating an instant high pressure under
the orifice slab. The rise in pressure helps in damping of the oscillations. The oscillations
have shorter amplitude as compared with simple surge tank. The orifice type tanks are
lesser in height for the same size of simple tank. The oscillations die out rather quickly. This
is the main advantage of having orifice type tanks.
Therefore, in Mawphu HEP (Stage-II), out of above two types of surge tanks, orifice type
tank, being advantageous compared to simple tank, is provided.
7.9.3. Hydraulic design of Surge Shaft:

Hydraulic design of the surge shaft has been carried out as per IS 7396 (Part-1)-1985. To
ensure the hydraulic stability of surge tank, its minimum area has been calculated according
to Thoma criteria as mentioned below.
A factor of safety of 1.60 has been considered as per IS: 7396 (Part-1)-1985, which yields an
area of 16.12 m2 equivalent to 4.53m dia. Accordingly, a 10.0m dia surge shaft has been
provided.
Transient conditions have been analyzed using the computer program 'WHAMO' (Water
Hammer and Mass Oscillation) developed by US Army Corps of Engineers. WHAMO
provides dynamic simulation application of fluid distribution systems in hydro power plants.
The transient analysis has been carried out to determine the maximum upsurge and down
surge levels in the surge tank with respect to different loading/unloading of generating units
corresponding to load acceptance and load rejection conditions when reservoir is at FRL
(EL. 470 m) and at MDDL (EL. 460 m).
The surge levels have been computed with respect to the 100% load rejection and
acceptance and various other combinations of specified load acceptance and rejection to
arrive at the maximum and minimum water levels anticipated in the surge shaft, under worst
conditions as per IS: 7396.
Result of transient analysis using WHAMO is given in Table 7-21.
Table 7- 21 Results of Surge Analysis

S.No Case Level Adopted
Upsurge
1. Case 1 : (100-0) EL. 484.90 m above MSL
EL. 488.8 m above MSL

Case 2 : (0-50-100-
2. 0) EL. 488.8 m above MSL
Downsurge
1. Case 3 : (0-50-100) EL. 448.2 m above MSL

EL. 441.8 m above MSL
2. Case 4 : (100-0-50) EL. 441.8 m above MSL
Graphs showing the Water Surface Elevations Vs Time for each loading case are given
below.
Fig 7-14 100-0: Load Rejection

Fig 7-15 0-100: Load Acceptance
Fig 7-16 0-100-0: Load Acceptance followed by Rejection

Fig 7-17 100-0-100: Load Rejection followed by Acceptance
Considering a free board of 3.0 m, top of the surge shaft is kept at EL. 492.00 m MSL and
adequate water cushion below the minimum down surge level, bottom of the surge shaft at
EL. 438.00 m MSL. The diameter of orifice is adopted as 2.80 m.
7.9.4. General Arrangement:

A surge shaft of 10m dia, 54m high, circular, concrete lined, restricted orifice type has been
proposed at the end of the HRT. A 500mm thick reinforced concrete lining (M25, A40) is
provided for the shaft. A gate is provided at downstream end of the surge shaft. The bottom
level of the surge shaft can be accessed through Adit-2 and 2A.
In the proposed surge shaft location, the slope of the natural surface is in the range of 25 to
30 degree. Based on the drill hole data in the location and in the pressure shaft alignment,
about 27m thick overburden is expected in the proposed location. Therefore, the whole
overburden is required to be removed and the surge shaft is provided in the in-situ rock.
7.9.5. Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects for Surge Shaft:

10 m dia surge shaft has been proposed to be excavated after removing the overburden of
27m and 15.16m of rock, the top of the surge shaft from where sinking will start is at El 492m
where as rock is encountered at El 507.16. For open excavation, initially about 10m of
overburden excavation shall be in silty soil and would be followed by slope was material
characterized by medium sized angular to sub-angular rock blocks/ fragments with silty
matrix till El 507m.
The overburden slopes mentioned above would contain rock blocks of partially disintegrated
rock confined within a clayey matrix. While excavating these zones instability is anticipated
to get initiated, especially when the material will be saturated. As such the dressed slopes
need to be provided with suitable drainage and soil anchors for stability.
From El 507m to El 492m i.e. top of the surge shaft, the excavation shall be in moderately
strong, moderately to highly weathered granite gneiss with biotite schist banding. As no
major shear zone was encountered during drilling as such no serious difficulty during the
excavation of shaft is anticipated. In general there is an improvement in rock strength,
required for ground improvement.
Considering the nature of rock encountered in drill holes and observed rock mechanic
parameters, it is anticipated that the major part of Surge shaft shall negotiate fair to good
rock with occasional patches of poor rock. The suitable rock support consists of rock bolts,
SFRS and pressure relief holes shall be installed concurrent to excavation.
It is assessed that in the initial and terminal part of the surge shaft excavation would require
circular steel set tied firmly to each other along periphery with back fill concrete in view of the
observed weakness especially in these two areas.
7.9.6. Design of Support System:

The support system consists of rock bolts and SFRS. In the class-IV and V regions, steel
ribs and pre-grouting with micro-fine cement may be required.
Support system is provided as given in Table 7-22.
Table 7-22 Rock Support System for Surge Shaft

Height Rock bolt (25Ø)/ Anchors Steel Ribs/ Remarks

SFRS
Elevation Lattice
(mm) Length (m) Spacing (m)
Girder
45 Ø, 3m
long Pre-
9m long
From EL.492 to ISHB 150 @ grouting
10 100 rock 2 (bothways)
EL.482 0.5m c/c holes @ 2m
anchors
c/c
bothways
From EL.482 to 6m long
34 100 2 (bothways) Nil
EL.448 rock bolt
From EL.448 to 9m long
5 100 2 (bothways) Nil
EL.443 rock bolt
From EL.443 to 9m long ISHB 150 @
5 100 2 (bothways)
EL.438 rock bolt 0.5m c/c
Provision for consolidation grouting for 50% of the height & contact grouting for the entire
height is made to strengthen rock mass around the surge shaft and to achieve proper
contact between shotcrete, concrete lining and the rock surface.
Fig 7-18 Surge Shaft Layout

Fig 7-19 Surge Shaft L-Section
Drawings prepared for Surge Shaft are given in Table 7-23
1. Surge Shaft- Typical Plan and Sections 0933-CDC-04E-001-R0
Surge Shaft- Surface Excavation &

2. 0933-CDC-04E-002-R0
support- Plan and Sections
Surge Shaft- Rock Support Details

3. 0933-CDC-04E-003-R0
(Typical)
4. Surge Shaft- Grouting Details 0933-CDC-04E-004-R0

7.10 Pressure Shaft:
7.10.1 General Arrangement:

A pressure shaft of size 3.5 m dia and 869m long (main shaft) is proposed downstream of
surge shaft. Pressure shaft drops vertically from EL. 433.40m to EL. 291.50m. The bottom
horizontal pressure shaft is provided with a slope of 1 in 12 from EL.291.50m up to EL.227m
in line with the center line of unit.
Main pressure shaft bifurcates into 2.50m dia and 32m long branch pressure shafts to feed
two turbine units in the power house. The size of the pressure shaft has been arrived based
on the detailed economic studies. Detailed calculations of the economic studies are
presented in Annexure-7-5.
The diameter of the branch pressure shafts have been fixed in such a way that the velocity is
in line with the main pressure shaft. Velocity through pressure shaft works out to around
3.71m/sec.
In the old PFR, surface penstock was proposed. Considering thick overburden and vertical
bends throughout the surface alignment, underground pressure shaft is proposed. Two
alternatives, one, connecting the top and bottom horizontal pressure shaft with an inclined
shaft and another, connecting the two with a vertical shaft were examined. It was found that
the length of the bottom horizontal pressure shaft is relatively less with an inclined shaft and
is suitable from economic considerations. However, from construction point of view, as
vertical pressure shaft is preferable, the same is proposed. The general layout of the
pressure shaft is given in Fig 7-20 and L-Section in Fig 7-21.
Fig 7-20 Pressure Shaft General Layout

Fig 7-21 Pressure Shaft L-Section
Steel liner for pressure shaft has been discussed in H & M chapter.
7.10.2 Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects:

As mentioned in the geological report, for top horizontal pressure shaft, the alignment pass
through rock with superincumbent cover including overburden varying from 84m near top
bend to 110m near surge shaft. However, rock cover above horizontal pressure shaft varies
from 57m (EL. 490.5m) near bend to 74m (EL. 507.36m) near surge shaft. The subsurface
information from exploration and results of rock mechanic test indicate sufficient suitable
rock cover over the structure exists in this part of pressure shaft and is anticipated to
negotiate generally fair to good rock with patches of very good and poor to very poor rock
class as 20% in class-II, 70% in class-III, 5% in class-IV and 5% in class-V.
The vertical pressure shaft shall pass through rock with superincumbent cover including
overburden of 84m near top bend of pressure shaft EL. 490.5m. The subsurface information
from exploration and results of rock mechanic tests indicate that sufficient and suitable
vertical as well as lateral rock cover exist around vertical pressure shaft and is anticipated to
negotiate generally fair to good rock with occasional weak features.
The bottom horizontal pressure shaft shall pass through rock with superincumbent cover
including overburden varying from 230m near vertical pressure shaft side to 72m near power
house side. For the first 540m of bottom pressure shaft, rock cover above structure can be
varying between 37m (EL. 272.5 m) near power house and 205.9 m (EL. 480.7m) near
vertical pressure shaft. The subsurface information from exploration and results of rock
mechanics test indicate that sufficient rock cover exists over the structure and bottom
horizontal pressure shaft is anticipated to negotiate generally very good rock with
intermediate length of fair and patches of poor to very poor rock class as 68% in class-II,
25% in class-III, 5% in class-IV and 2% in class-V for the first 540m length and 20% in class-
II, 65% in class-III, 10% in class-IV and 5% in class-V.

7.10.3 Rock Support System for Pressure Shaft:

The Pressure Shaft will negotiate different rock types of variable strength with different
tunneling conditions along its length ranging from good rock to very poor rock. The tunnel
excavation will be done by drill and blast method with full face excavation.
In order to design the initial support system for the tunnel, the rock mass along the tunnel
was categorized into five groups based on RMR values/Q values, and the support system for
each group as mentioned in the below table was designed for both main pressure shaft and
branch pressure shaft.
The supporting system comprises of rock bolts, SFRS and steel ribs as mentioned in the
below Table 7-24. In the class-IV and V zones, pre-grouting with microfine cement may be
required. Forepoling, will be resorted as per requirement while boring in class V type of
rock. Probe drilling shall be resorted for identifying the problem areas and suitable prior
remedial measure shall be kept ready before hand.
Table 7-24 Rock support systems for Main Pressure Shaft
Lengt Remarks
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
(m)
I – Very Good
0
Q: 100 to 40
II – Good rock 2.5m long
50mm in
crown
Q: 40 to 10 Nos
III – Fair rock 100 mm 2.5m long
2.5m long Lattice Pre-grouting
RMR: 40-21 6 in crown 1.5 m
Q: 4 to 1 and sides
Nos c/c
Pre-grouting
2.5m long
V – Very Poor 100 mm ISMB 200 & Fore-
rock hollow
core SDA, 9
Nos
3m c/c

Table 7-25 Rock support systems for Branch Pressure Shaft
Lengt Remarks
h Steel Ribs/
Rock mass SFRS
Longitudina Lattice
Rating (mm)
(m)
I – Very Good
0
Q: 100 to 40
II – Good rock 1.5m long
50mm in
crown
Q: 40 to 10 Nos
III – Fair rock 100 mm 1.5m long
1.5m long Lattice Pre-grouting
RMR: 40-21 10 in crown 1.5 m
Q: 4 to 1 and sides
Nos c/c
Pre-grouting
1.5m long
V – Very Poor 100 mm ISMB 150 & Fore-
rock hollow
core SDA, 9
Nos
3m c/c
To facilitate pressure shaft construction activities, one adit (Adit-2A) (taken as a branch from
Adit-2 to HRT) is provided at top horizontal pressure shaft downstream of the surge shaft.
One erection chamber of size 8m x 8m x 8m is provided at top end of vertical pressure shaft
to facilitate ferule erection activities. One adit, Adit-2B (another branch from Adit-2 to HRT)
is provided to access the erection chamber.
Another adit (Adit-3) is provided to bottom horizontal pressure shaft (downstream of the
bottom end of vertical pressure shaft) to facilitate construction of the same. Considering the
topography of the pressure shaft area, as suitable level for Adit-3 portal is not available
nearby, Adit-3 is required to be kept a bit away from the pressure shaft alignment.
All the three adits (Adit-2A, 2B and 3) provided for the pressure shaft are of 6m dia, D-
Shaped and 108m, 81m and 455m long respectively.

Table 7-26: Drawings for Pressure Shaft Works
1. Pressure Shaft Plan and Sections 0933-CDC-04G-001-R0
2. Pressure Shaft Erection Chamber for VPS 0933-CDC-04G-002-R0
3. Pressure Shaft Steel Liner Details - Plan 0933-CDC-04G-003-R0
4. Pressure Shaft Steel Liner Details -Sections 0933-CDC-04G-004-R0
Pressure Shaft (3500ф)-Typical Rock Support

5. 0933-CDC-04G-005-R0
(Class I,II & III)
Pressure Shaft (3500ф)-Typical Rock Support

6. 0933-CDC-04G-006-R0
(Class IV & V)
Vertical Pressure Shaft -Typical Rock Support

7. 0933-CDC-04G-007-R0
(Class I,II & III)
Vertical Pressure Shaft -Typical Rock Support

8. 0933-CDC-04G-008-R0
(Class IV & V)
Branch Pressure Shaft -Typical Rock Support

9. 0933-CDC-04G-009-R0
(Class I,II & III)
Branch Pressure Shaft -Typical Rock Support

10. 0933-CDC-04G-010-R0
(Class IV & V)
11. Pressure Shaft -Instrumentation details 0933-CDC-04G-011-R0
7.11 Power House
7.11.1 General Arrangement:

Mawphu H.E.P.(Stage-II) envisages installation of 2 units, each of 37.5MW in a surface
Power House with Machine Hall of size 27 m (L) x 16 m (B) x 30.50 m (H) on the right bank
of the Umiew River. 15m long Service Bay is provided at the right side of the Machine Hall.
Control Block of size 11.80 m (L) x 16 m (B) x 23.50 m (H) is provided on the left side of the
Power House. Transformer/GIS Hall of size 59.42 m (L) x 12 m (B) x 18 m (H) is proposed
upstream of the Machine Hall. 51m long tailrace channel including Recovery Bay is
proposed to discharge Power house water back into the Umiew River.
Power House plan at Service Bay level is given in Fig 7-22 and the Cross Section through
centre line of Unit is given in Fig 7-23.
Fig 7-22 Plan at Service Bay Level

Fig 7-23 Cross Section of Power House
7.11.2 Geological and Geo-Technical Aspects

A surface power house shall be accommodated in greyish, medium to coarse grained,
strong, moderately jointed to massive granite gneiss. The Surface power house is located on
the subdued topography of right bank hill with a lateral distance of 45-60m towards the hill
side. The structure has been explored by two drill holes, aggregating length of 110m m.
Assessment of subsurface conditions and its geotechnical evaluation has been carried out
based on surface exposures near the river bed and the drill hole DH 101 and DH-102. The
long axis of surface power has been oriented in N119°direction i.e. perpendicular to
prominent strike of foliation (N028°-N208).
Two geological sections have been developed w.r.t the power house for better appraisal of
geological and geotechnical conditions. It is evident from these section that height of cutting
in the rock will around 38m whereas in overburden it will be of the order of 45-
50m.Coefficeint of permeability in overburden ranges from 0.29X10-3cm/sec to 2X10-3cm/sec
which indicate highly pervious nature of overburden. Since overburden is of river borne
material indicative of a pre-existing river terrace, presence of water table at a depth of 12-
14m will make this material more susceptible to instability. Accordingly in view of very high
rainfall, the project area receives , elaborate and effective slope stabilisation measure to
avoid surcharging of the overburden and erosion of slope due to storm water shall be
adopted to maintain long term stability of the cut slope.

Surface power house has been placed suitably with respect to strike of foliation. However in
view of sub parallelism of width wise excavation line of service bay viz-a –viz. the strike of
foliation and dip of foliation being towards excavation, plane failure is anticipated. In view of
the same notwithstanding the limited cutting at service bay section appropriate support
measures needs to be kept in provision which would include 6m long rock bolts with spacing
of 2 to 3m.
Apart from this foliation, S2(030/71) joint set striking almost parallel to the power house
alignment ,dipping steeply from upstream wall of power house towards the power house pit
and has the potential to create unstable wedge due to toppling effect in the upstream wall.
The set combining with other limiting planes would generate plane failure on the downstream
wall of Power house. Accordingly necessary support measure should be kept in provision of
suitable length of rock bolt, SFRS and pressure relieve arrangement. In view of
predominance of adversely oriented joints enhancement of support in the form of longer rock
bolts exceeding 6m may have to be installed in the top one third portion of rock slope.
However the same shall be decided during the progressive excavation of the pit.
As can be seen from slope stability analysis for back slope, set S2 (030/71) is seem to
contribute in formation of unstable wedges by topple failure which have a tendency to fail
toward the valley side or into the excavation. Apart from this toppling failure sliding wedge
failure also expected to be occur for the given cut slope by intersection of the joint set
S4(172/80) and joint set S3 (261/78) in which sliding direction of wedge is 222/75.
Permeability in rock ranges from 2-5 Lugeon indicating its fairly tight nature of
discontinuities. However, higher Lugeon reported only from the overburden bedrock
interface or from the fractured zones. Accordingly pressure relieve arrangement in each wall
of the power house shall be made.
Generally Core recovery in rock vary from 80-95% and RQD vary from 30-80%.In view of
above during excavation in selected weak media consolidation grouting shall be resorted.
However Rock mechanics test conducted on the cores samples from Power House area
reveals the UCS value of 106 to 137 MPa. It is therefore concluded that foundation of the
surface power house shall be in sound rock.
(without rating adjustment) ranges from 50 To 59 computed on the basis of geotechnical
7.11.3 Power House Cut slope support system:

Keeping in view of the geology and topography existing there, a flatter slope of 1.5 (H): 1(V)
has been proposed for the overburden with slope support measures in the form of Geo-
Textile, Grouted Anchors, low pressure consolidation grouting and Drainage holes with filters
for relieving the hydrostatic pressure. Berms with a height of 10m have also been proposed
which will not only serve the purpose of stabilizing the Power House cut slope but also
facilitate the excavation activities during construction. Berms width is kept as 5m including
drain. Toe drains of 500mmx500m with 1 in 500 slopes have also been planned to collect
and discharge the rain water to a suitable location. Cut slope of 1 (H) : 6(V) has been
planned for the rocky starta with adequate slope support in the form of SFRS, Anchor bolts
and Drainage holes with filters.
7.11.4 Components of Power House Complex:

The Power House Complex consists of the following components
i. Machine Hall and Service Bay
ii. Control Block
iii. Transformer / GIS Hall
iv. Tail Pool (Recovery Bay) and Tail Race Channel
v. PotHead Yard
7.11.4.1 Machine Hall and Service Bay:

The entrance to the Power House shall be at Service Bay at EL.240.50m. The length of
Service Bay has been kept as 15m with a view to permit simultaneous assembly of various
components, mainly generating units in order to reduce the time of erection of the units. The
Service Bay shall have facilities for assembly/disassembly of various equipment including
Stator, Rotor, Main Inlet Valve (MIV), Transformers, etc. for which an EOT crane of 125 T/30
T/5 T (top of crane rails at EL 251.50m) has been provided.
The basic dimensions of the Power House Complex are given in Table 7-27.
Table 7-27 Basic Dimensions of the Power House
1. Length 53.8 m
2. Width from D line to B Line 16 m
3. Height (from the base to the bottom of the 30.50 m

roof truss)
4. Center to center of the units 15.00 m
5. Distance b/w E-Line to D- Line 12.00 m
6. Distance b/w D-Line to C-Line 9.00 m
7. Distance b/w C-Line to B-Line 7.00 m
8. Length of the Service Bay 15.00 m

The Machine Hall consists of various floors at different levels for housing the electro-
mechanical equipments. The centre line of turbine spiral casing is set 4000 mm below the
minimum tail water level (TWL) of EL.231m. The various floor levels are as given in the
table below:
Table 7-28 Various Floor Levels in Power House
1. MIV Floor Level EL. 224.00 m
2. Center Line of Unit EL. 227.00 m
3. Turbine Floor level EL. 230.50 m
4. Generator Floor level EL. 235.00 m
5. Machine Hall Floor Level EL. 240.50 m
6. Service Bay level EL. 240.50 m
7. Crane beam level EL. 251.50 m
Floor at EL. 224.00m: MIV Floor Level-This floor level houses two numbers
of spherical type valves & their associated piping,
operating mechanism and hydrostatic lubrication
system. A runner removal gallery has been provided
adjacent to MIV. Two hatches have been provided in
the floors above MIV floor to facilitate the removal of
runner and installation/maintenance of MIV
respectively.
Floor at EL.230.50m: Turbine Floor Level- The area available between the
units is utilized to accommodate oil pressure system
for main inlet valve operation. There are two hatches
near the upstream wall – one for the runner and other
for the spherical valve removal.
Floor at EL. 235.00m: Generator Floor- This floor houses bus duct, LAVT
cubicle, excitation transformer, brake and carbon dust
collection unit and neutral grounding cubicle. The oil
pressure unit for turbine is also located on this floor.
There are two hatches near the upstream wall

vertically above the hatches on the turbine floor.
Floor at EL. 240.50m: Operating Floor- This is the main operating floor and
is at the same level as the service bay floor. This floor
is also accessible by the control room lift/stair. This
floor houses unit control board for both the units,
excitation panel, cooling water panels and service
station board. This floor has two hatches of the same
size exactly above the hatches at floor El 235.00 m.
Floor at EL. 240.50m: Service Bay Level - All assembly work and unloading
of equipment and machinery shall be carried out on
this floor. The Service Bay is accessible by a
proposed permanent road.1 no. of EOT Crane of
125T/30T is provided for handling all the equipments.
The dimensions and details of various civil engineering elements viz., floors, slabs, beams
& columns and walls etc for various load conditions stipulated in IS: 4247 will be done at
detailed design stage. However, broad dimensions of important structural elements have
been indicated based on preliminary designs and experience on various similar Power
Houses for purposes of estimation.
7.11.4.2 Control Block:

The Control Block is a five storey building of size 16 m (W) x 23.50 m (H) x 11.80 m (L)
located on the left side of the Power House building. For access to various floors, a
staircase block (from EL.254m to 224m) including a lift has been provided between ‘C’
Line and ‘D’ Line at one corner of the Control Block building. Suitable provision for
emergency exits and ventilation shall be made during Detailed Engineering and design.
7.11.4.3 Transformer Hall:

Transformer Hall is located at an EL 240.50m upstream of the Power House building
between D-Line and E-Line having size of 59.42 m (L) x 12 m (B) x 18 m (H). The access
to the transformer Hall is through Service Bay. Two generating transformers and two
auxiliary transformers are housed inside the Hall. GIS floor is provided above the
Transformer Hall at El. 249.50m.
7.11.4.4 Tail Pool (Recovery Bay) and Tail Race Channel:
7.11.4.4.1 General:
The water from the turbines shall be discharged back into the Umiew River through Draft
Tubes, Tail Pool and Tail Race Channel. The width of the each draft tube is 4.50 m at B-
Line. The length of the Tail Pool is 35m and width is varying from 27m to 8m. At the end of
the Tail Pool, a control section (Broad crested weir) which is having 8m length across the
flow with finished level of 230.20m has been envisaged. The same has been selected
based on the available minimum river bed level near Tail Race outfall level at 230m.
The finished invert elevation of Tail Pool near the Draft Tubes is 221.54 m and the Tail Pool
invert is kept at an adverse slope till it reaches at control section at an elevation of 230.20 m.
The Tail Pool will have vertical RCC guide walls on both the sides. After the Tail Pool, a Tail
Race Channel shall be provided to discharge water finally into the Umiew River. The Tail
Race Channel up to the river bank is about 17m long and 8m wide.
The minimum tail water level is EL. 231.00 m and the normal tail water level is EL. 232.00 m.
Two draft tube gates of size 4.50 m (W) x 2.35 m (H) are provided at the end of the draft
tube. These gates will be operated by gantry crane.
7.11.4.4.2 Geological and Geotechnical Aspects:

In order to release of downstream discharge from Power House back to the river, a 35m X
27m recovery bay and 17m long tail race channel aligned along N230⁰ having width of about
8m with El 230m at river bed level has been provided.
The initial part at NSL exhibits consistent presence of overburden material characterized by
the presence of recent fluvial material constituted of sand gravel silt etc where as terminal
stretch of TRC is seem to be occupied by outcrops of gneiss.
Minimum excavation level from at draft tube is El ± 219 m from where channel approaches
further through recovery bay with reverse gradient to meet the river at EL ± 230m.
The entire excavation for recovery bay and TRC shall be in bedrock having indicative RMR
(without rating adjustment) ranges from 50 To 59 computed on the basis of geotechnical
In view of this it opined that tail race system including the recovery bay shall be on bed rock
constituted of slightly weathered strong to very strong, moderately jointed, grey gneiss.
on the western wall, systematic rock support with rock bolts of 25mm Ø ,4 to 6m long with
arrangement shall require to be installed concurrent to the excavation. Furthermore,
7.11.4.4.3 Tail Water Rating Curve:

The HEC-RAS river analysis system model software (US Army Corps of Engineers) has
been used to model the reaches from 2 km upstream of Power House area to about 2 km
downstream of Power House area. Cross sections of the river were surveyed at every 100 m
intervals by total station. The HEC RAS software allows performing one dimensional steady
and unsteady flow river hydraulics calculations for purposes of determining the Tail water
rating curve.
Layout of the model used is given in the following figure.

Fig7-24 River Layout near Power House from the HEC-RAS Software
Head losses in the HEC RAS system are accounted for by bulk Manning coefficients and
other geometric properties e.g. contraction and expansion coefficients multiplied by changes
in velocity head of the river. Manning’s values were estimated from physical data about the
stream and flood plain. Adopted coefficient values varied from transect to transect
depending on factors such as channel roughness, alignment, vegetation, presence of deep
pools, channel irregularities etc. An average value of 0.04 is considered in the analysis.
Boundary conditions are necessary to establish the starting water surface at both ends of the
river stream. In the absence of gauge discharge curve, the upstream and downstream
boundary conditions were assumed to be a normal flow depth Mixed flow analysis (allowing
for supercritical and subcritical flow within the reach) were undertaken.
The analysis involves the solution of the partial differential equations of mass and
momentum to predict the movement of water in the Umiew River using the detailed
knowledge of the river geometry at a discrete number of points along the river that was
generated during the cross sections survey. The theoretical basis and detailed equations
employed by the HEC‐RAS system to compute one dimensional surface profiles are
extensively documented in the Hydraulic Reference Manual.
For purposes of computing the tail water rating curve at the proposed power house site,
steady state hydraulic computations were performed for PMF discharge profile.

The tail water rating curve at PMF flow at Power House site for Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is
developed from the software. This curve is given below.
Mawphu Plan: Plan 01 5/30/2014

RD 2000
248
Legend
246 W.S. Elev
244
242
W.S. Elev (m)
240
238
236
234
232
230
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Q Total (m3/s)
Fig 7-25 Tail Water Rating Curve at RD 2000m (Near PH Location)
The River cross section at RD.2000 m, near Power House at PMF flow below the proposed
Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) is developed from the software.
Mawphu Plan: Plan 01 5/30/2014

RD 2000
.04
280
Legend
EG PF 2
270 Crit PF 2
WS PF 2
Ground
260
Elevation (m)
Bank Sta
250
240
230
0 100 200 300 400 500
Station (m)

Fig 7-26 The river cross section at RD-2000 m (Near PH Location)
The maximum observed flood value in last 25 years is 248 cumecs. The dam falls in the
category of large dam and therefore, the dam and spillways have been designed for PMF of
8900 cumecs. It is expected that the SPF will be of the order of 6000 cumecs accordingly the
Service Bay level has been decided.
As it is evident from the HEC-RAS analysis, the High Flood Level (HFL) corresponding to
6000 cumecs discharge is 239.50m at Power House location. A free board of about 1m has
been considered and Service Bay level has been kept at EL. 240.50m.
7.11.4.5 PotHead Yard :

A PotHead Yard is provided on the right side of the Power House located at an elevation of
298 m. The dimension of the PotHead yard is kept as 10m x 40m which includes the space
required for DG set building. The final dimensions will be decided during the Detailed design
and Engineering.
The drawings related to the Power House Complex are given in the following table:
Table 7-29 Power House Drawings


Power House Complex - Power House - General
1 0933-CDC-05A-001
Layout Plan
Power House Complex - Power House - Excavation
2 0933-CDC-05A-002
Plan
Power House Complex - Power House - Excavation
3 0933-CDC-05A-003
Sections
Power House Complex - Power House - Plan at El.
4 0933-CDC-05B-001
240.50m
5 0933-CDC-05B-002
235.00m
6 0933-CDC-05B-003
230.50m
7 0933-CDC-05B-004
227.00m
Power House Complex - Cross Section Along Center
8 0933-CDC-05B-005
Line of Unit
9 Power House Complex - L-Section Along C-Line 0933-CDC-05B-006
7.12 Instrumentation
Instrumentation is proposed in order to monitor the behavior of various components of
the project at various stages:
7.12.1 The objectives of the instrumentation are:

• To check safety of the structure during various stages of construction and operation.
• To keep a constant watch on the performance and to identify distress spots requiring
remedial measures.
7.12.2 Types of Instruments

Following are the instruments proposed in the various components of the project.
 Piezometers-vibrating wire type and stand pipe
 Joint Meters-linear
 Tilt Meter
 Water Level Recorder
 Load Cell (LC)
 Multi Point Borehole Extensometer (MPBX)
 Tape Convergence Meter and Stud (TCS)

 Strong Motion Accelerograph

 Plumb Line-direct and inverted
 Inclinometer-digital type
 Shotcrete Radial Pressure Cell
 Strain Gauge ( For shotcrete, concrete and steel lining)
 Stress Meters
 Strain Meters-group of five and No Stress-Strain Meter
 Vibrating wire thermometers
 Automatic weather station
 Data Acquisition System
 Portable readout unit
 SDI 12 interface
 Cables and switch boxes
 Optical bireflex targets
The detail planning of installation of the above mentioned instruments shall be done during
the detailed design stage and based on the actual site conditions while construction. The
purpose of key instruments along with locations of all instruments proposed in the Dam,
Water Conductor system and Power House are given below and depicted in the respective
drawings.
Piezometers
Piezometers are used to measure pore water pressure in the foundations, concrete structure
or in overburden of a tunnel. Pore pressure gauges are provided in the spillway bay to
measure the pore water pressure. The same have also been proposed in the Power House.
Joint Meters
Joint meters are provided in the joints between the blocks of the Dam to measure the
movement between the concrete blocks.
Tilt Meter
Tilt meter is attached to the structures for monitoring tilting of the structures. These
instruments are provided in all piers and abutments.
Water Level Recorder
The automatic and mechanical type water Level Recorders are proposed in the Dam. These
instruments are provided in the upstream and downstream of the proposed dam site to
record the water levels.
Load Cell

These are used to determine the loads carried by the rock bolt and rock anchors. These
instruments are provided in Power Intake, Water Conductor System and Power House
Complex.
Multi-Point Bore Extensometer (MPBX)
MPBX having three points (overt and side walls) have been proposed to be installed in the
underground excavation to measure sub-surface displacements in the rock mass
surrounding the excavation.
Tape Convergence Stud
Convergence measurement shall be performed in underground excavation works to

determine the relative surface displacement of opposite measuring points placed around the
excavation perimeter.
Strong Motion Accelerograph
For measurement of the earth quake vibrations in the project area and consequent damage
to the structure, Strong motion Accelerograph has been proposed with triaxial sensors
located at various points in the Dam and in the free field.
Plumb Line
Direct plumb line has been proposed to be installed in the dam block to measure any tilt of
dam structure. Similarly inverted plumb line has been proposed in gravity dam block to
measure any displacement of the dam block with respect to a stable rock in the foundation
below.
Inclinometer
Inclinometers have been proposed in both left and right bank of the valley at dam site and at
different locations in the hill nose cutting upstream of the dam. These instruments will give a
measurement of the lateral movements at different depths.
Shotcrete Radial Pressure Cell and Shotcrete Strain Gauge
These are used to measure stress and strain in the shotcrete and these have been proposed
in the Diversion tunnels and Pressure shaft tunnels at various locations along the length of
the tunnels.
Stress Meters, Strain Meters and No Stress-Strain Meters
Stress meters, Strain meters and No Stress-Strain meters will measure the stress and strain
developed inside the mass concrete and these may help in watching the structural behavior
of the various structures and their foundations. Any adverse change in stress-strain will
indicate the stress condition and accordingly timely remedial measures can be under taken.
Installation of Stress Meter, Strain Meter and No Strain-Stress Meter are proposed in groups
at various locations in the gravity dam, power house complex and other places.
Vibrating wire Temperature Meters

Temperature meters have been provided to measure temperature gradient across concrete
to assess resultant stresses, if any.
Cabling with digital interface
Armored mutlicore cables shall be used for all wiring and SDI-12 digital interfaces used to
convert the instrument signals to digital form for easy communication of signals from all
sensors over just a 3-core or 6-core cable system up to the dam top.
Automatic data acquisition system with web based data monitoring
All instrument data shall be monitored automatically through a Data Acquisition System
located on the dam top control room. The data shall be transmitted in real time automatically
through the internet and made available to project authorities and their authorized personnel
round the clock, anywhere around the world.
The detailed technical specifications of various instruments shall be finalized during design
stage.

Annexure- 7-1
Hydraulic Design of Dam Spillway (Breast wall type spillway) Ogee type
All Gates 1 Gate

Design Input: Operativ Inoperativ
e e
Avg. river bed level = 434 434 m
Hydraulic Head = 38.16 m
Design Flood (PMF) = 8900 8900 cumecs
HFL corresponding to design
flood (Virgin Condition) = (from 441.82 441.82 m
G-D curve)
Tail Water Level at 100m from
441.29 441.29 m
d/s end of Dam =
Full Reservoir Level = 470 470.5 m
MDDL = 460 460 m
Spillway Bays:
Crest Level of Spillway
443 443 m
Bay =
Assumed no. of Spillway
6 5 no.
Bays =
Width of each bay = 9 9 m
Height of each bay = 12 12 m
Bottom level of Breast wall in
455 455 m
spillway bay =
Assumed width of piers with
5 5 m
joint =
No. of piers with joint = 2 2 no.
Assumed width of piers without
3 3 m
joint =
No. of piers without joint
5 3 no.
=
Total Length of Overflow
79 m
Section including end piers =
Design Calculation:
1 Size of Spillway Bays:
a Considering all bays:
bay
6 9 m each 54 m
s of
Pier
2 5 m each 10 with joint
of
Pier without
5 3 m each 15
of joint
Total length of Overflow Section = 79 m
Width of Flow = 73 m
Considering 1 Gate
b
inoperative:
bay
5 9 m each 45 m
s of
Pier
2 5 m each 10 with joint
of
Pier without
3 3 m each 9
of joint
Check for provision of

2
waterway:
Head over the Spillway
i
Bays:
Head of Overflow, H = 27.00 27.50 m
0.8 to
Design head, Hd = 0.85H 22.95 23.38 m
0.9H
Head from reservoir level up to 21.00 21.50 m
the centreline of the opening of
the gate, Hc =
Discharge through
ii
Spillway Bays:
Opening height, D = 12.00 12.00 m
Coefficient of
a
Discharge:
The coefficient of the discharge Cb is calculated based on H/Hd as per
cl:6.5.1 IS 6934:1998
Q = Cb * L*D*(2g*(Hc+
10644 8975 cumecs OK
(Va2/2g)))0.5
cumecs/
Discharge per 'm' width q = 197.11 199.44
m

Annexure- 7-2
Hydraulic Design of Power Intake
1 Design Input:
Full Reservior Level, FRL = 470 m
Minimum Draw Down Level, MDDL = 460 m
Turbine setting level/Min TWL = 205.3 m
Design discharge (100%) for Power Generation, QP = 35.72 cumec
Number of Intakes = 1
Design discharge with 15% Overload, Qp+15%overload = 41.08 cumec
Discharge considered for silt flushing = 0.00 cumec
Total Discharge at Intake = 41.08 cumec

Rectangula
Assumed shape before transition =
r
Assumed width before transition = 4.8 m
Assumed height before transition = 4.8 m
Area of tunnel before transition = 23.04 sqm
Velocity in the tunnel before transition = 1.78 m/s
Shape of the Tunnel = Horse Shoe

Diameter of the Tunnel, D = 4.8 m
Area of the Tunnel, A = 19.11 sqm
Velocity through HRT, V = 2.15 m/s
2a Minimum Submergence based on IS code:
Area of the tunnel = 19.11 sqm

Velocity at the tunnel = 2.15 m/s
Froude Number, Fr = 0.31 < 0.33
Required submergence for large/medium/small size
1D-1.5D
intakes =
Required Minimum Submergence above Centre line, h
6.00 m
=

Required Centre Line of Intake Tunnel = 454.00 m
Provided Submergence above centreline 6.00 m
Provided Centre Line of Intake Tunnel = 454.00 m
Check for Submergence OK
Submergence above the bellmouth 2.20 m
Invert level of Intake required 451.60 m

Invert level of intake provided 451.50 m
Design of Bellmouth Opening and

3
Transition:
Nature of opening = Bellmouth
a Required Opening Area: As per cl:5.1.3 IS 9761:1995
Opening Area Required = Tunnel Area / Cc cos φ 27.30 sqm
b Size of opening:
Height of opening, he=h1+h2 provided at entrance = 5.30 m
h1 = D [( 1.21 tan2Ø + 0.0847).5 + 1/2cosØ - 1.1 tanØ] 3.80 m
h2 = D [( 0.791/CosØ) + 0.077tanØ)] 3.80 m
Note: As Flat Bottom is assumed, h2 = 1.50 m
Width of the section (otherwise called be) = 6.00 m
b2 = 0.2143be 1.29 m
b2 provided = 0.75 m
Width of Opening provided at entrance, (be+2b2) = 7.50 m
c Shape of Opening:
i Profile of the roof and floor:
X2 Y2
 1
(1.1D ) 2 ( 0.291D ) 2

a1 = 1.1D 5.28 m
b1 = 0.291D 1.40 m
ii Side Profile (Side Flaring):
X2 Y2
 1
(0.55be ) 2 (0.2143be ) 2
a2 = 0.55 be 3.30 m
b2 = 0.2143 be 1.29 m

Annexure- 7-3
Hydraulic Design of Power Intake Trash Rack
1 Design Input:
Design Discharge, Q = 35.72 cumec
Provision of Desilting Chamber = NO
No. of Trash Rack = 1.00 no.
Discharge through each trash rack with 10%
39.29 cumec
0verload=
Minimum Draw Down Level = 460.00 m
Centre line of intake = 454.00 m
Sill level of Trash Rack = 452.00 m
No. of Trash Rack Panel = 2.00 no.
Clear Width (assumed) of each panel = 5.00 m
2 Design Calculations:
a Trash Rack Arrangement:
Total width (clear) of all the panels of Trash Rack = 10.00 m
Thickness of mid pier = 2.00 m
No. of mid piers = 1.00 no.
Thickness of end pier = 2.00 m
Top of Intake = 472.00 m
Top level of bell mouth opening = 461.00 m
Sill level of trash rack provided = 452.00 m
Height (vertical) of Trash Rack arrangement from top
9.00 m
of Slab =
Height (vertical) of Trash Rack arrangement from
8.00 m
MDDL =
Angle of Trash Rack with vertical = 10.00 deg
Actual Length (inclined length) of Trash Rack = 8.12 m
Net height of Trash Rack without beam = 8.12 m
Total width of Intake including end piers = 16.00 m

b Trash Rack Bars:

Area of Trash Rack arrangement = 81.23 sqm
Thickness of Steel Bars = 10.00 mm
C/C spacing of Bars = 75.00 mm
Clear Spacing of Bars = 65.00 mm
Consider panel in Trash Rack = 1.000 X 1.000
Gross Area of Panel = 1.000 sqm
No of 1 m bars Reqd 15.00
No of 1 m bars Reqd 15.00
Total Area of bars = 0.30 sqm
Net Area of Trash Rack opening for 1m X1m = 0.70 sqm
Total net area of opening for whole Trash Rack = 56.86 sqm
c Velocity for different clogging condition:

a) Considering 50% clogging
Area for 50% clogging, Anet = 28.432 m2
Velocity based on clogging, V = 1.382 m/sec
b) Considering 25% clogging

Area for 25% clogging, Anet = 42.648 m2
Velocity based on clogging, V = 0.921 m/sec
c) Considering no clogging
Area for no clogging, Anet = 56.86 m2
Velocity based on no clogging, V = 0.691 m/sec

Annexure- 7-4
Economical Diameter of Head Race Tunnel
Cost of Materials considered
Items Unit Cost
Excavation = 2269 Rs/cum
Concrete Lining = 5163 Rs/cum
Shotcrete Lining = 14215 Rs/cum
Rock Bolt = 777 Rs/m
Rock Anchor = 796 Rs/m
Steel Ribs = 98575 Rs/t
Reinforcement = 85522 Rs/t
Cost of construction of HRT:
Ste
Rock Rock el Rein
Exacavti Exacavati Concre Shotcre Rock Reinf. Cont. Cont. Consoli. Consoli.
Concrete Shotcrete Rock Bolt Anch Anchor Rib Steel Ribs f. Total Cost
Diameter (m) on Qty on Cost te Qty te Qty Bolt Cost Grouting Grouting Grouting Grouting
Cost (Rs) Cost (Rs) Cost (Rs) or Qty Cost s Cost (Rs) Qty (Rs)
(cum) (Rs) (cum) (cum) Qty (m) (Rs) (m) Cost (Rs) (m) Cost (Rs)
(m) (Rs) Qty (t)
(t)
1,7 3,588,6 7,8 184,539,6
3.0 34539 78367993 5567 28739979 3045 43284675 5015 3896325 1180 939200 70 6896210 30 2543993 16,282,620
48 44 66 39
2,6 5,382,9 7,8 201,203,7
3.2 38270 86834342 5914 30536227 3219 45758085 6686 5195100 1573 1252267 74 7259168 32 2702993 16,282,620
22 66 66 68
2,6 5,382,9 7,8 214,895,9
3.4 42193 95734862 6262 32332476 3393 48231495 6686 5195100 1573 1252267 77 7622127 33 2861992 16,282,620
22 66 66 05
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 234,449,7
3.6 46307 105069554 6610 34128725 3567 50704905 6686 5195100 1573 1252267 81 7985085 35 3020992 21,710,160
22 66 8 53
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 249,010,2
3.8 50612 114838417 6958 35924973 3741 53178315 6686 5195100 1573 1252267 85 8348044 37 3179991 21,710,160
22 66 8 33
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 280,704,5
4.0 57429 130305784 9241 47712855 4001 56874215 6686 5195100 1573 1252267 90 8892481 40 3378741 21,710,160
22 66 8 69
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 298,411,3
4.2 62212 141160077 9676 49958166 4175 59347625 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 94 9255440 41 3537740 21,710,160
22 66 8 83
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 314,940,5
4.4 67188 152448541 10111 52203477 4349 61821035 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 98 9618398 43 3696740 21,710,160
22 66 8 26
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 331,903,8
4.6 72354 164171177 10546 54448788 4523 64294445 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 101 9981356 45 3855740 21,710,160
22 66 8 41
2,6 5,382,9 10,48 349,301,3
4.8 77712 176327985 10981 56694099 4697 66767855 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 105 10344315 47 4014739 21,710,160
22 66 8 28
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 394,732,5
5.0 86107 195377269 13829 71400885 4958 70477970 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 110 10888752 49 4213489 27,137,700
96 88 0 61
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 413,664,5
5.2 91943 208619506 14351 74095258 5132 72951380 8358 6493875 1967 1565334 114 11251711 51 4372488 27,137,700
96 88 0 39
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 434,642,5
5.4 97971 222295915 14873 76789631 5306 75424790 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 118 11614669 53 4531488 27,137,700
96 88 0 31
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 454,442,8
5.6 104190 236406495 15395 79484004 5480 77898200 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 122 11977628 55 4690487 27,137,700
96 88 0 53
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 474,677,3

5.8 110600 250951248 15917 82178377 5654 80371610 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 125 12340586 57 4849487 27,137,700
96 88 0 46
3,4 7,177,2 13,11 519,387,5
6.0 120574 273582448 19331 99804067 5915 84081725 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 131 12885024 59 5048236 27,137,700
96 88 0 38
3,4 7,177,2 15,73 546,584,0
6.2 127463 289212629 19939 102947502 6089 86555135 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 134 13247982 61 5207236 32,565,240
96 88 2 63
3,4 7,177,2 15,73 568,787,2
6.4 134543 305276983 20548 106090937 6263 89028545 10029 7792650 2360 1878401 138 13610941 63 5366235 32,565,240
96 88 2 19
4,3 8,971,6 15,73 594,830,7
6.6 141814 321775508 21157 109234372 6437 91501955 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 142 13973899 65 5525235 32,565,240
70 10 2 11
4,3 8,971,6 15,73 617,902,2
6.8 149276 338708204 21766 112377808 6611 93975365 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 145 14336857 66 5684235 32,565,240
70 10 2 11
4,3 8,971,6 15,73 669,113,2
7.0 160829 364921321 25745 132922402 6872 97685480 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 151 14881295 69 5882984 32,565,240
70 10 2 24
4,3 8,971,6 15,73 693,719,2
7.2 168770 382939447 26441 136514899 7046 100158890 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 155 15244253 71 6041984 32,565,240
70 10 2 15
4,3 8,971,6 18,35 724,186,9
7.4 176902 401391745 27137 140107397 7220 102632300 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 158 15607212 73 6200983 37,992,780
70 10 4 18
4,3 8,971,6 18,35 749,661,2
7.6 185226 420278214 27833 143699894 7394 105105710 11701 9091424 2753 2191468 162 15970170 74 6359983 37,992,780
70 10 4 53
4,3 8,971,6 18,35 777,167,3
7.8 193741 439598855 28528 147292391 7567 107564905 13372 10390199 3146 2504534 166 16333129 76 6518982 37,992,780
70 10 4 86
4,3 8,971,6 18,35 803,510,0
8.0 202448 459353668 29224 150884889 7741 110038315 13372 10390199 3146 2504534 169 16696087 78 6677982 37,992,780
70 10 4 64

Economical Diameter of HRT
Design Input:
Design Discharge = 35.72 m3/s
Overall Efficiency = 0.9212
Plant load Factor = 0.4355
Levellised Tariff = 7.00 Rs
Interest and Maintenance = 0.15
Economical Diameter
Net
Annual Annual Total
Total Cost Annual Head Energy Cost of Cost
Diameter (m)
(Rs) Charges (Rs) Loss (m) Loss @ Energy Annual
Specified Loss (Rs) (Rs)
PLF (MU)
184,539 2 147,921,
3.0 17.16 21.13
,639 7,680,946 953 1,756
201,203 3 104,972,
3.2 12.18 15.00
,768 0,180,565 801 1,352
214,895 3 76,067,
3.4 8.82 10.87
,905 2,234,386 120 1,083
234,449 3 56,150,
3.6 6.51 8.02
,753 5,167,463 774 913
249,010 3 42,138,
3.8 4.89 6.02
,233 7,351,535 982 795
280,704 4 32,095,
4.0 3.72 4.59
,569 2,105,685 681 742
298,411 4 24,775,
4.2 2.87 3.54
,383 4,761,707 123 695
314,940 4 19,357,
4.4 2.25 2.77
,526 7,241,079 609 666
331,903 4 15,292,
4.6 1.77 2.18
,841 9,785,576 776 651
349,301 5 12,204,
4.8 1.42 1.74
,328 2,395,199 260 646
394,732 5 9,830,
5.0 1.14 1.40
,561 9,209,884 349 690
413,664 6 7,986,
5.2 0.93 1.14
,539 2,049,681 246 700
434,642 6 6,539,
5.4 0.76 0.93
,531 5,196,380 619 717
454,442 6 5,394,
5.6 0.63 0.77
,853 8,166,428 466 736
474,677 7 4,480,
5.8 0.52 0.64
,346 1,201,602 304 757
519,387 7 3,744,
6.0 0.43 0.53
,538 7,908,131 800 817
546,584 8 3,148,
6.2 0.37 0.45
,063 1,987,609 699 851
568,787 8 2,662,
6.4 0.31 0.38
,219 5,318,083 264 880
594,830 8 2,262,
6.6 0.26 0.32
,711 9,224,607 768 915
617,902 9 1,932,
6.8 0.22 0.28
,211 2,685,332 692 946
669,113 10 1,658,
7.0 0.19 0.24
,224 0,366,984 422 1,020
693,719 10 1,429,
7.2 0.17 0.20
,215 4,057,882 305 1,055
724,186 10 1,236,
7.4 0.14 0.18
,918 8,628,038 937 1,099
749,661 11 1,074,
7.6 0.12 0.15
,253 2,449,188 652 1,135
777,167 11 937,
7.8 0.11 0.13
,386 6,575,108 126 1,175
803,510 12 820,
8.0 0.10 0.12
,064 0,526,510 080 1,213
Minimum 645.995
Economical Diameter, Deco = 4.80 m

Annexure- 7-5
Economical Diameter for Pressure Shaft
Design Input:
Cost of Materials and Energy:
Unit cost of Excavation, Ce = 5234 Rs/cum
Unit cost of Concrete (M15, A40),
5163 Rs/cum
Cc =
Unit cost of Steel, Cs = 177.00 Rs/kg
Cost of 1 kWh Energy, Cp = 6.80 Rs
Efficiency:
Overall efficiency of Plant, e = 0.9212
Joint efficiency of Penstock, ej = 0.95
Maximum Water Level, MWL = 470.5 m

Full Reservoir Level, FRL = 470.0 m
Level of the centre line of Penstock
227 m
(assumed) =
Gross Head = 243.5 m
Percentage by which head is increased due to Water Hammer

20%
=
Head on Penstock including Water
292.200 m
Hammer, H =
Percentage by which the steel in Penstock is overweight due

0.15
to provision of stiffeners, corrosion allowance etc, i =
Rugosity coefficient in Manning's

0.010
formula, n =
Ratio of annual fixed Operation and maintenance charges to
0.165
construction cost of penstock, p =
Annual Load factor, pf = 0.4355

Design Discharge (100%) = 35.72 m3/sec
No. of Units = 1.00 Nos
Discharge through Penstock, Q = 35.72 m3/sec
Permissible stress for IS 2002- 183.33 N/mm2
Grade 3 Material, σa =
From IS 11625-1986, Clause No.6
Economical diameter of Penstock
is given by,
22
2.36 * 10 6 * Q 3 * n 2 * e * p f * C p
D 3
 121 * H * C s * (1  i ) 
(1.39 * Ce )  (0.6 * Cc )  p
  a *ej 
Final diameter of Penstock adopted, D = 3.10 m

Annexure 7-5

Head Loss Calculations in Water Conductor System

Input:
Intake:
Discharge (100% discharge) = 35.77 cumecs
Trash Rack:
Overall Width of Trash Rack = 10.00 m
Overall Height of Trash Rack = 8.12 m
Width of Entrance = 4.80 m

Height of Entrance = 4.80 m
HRT:
Shape of the Tunnel = Horse Shoe
Diameter of the Tunnel = 4.80 m
Length of the Tunnel = 2622.00 m
Surge Shaft:
Width of gate, m 3.50 m
Height of gate, m 3.50 m
Penstock/Pressure Shaft:
Diameter = 3.50 m
Length = 869.00 m
Branch Penstock/Pressure Shaft:
No. of branches = 2.00 no.
Discharge through single branch = 17.89 cumecs
Diameter = 2.50 m
Length of Branch-1 = 32.00 m
Length of Branch-2 = 32.00 m
Diameter after Transition (Assumed) = 2.00 m
1 Power Intake:
a Trash Rack Loss: (Clause 4.2 IS : 4880 (Part-III) -1976)
i Without Clogging:
k = (1.45 - 0.45R -R2) 0.65
Gross area of the racks and supports = 81.23 sqm
Net area through the rack bars = 56.86 sqm
Velocity through the Trash Rack opening = 0.63 m/s
R (net area through the rack bars/gross area of the racks 0.70
and supports)
hTrash Rack = k*VTR2/(2g) 0.013 m
ii With 50% Clogging:

Net Area for 50% clogging = 28.432 sqm
Velocity = 1.26 m/s
hTrash Rack = k*V /(2g)
2
0.052 m
Actual head loss due to Trash Rack, hTrack Rack = 0.052 m
b Loss at Entry:
Area, A = 23.04 sqm
Velocity, V = 1.55 m/s
where, ke = 0.20
hentrance = (ke*Vintake2)/2g 0.025 m
c Loss due to Intake Stoplog and Gate groove:

Loss co-efficient due to gate, kg = 0.10
Velocity through gate = 1.55 m/s
Head loss due to gate groove = 0.025 m
2 Head Race Tunnel:

a Loss due to Transition (Gradual Expansion):
Area of HRT, A = 19.11 sqm
Velocity (HRT), V1 = 1.87 m/s
Velocity (Before Transition), V2 = 1.55 m/s
Ke = 0.10
hexpansion = ke* ({V1 /2g}-{V /2g})
2
2
2
0.006 m
b Loss due to Friction:

Wetted Perimeter, P = 15.68 m
Hydraulic mean radius, R = A/P 1.22 m
Manning's Coefficient = 0.014

Loss due to friction ,hf = (v2*n2*L)/R4/3 1.384 m
c Loss due to Bends:

Bend-1
Equivalent diameter, D = 4.93 m
Deflection angle, α = 8.00 deg
Radius of Curvature of bend, Rb = 75.00 m
Rb/D = 15.21
k= 0.03
hbend (= k*V2/2g) 0.005 m
Bend-2
Rb/D = 15.21
k= 0.04
hbend (= k*V2/2g) 0.007 m
Total loss of head due to bends = 0.013 m
d Loss due to Transition (Upstream of Surge Shaft):

Area of HRT, A = 19.11 sqm
Velocity (HRT), V1 = 1.87 m/s
Velocity (After Transition), V2 = 2.92 m/s
Ke = 0.10
hexpansion = ke* ({V12/2g}-{V22/2g}) 0.026 m
3 Surge Shaft:
a Loss due to Gate groove:
Loss co-efficient due to gate, kg = 0.10
Velocity through gate = 2.92 m/s
Head loss due to gate groove = 0.043 m
4 Penstock:
a Loss due to Transition (Downstream of Surge Shaft):

Area at Upstream, A = 12.25 sqm

Velocity (Upstream End), V1 = 2.92 m/s
Velocity (Downstream End), V2 = 3.72 m/s
Ke = 0.10
hexpansion = ke* ({V1 /2g}-{V /2g})
2
2
2
0.027 m
b Loss due to Friction:

i Main Penstock:
Area, A = 9.62 sqm
Manning's Coefficient = 0.010
Loss due to friction ,hf = (v2*n2*L)/R4/3 1.435 m
ii Branch Penstock-2:
Area, A = 4.91 sqm
Manning's Coefficient (as per DPR) = 0.010
2 2 4/3
Loss due to friction ,hf = (v *n *L)/R 0.079 m
Total Friction Loss in Penstock = 1.515 m
c Loss due to Bends:

i Main Penstock:
Bend-1:
For 90 deg bend, Rb/D = 4.29
Ks = 0.00003 m
Ks/D = 0.00001
k= 0.10
2
hbend (= k*V /2g) 0.067 m

Bend-2:
Rb/D = 4.29
k= 0.10
2
hbend (= k*V /2g) 0.070 m
Bend-3:
Rb/D = 4.29
k 0.10
hbend (= k*V2/2g) 0.070 m
ii Bifurcation:
Discharge in Branch Penstock, qb = 17.885
Discharge in Main Penstock, q = 35.770
qb/q = 0.500
Angle of divergence = 34.000 deg
Coefficient, k = 0.52
h = (k*V /2g)
2
0.366 m
iii Branch Penstock-2:

Bend-1:
Rb/D = 5.00
k= 0.100
hbend =(k*V2/2g) 0.068 m
Total loss of head due to bends = 0.642 m
5 Inside the Power House:

Loss due to Transition before MIV (Gradual
a
Contraction):
Velocity (u/s end), V1 = 3.64 m/s
Velocity (d/s end), V2 = 5.69 m/s

kc = (as per Clause 4.4.1.1 IS:4880 (Part-III) - 1976) 0.10
hexpansion = ke* ({V12/2g}-{V22/2g}) 0.098 m
b Loss due to Main Inlet Valve:

Type of Valve assumed = Spherical
Valve Loss Coefficient, kv = 0.20
hvalve = Kv*V2/2g 0.330 m
Total Head Loss = 4.2 m

8. HYDRO-MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS
8.1. General
Following hydro-mechanical equipments consisting of various types of gates, stoplogs,
hoists, gantry cranes, and steel lined pressure shaft have been envisaged to divert and
control Umiew river waters during construction to regulate reservoir levels and facilitate the
maintenance of the Turbine Generator units and various other components of project during
operation.
8.2. Diversion Tunnel Gate: (8.0m X 8.0m -1 No.)

For the diversion of water during construction stage, one numbers of 7.0 m horseshoe
shaped diversion tunnel has been proposed on the Left bank of the river.
Technical data as per IS: 4622:2003:
No. of Tunnel 1no
No. of Gate 1no
Clear Width of Opening 8.0 m
Clear Height Of Opening 8.0 m
Crest Level El. 446.00 m
Top of Coffer Dam El. 457.50 m
F.R.L. El. 470.00 m
Design Head 24.0m
Operating Condition Lowering : Flowing water condition, and

Lifting : Under unbalanced head
condition
Gate Lifting Speed 0.5 m/min
Gate Lowering Speed 0.5 m/min
Fixed Rope Drum provided on regulating

Type of Hoist
platform and Trestles.
Type of Sealing arrangement and seals. Downstream Sealing: Music Note Type
Teflon Cladded Rubber Seal for top &
DPR-I: Chapter 8: Hydro-Mechanical Equipment 8-1

sides and wedge type seal for Bottom

as per IS: 11855 & IS 15466
Lifting Height 12.0m
For 7.0 m horseshoe shaped diversion tunnel, one gate of size 8.0m x 8.0m is proposed at
the inlet portals to facilitate regulation during diversion and plugging before commissioning of
the project. This gate is provided with rope drum hoist and designed as fixed wheel type gate
having downstream skin plate and downstream sealing. The sill level of gate is kept at EL.
446.00m and the gate is to be designed for a head of 24.0m corresponding to FRL El.
470.00m.
The gates shall be of fabricated steel construction consisting of downstream skin plate,
horizontal girders and vertical stiffeners spaced according to design loads, end vertical
girders and wheel assemblies mounted in between end vertical girders. The gate shall have
two lifting points and shall be provided with seals on downstream sides. Side & Top seals
shall be of Teflon Cladded rubber music note type and bottom seal shall be of rubber wedge
type. The Top corner seals shall be provided of minimum 200mm depth.
The rubber seals shall be manufactured and supplied in accordance with IS: 11855: 2004
and IS: 15466: 2004. The seals shall be fastened to gate using stainless steel bolts/counter
sunk screws and nuts. To limit lateral sway of the gate during operation, two guide shoes
shall be provided one on each side of the gate, which will remain engaged with embedded
guides.
On the other hand hoist capacity of the gate is determined for their operation during
diversion and shall be calculated for water head corresponding to Cofferdam top level of El.
457.50m.
The gate is operated by independent electrically operated rope drum hoist of capacity not
less than 120 T consisting of central drive unit (electric motor), reduction units, shaft, rope
drums, etc. Provision in the hoist mechanism shall also be made to operate it manually in the
event of power failure. The hoists shall be installed on Hoist Bridge supported on columns
above top of piers. Access stair cases shall be provided for access to the hoist bridge on
both the sides. Controls for all the hoists shall be housed in a control room located near the
gates. The gates shall also be operated locally from local control panel on regulating
platform supported on columns.
The minimum speeds of travel of gate shall be: for opening 0.50 m/min., for lowering 0.50
m/min. and for last 30 cm, travel in lowering speed of 0.15 m/min.
The gate shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with the provisions made in IS:
4622: 2003 (Recommendations for structural design of fixed wheel gates). Hoist shall fulfill
all the requirements as specified in IS: 6938:2005.

Key Plan, General Arrangement, Seal and Embedded Parts Details of the gate are shown in
Drawing No: 0933-HDC-GNL-0001-R0, 0933-HDC-A01-0101-R0 and 0933-HDC-A01-0102-
R0 respectively.
8.3. Stoplogs for Spillway Radial Gates: (9.0m X 16.7m – 1Set)

For the passing of the water downstream for maintaining reservoir level 6 Nos. Spillway
Radial gates of 9.0m x 12.0m have been envisaged.
Stoplog units shall be required to be lowered in the stoplog groove of a particular bay, the
radial gate of which is under inspection/maintenance. The stoplogs shall be lowered under
flowing water conditions and lifted under balanced head condition. Inspection, maintenance
and repairs of radial gate shall be planned to be started and completed preferably in lean
period. Each stop log unit shall be self closing i.e. by gravity under its own weight. The stop
log units shall be handled by a gantry crane of adequate capacity.
For the maintenance of 6 nos. Spillway Radial gates, one sets of stoplogs, each set
consisting of 7 units of size 9.0m x 2.4m shall be provided.
Technical data as per IS: 4622:2003
No of Opening 6.0
1(Set consists of 5 interchangeable units,

No of Sets 1 top unit and 1 bottom unit each of size
9.0 m x 2.4m)
Clear Width of Opening 9.0 m
Clear Height Of Opening 16.7m
Sill Level of stoplogs El. 441.81m
F.R.L El. 470.00m
Design Head 28.19m
Top of Dam El. 472.00m
Lowering : Flowing water condition, and

Operating Condition
Lifting : Under balanced head condition
Type of Hoist Gantry Crane
Lifting Speed 0. 5 m/min
Lowering Speed 0. 5 m/min
Rubber Seal for top & sides and wedge
type seal for Bottom as per IS: 11855 &

IS 15466
Automatic engaging and disengaging

1 No.
Lifting Beam
When not in use the stop logs shall be stored on latches in the grooves above FRL and one
stoplog storage bay provided on Dam Block No. 2. One no. automatically engaging and
disengaging lifting beam shall be provided to facilitate operation of the stoplogs with the help
of gantry crane.
The stop log units for Spillway Radial gates shall be of fabricated steel construction with
upstream skin plate and downstream sealing. The units shall be capable of use in any of the
6 openings. The stop log units shall normally be lowered in flowing water condition and lifted
in balanced head conditions when water level is at Full Reservoir Level El. 470.00m or below
it. Balance head condition shall be created by providing fill-in valve in the top most unit of
stoplog. All the stop log units except the top unit and bottom unit shall be inter-changeable.
Each Stoplog unit shall be formed by two end vertical girders interspaced with horizontal
girders spaced according to the design loads. The upstream face shall be covered with a
skin plate. The top of each unit is provided with two lifting lugs for engaging and disengaging
automatic lifting beam. Each of five interchangeable Stoplog units and 1 no. bottom unit shall
be provided with the music note type rubber seal for sides and wedge type for bottom. Music
note type rubber seals shall also be provided for sides and top and wedge type rubber seal
for bottom of top unit of Stop logs. The seals shall be fastened to gate using stainless steel
bolts/csk screws and nuts. The rubber seals shall be manufactured and supplied in
accordance with IS: 11855: 2004 and IS: 15466: 2004.
To limit the sway of the gate during operation, two guide shoes shall be provided on each
side of the stoplog units, which will remain engaged with embedded guides.
The stoplog units shall be operated by electrically operated gantry crane of capacity not less
than 35 T consisting of central drive unit (electric motor), reduction units, shaft, rope drums,
etc. Provision in the hoist mechanism shall also be made to operate it manually in the event
of power failure. The hoists shall be installed on gantry structure which can moves on rails at
top of gate grooves. Access stair cases shall be provided for access to the hoist bridge on
both the sides.The minimum speed of travel of gate shall be: for opening 0.50 m/min., for
lowering 0.50 m/min. and for last 30 cm. travels in lowering 0.30 m/min. Provision in the hoist
mechanism shall also be made to operate it manually in the event of power failure.
These stoplogs shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with the provisions made
in IS: 4622: 2003 (Recommendations for structural design of fixed wheel gates).
Gantry Crane shall fulfill all the requirements specified in IS: 3177.

Key Plan, General Arrangement, Seal and Embedded Parts Details of the stoplogs are
shown in Drawing No: 0933-HDC-GNL-0001-R0, 0933-HDC-A02-0201-R0 and 0933-HDC-
A02-0202-R0 respectively.
8.4. Spillway Radial Gats:(9.0m X 12.0m - 6Nos.)

All the gates shall be operated with hydraulic hoists of adequate capacity and shall be
designed to regulate discharge under design heads and flow conditions mentioned herein
after:
The Spillway radial gates shall normally remain in closed position during power generation.
When the water level in the reservoir starts rising above the Full Reservoir Level i.e. EL
470.00m the FRL will be maintained by operating these gates. The spillway radial gates shall
also be operated to flush out the deposited silt during the periods of heavy discharges.
No of Opening 6 Nos.
No of Gates 6 Nos.
Clear Width of Opening 9.0m
Radius of Gate 14.0m
C/C of Trunnion Level EL. 454.80m
Sill level EL. 442.90m
Top of Dam EL. 472.00m
F.R.L El. 470.00m
Design Head 27.1m

Lifting : Under unbalanced head condition
Gate Lifting Speed 0.50 m/min
Gate Lowering Speed 0.50 m/min; 0.15m/min for last 30 cm

travels.
Type of Hoist Hydraulic Hoists

The sill of gate has been kept at El. 442.90m.The radial gates will be operated by an
hydraulic hoists of adequate capacity; consisting of power pack and shall have twin hydraulic
cylinders one on each side of the gate. The gates shall be operated locally with a power
pack from the control room, which would be located on top of the dam in a room. The
hydraulic cylinder hanging bracket elevation is kept at EL. 461.01m.The cylinder shall be
connects on downstream of the skin plate. The power pack shall have provision to operate
gate of adjacent bays. The trunnion shall be located at EL. 454.80m such that it is at least
1.5 m higher than the nape. Provision in the hoist mechanism shall also be made to operate
it manually in the event of power failure.
In general, each gate shall consist of structural steel frame formed by girders transmitting the
load to radial arms. The skin plate shall be supported on closely spaced vertical stiffeners
transmitting water load to horizontal girders. The horizontal girders shall transmit the load to
load bearing anchors through the arms and trunnion. Anti friction, self-lubricating type
bearings/bushings of make GGB, Deva or Lubrite shall be provided for the trunnion. To
reduce the hoist capacity for the operation of gates, the radius of the radial arms is kept as
large as possible. Radial gate assembly shall be of welded construction, except the
connection between skin plate assembly and arms which will be bolted to facilitate erection
adjustments.
The each radial gate shall be operated by hydraulically operated hoist. The hydraulic hoist
shall be consist of two hydraulic cylinders and a central drive unit. The capacity of each
hydraulic cylinder shall be not less than 150T. Access stair cases and supporting structure
shall be provided for access to the hydraulic cylinders on both the sides. The minimum
speeds of travel of gate shall be: for opening 0.50 m/min., for lowering 0.50 m/min. and for
last 30 cm. travels in lowering 0.15 m/min.
To limit the sway of the gate during operation, guide rollers shall be provided on each side of
the gate. Each radial gate trunnion support beam shall be suitably anchored to the pier. The
gate shall be provided with dogging devices to hold the gate in fully raised position when the
hoist is disconnected from the gate during maintenance.
The radial gates shall have Music note type Teflon cladded rubber seals for side, double
stem type Teflon cladded rubber seal for top and wedge type rubber seal for bottom. The
seals shall be fastened to gate using stainless steel bolts/csk screws and nuts. The seals
shall be designed and manufactured as per IS: 11855: 2004 and IS 15466: 2004.
These radial gates shall be designed in accordance with IS: 4623: 2000 (Recommendations
for Structural Design of Radial Gates) & Hydraulic Hoist shall fulfill all the requirements
specified in IS: 10210.
Key Plan, General Arrangement, Seal and Embedded Parts Details of the radial gate are

8.5. Intake Trash Racks (5.0m X 2.0m -2Sets/20 Panels)

The trash racks shall be required to be installed in the trash rack grooves of Intake structure
U/S of Emergency gate groove to prevent entry of extraneous material into the water
conductor system. These shall be of fabricated steel construction consisting of trash bars
supported on horizontal girders, which in turn shall be supported on end channels/members
to bear against the downstream face of slots. Trash racks for one opening shall be split into
two vents each and each vent consists of 10 panels of 5.0m width and 2.0m height. The
trash rack sill is kept at El. 452.00m and shall be provided up to the top of intake for cleaning
with trash cleaning machine. For easy handling trash rack shall be divided into no of panels
of equal height. The size of panel shall be 5.0m x 2.0m (W x H) and as such there shall be
20panels for the intake opening. The panels shall be interchangeable and each unit shall
have two lifting points. The trash racks panels shall be handled by any winch/ crane
available at the project using an automatic lifting beam capable of grappling/un-grappling
automatically under water. The lifting beam shall also travel in the same groove as the trash
racks. The trash rack shall be designed for differential head of 6.0 to 7.0m in accordance
with the provision made in IS: 11388:1995. The velocity through the racks shall be
restricted1.5 m/second
No. of Intake Tunnels/Bays 1 Nos.
No of Opening in each bay 2 Nos.
No of Trash Rack panels per Opening 10 Nos.
Total no. of Trash rack panels 20 Nos.
Trash Rack Panel Size 5.0m x 2.0m
Crest Level El. 452.00m
Top of Dam El. 472.00m
Design Head 6.0m and 7.0m Differential Head for bars

and supporting members respectively.
Each of the ten trash rack sets corresponding to each opening would be aligned along to the
right bank of dam and shall be inclined at 10 degrees with the vertical to facilitate cleaning of
the T-racks mechanically. All the trash rack panels will be kept in a straight line so that one
single unit of trash rack cleaning machine could be used for all the units.
Trash racks panel shall be cleaned with the help of a trash cleaning machine (TRCM) which
shall also have log grappling attachment for removing the trees. The trash cleaning machine
shall be hydraulically operated.

Key plan, General arrangement, Panels and Embedded Parts Details of the trash racks are
8.6. Trash Rack cleaning machine (TRCM):

This Automatic Trash Rack Cleaning Machine shall be provided at the top of intake structure
at EL 472.00m and will travel on rails of length 16.0m. This machine shall be provided with
wheel type bucket for proper travelling on the Trash Rack support channel. Side Guide
rollers shall be provided on this bucket for its proper alignment on the Trash Rack support
channels. The bucket shall be raised/ lowered by an electric hoist. This machine shall also
be provided with the hydraulic system for the purpose of tilting during it’s unloading. The
TRCM shall be provided with wheel and rail for its movement on the intake structure so as to
cover all the Trash rack bays for cleaning of the trash accumulated in front of Trash Racks
and for removing debris/logs along the intake structure. Longitudinal motion shall be
performed with the help of an electric motor provided on this machine. The TRCM shall be
out door travelling type machine. The hoist and longitudinal motors shall be of suitable
capacity totally enclosed fan cooled, squirrel cage type design to suit 3 phases 415/440V
AC, 50 HZ conforming to IS-325:1996. The TRCM shall also be provided with a 2 T capacity
log grappling mounted on a hydraulic log boom.
8.7. Intake Emergency Gate: (4.8m X 4.8m – 1No.)

At the inlet of water conductor system, one no. fixed wheel type service gates and one
number emergency gates is proposed. The emergency gate would be at upstream of the
service gate after the Bell mouth entry of tunnel. The size of the opening, where gate is to be
installed shall be 4.8m x 4.8m.
No of Intake Tunnel 1 No.
No of Emergency gate 1 No.
F.R.L El. 470.00m
Design Head 18.0m
Upstream Sealing: Music Note Type

Rubber Seal for top & sides and wedge
Type of Sealing arrangement and seals.
type seal for Bottom as per IS: 11855 & IS
15466


Lifting : Under balanced head condition.
Lifting Speed 0.5 m/min
Lowering Speed 0.5 m/min

Type of Hoist
The Emergency gate shall be provided for emergency conditions in case of malfunctioning of
Intake Service gates and for the maintenance of Service gates.
The gate shall be of fabricated steel construction having upstream skin plate and upstream
sealing. The gate shall be raised in balanced head conditions. So the gate shall have fill-in
valve arrangement to create balanced head conditions. However the gate shall be designed
to close under water flowing condition by gravity and shall have wheel assemblies for
transferring the load.
Side & Top seals shall be of music note type rubber seals and bottom seal shall be of flat
wedge type rubber seals. The rubber seals shall be manufactured and supplied in
accordance with IS: 11855: 2004 and IS: 15466: 2004. The seals shall be fastened to gate
using stainless steel bolts / counter sunk screws and nuts. To limit lateral sway of the gate
during operation, two guide shoes shall be provided on each side of the gate, which will
remain engaged with embedded guides.
The minimum speed of travel of gate shall be: for opening 0.50 m/min., for lowering 0.50
m/min.

R0 respectively.
8.8. Intake Service Gate: (4.8m X 4.8m – 1No.)

For the inspection and maintenance of water conductor system, one number fixed wheel
type service gate of size 4.8m x 4.8m with upstream skin plate and sealing, shall be provided
downstream of the emergency gate. This gate shall be designed to withstand full static head
corresponding to FRL EL. 470.00m water level. The lifting of gates shall be under
unbalanced head conditions with the help of individual Electrically Operated Rope Drum
Hoists of adequate capacity. The gate shall be self closing under its own weight under water
flowing conditions.
No of Intake Tunnel 1 No.
No of Service gate 1 No.
F.R.L El. 470.00m
Design Head 18.0m
Teflon Cladded Rubber Seal for top &
sides and wedge type seal for Bottom as
per IS: 11855 & IS 15466

Lifting : Under unbalanced head condition.
Lifting Speed 0.5 m/min
Lowering Speed 0.5 m/min

Type of Hoist

The gate shall be of fabricated steel construction having downstream skin plate and
downstream sealing. The gate shall be raised under unbalanced head conditions. However
gate shall be designed to close under water flowing condition by gravity and shall have
wheel assemblies for transferring the load.
Side & Top seals shall be of music note type Teflon cladded rubber seals and bottom seal
shall be of flat wedge type rubber seals. The rubber seals shall be manufactured and
supplied in accordance with IS: 11855: 2004 and IS: 15466: 2004. The seals shall be
fastened to gate using stainless steel bolts / counter sunk screws and nuts. To limit lateral
sway of the gate during operation, two guide shoes shall be provided on each side of the
gate, which will remain engaged with embedded guides.
m/min.
R0 respectively.
8.9. Surge Shaft Gates: (3.5m X 3.5m - 1no.)

1 No. pressure shaft of 3.5m diameters take off from the surge shaft. The pressure shaft
shall have 1 no. of 3.50m x 3.50m size Vertical Lift fixed wheel type gate provided at their
entrance. The Pressure shaft shall carry water to feed 2 turbines. The role of surge shaft
gate is of prime importance and shall facilitate isolating the Pressure shaft for their repair
/maintenance.

Number of gate 1 No.
Clear width of opening 3.5m
Clear height of opening 3.5m
Sill level of gate El. 431.65m
Maximum Surge level El. 488.72m
Static Level/ FRL El. 470.00m
Top of the Surge Shaft El. 492.00m
Design Head 38.35m
Type of Gate Fixed Wheel Gate
Downstream Sealing: Double stem

Type Rubber Seal for top & sides and
wedge type seal for Bottom as per
IS: 11855 & IS 15466
Operating Condition Lowering : Flowing water condition,

and Lifting : Under balanced head
condition.
Lifting Speed 0.75m/min
Lowering Speed 0.75m/min
Type of Hoist Fixed Rope Drum provided on

regulating platform and Trestles.
Lifting height 61.0m
The gate shall be of fabricated steel construction having downstream skin plate and
downstream sealing. The gate shall be raised in balanced head conditions. The gate shall
have fill-in valve arrangement to create balanced head conditions. So the gate shall have fill-
in valve arrangement to create balanced head condition. However gate shall be designed to
close under water flowing condition by gravity and shall have wheel assemblies for
transferring the load.
Side & Top seals shall be of double stem type rubber seals and bottom seal shall be of flat

m/min.
General Arrangement, Seal and Embedded Parts Details of the gate are shown in Drawing
No: 0933-HDC-A07-0701-R0 and 0933-HDC-A07-0702-R0 respectively.
8.10. Steel Lined Pressure Shaft

In the water conductor system, one no. Steel lined Pressure Shaft of main diameter 3.5m
originate from surge shaft. Elevation of the centre line of the Pressure shaft at Top Portion is
433.40m. From Top Horizontal, the pressure shaft falls vertically for a length of 127m.
Thereafter the pressure shaft is inclined for a length of about 598m and finally continues as
Horizontal till Power House. The Bottom Horizontal portion consists of 2 no’s branch
penstocks to feed 2 no. units. The diameter of pressure shaft reduces to 2.5m at branching.
The Steel lined Pressure shaft shall be designed in accordance with the provisions made in
IS : 11639 (Part-2). The following parameters shall be taken in consideration for designing
steel liner.
 Main Diameter of steel liner 3.5m
 Branch Diameter of Penstock 2.5m
 Material of steel liner IS 2002 Gr. 3, WELTEN 610, WELTEN 780
 Design discharge Pressure Shaft 35.72 cumecs.
 Designed velocity 3.71 m/sec

Pressure shaft steel liner with transition, bends, branch pipes, manholes, Thrust collar etc.
having the following data:
A. Main liner 3.5m dia.
a). Length of Top horizontal Portion 45.00 m
b) Length of Top Vertical Bend 23.562 m
c) Length of Vertical Portion 126.827 m
d). Length of Bottom Vertical Bend 22.315 m
e) Length of Inclined Portion 598.186 m
f) Length of Bottom Horizontal Portion 50.00 m
B. Branch pipes 2.5m dia.
Length of branch penstocks Each 32.126 m
Total Length of Penstock 930.142 m
The Steel Liner shall be designed for the internal water pressure which includes Static as
well as Dynamic Head and external water pressures corresponding to FRL. The Boiler
Quality / Pressure vessel grade steel has been considered for the fabrication and erection of
steel as per design requirements and codes requirement.
The General Arrangement and Plan of penstock is shown in Drawing No: 0933-HDC-A08-
0801-R0 and 0933-HDC-GNL-0002-R0 respectively.
8.11. Draft Tune Gates :(4.50m X 2.35m - 2nos.)

In order to isolate any of the units from the tailrace side, without affecting installation and
operation of the remaining units, 2 nos. of draft tube gates of size 4.50m x 2.35m are
provided for all both the units. These gates shall be provided with downstream skin plate and
downstream sealing in accordance with IS: 11855 & 15466 considering flow from the
considering flow from the Tailrace side.
Number of Draft Tubes 2 Nos.
Number of gates 2 Nos.
Clear width of opening 4.50m
Clear height of opening 2.35m

Sill level of gate El. 221.54m
Maximum Tail Water level El. 239.50m
Top of Piers El. 240.50m
Design Head 14.46m
Type of Gate Fixed Wheel Gate
Downstream Sealing: Music Note

Type Teflon Cladded Rubber Seal for
top & sides and wedge type seal for
Bottom as per IS: 11855 & IS 15466
Operating Condition Lowering : Flowing water condition,

and Lifting : Under balanced head
condition.
Lifting Speed 0. 5m/min
Lowering Speed 0.5m/min
Fixed Rope Drum provided on

Type of Hoist
regulating platform and Trestles.
Lifting height 20.0m
The gates shall be of fabricated steel construction having downstream skin plate and
downstream sealing considering flow from the Tailrace side. The gate shall be raised under
balanced head conditions. However gate shall be designed to close under water flowing
condition by gravity and shall have wheel assemblies for transferring the load.
Side & Top seals shall be of music note type rubber seals and bottom seal shall be of flat

m/min.
R0 respectively.

9. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORKS
9.1. General
Mawphu Hydro Electric Project (Stage-II) envisages installation of 75MW comprising of 2
(Two) generating units of 37.5 MW each. The generating equipment would be installed in a
surface powerhouse.
The powerhouse will comprise of the Service Bay, Machine Hall, Generator Floor, Turbine
Floor, Transformer Deck (located at the upstream of the powerhouse), 145kV Gas Insulated
Switchgear will be installed in the GIS hall, at the floor above the transformer deck and the
Control Block will be located on one side of the powerhouse.
The terminal equipment for 132kV double circuit transmission line would be placed in the
pothead yard located near the powerhouse. The connection between pothead yard and
145kV Gas Insulated Switchgear would be made through 145kV XLPE cables to be laid in a
cable duct/trench. 132kV equipment located at the pothead yard will consist of capacitive
voltage transformers, wave traps, lightening arrestors, gantry structure etc.
Both the generating units will be provided with 10% continuous overload capacity as per
CEA grid connectivity regulations.
The water from the unit draft tubes will be routed back to the river through a tail pool.
The general arrangement of the powerhouse showing the powerhouse structure, pothead
yard and approach roads is shown in the powerhouse complex layout.
The equipment layout at various floors is shown in the powerhouse layout drawings.
9.2. Turbine
Based upon the turbine selection criteria for a head range from 239m to 219.8m, Vertical
Francis type turbine is the appropriate choice in this case. Accordingly, 2 (Two) Vertical shaft
Francis type turbines, each having rated output to match the generator output of 37.5MW at
its terminals with rated speed of 500rpm and operating at a rated head of 232m are
proposed to be installed in the Power House.
The runner and other critical under water components of the turbine will be of 13:4 Cr/ Ni
Stainless steel with high resistance to silt abrasion.
The turbines will have a weighted average efficiency of about 93% and the peak efficiency of
about 94%.
The turbines will have provision of runner removal to facilitate repairs as and when required.
The runner removal will be done from the bottom, by dismantling the draft tube cone
assembly and after installation of temporary rails and supports to lower the runner.
DPR-I: Chapter-9: Electrical and Mechanical Works 9-1

Operating levels
Full reservoir level FRL, EL 470m

Minimum draw down level MDDL, EL 460m
Normal tail water level (all units running), EL 232m
Minimum tail water level (one unit operating at 40% load) EL 231m
Maximum flood water level (Max TWL) EL 239.5m
Head Loss in Water Conductor System, 4.2m
9.2.1. Heads
Based on the head calculations enclosed with the Civil Design Chapter, the following heads
are derived.
 Maximum net head = 237.51m
 Minimum net head = 221.97m
Based on the best practices published by CEA,
Design head = Minimum net head + (2/3) x (Maximum – Minimum net head)
= 232.33m say 232m.
9.2.2. Turbine Parameters

a) Type – Vertical Axis Francis type Hydraulic Turbines,
b) Rated output= 38.3MW,
c) Specific speed (ns) = 133,
d) Synchronous speed (Ns) = 500rpm,
e) Setting of turbine 4m below minimum TWL,
f) Speed rise ≤ 50% of rated speed,
g) Pressure rise ≤ 35% of rated net head.
9.2.3. Governors
Each turbine will be provided with a digital, microprocessor type PID governor. The
governing system will be connected to and be fully compatible with the power station control
and monitoring equipment. It will be possible to control turbines from main control room in
auto mode and from unit control board (UCB) in manual as well as auto mode.
The following functions will be included in the governor:
 Speed control at no load operation

 Automatic start and stop sequences including automatic synchronisation
 Power output control

 Frequency regulation
 Load sharing between units in “joint control” mode
 Emergency shutdown on electrical as well as mechanical failures
9.2.4. Main Inlet Valve

Each turbine will be provided with a spherical type inlet valve installed in the power house
upstream of the respective turbine with a nominal diameter of 1500mm. The discharge
opening of the valve would match the inlet diameter of the scroll case. The valve would be
provided with maintenance seal on the upstream and service seal on the downstream. The
opening and closing of the valve would normally be done under balanced water condition.
The opening of the valve would be done through pressurized oil system. The closing of the
valve, however, would be carried out with the help of counter weight. The valve body and
valve rotor would be made of cast steel. The material for valve seals will be stainless steel
(13% Cr & 4% Ni).
The inlet valve will comprise of valve body and rotor, double acting servomotor(s) for
opening and closing operation of the valve, control gear for operation, penstock inlet pipe,
outlet pipe with compensator and dismantling joint, and other essential accessories and
auxiliaries viz. by-pass valves, sealing valve, air valve, piping with valves, for water, air and
oil, master switch, slide valves with electromagnets etc.
A dismantling joint will be provided with MIV on the downstream end to facilitate installation
and dismantling of the valve and to permit replacement of the upstream and downstream
seals and gaskets.
The Bypass valve would facilitate opening of the MIV under same water pressure at the
upstream and downstream ends.
The valve opening and closing time will be adjustable to a closing time range of 50-60 sec.
and opening time range of 50-120 sec.
The valve will be designed for automatic control with electric start and stop impulses from
the control room. In addition to automatic control, independent manual control system will
also be supplied for local operation.
Lugs and Lifting Eyes will be provided for convenience in handling the assembled valve.
9.3. Generators
It is proposed to provide 2 (Two) numbers of three phase 41.7MVA, 0.9 power factor, salient
pole type vertical shaft synchronous generators conforming to IEC 60034, directly coupled
with the respective turbine shafts operating at a generation voltage of 11kV.
The choice of generation voltage will be further reviewed during detailed engineering stage
in consultation with the manufacturers.

The generators will be suspended type with a guide and thrust bearing installed above the
rotor and a guide bearing below the rotor.
The generator stator and rotor windings will be provided with Class F insulation but
temperature rise with maximum output will be limited to that corresponding to Class B
insulation.
The generators will be provided with a water based cooling system. The generator phase
terminals will be brought out of the barrel for connection to Isolated Phase Bus Ducts. The
generator terminals will also be brought out for formation of neutral. The neutral of the
generators will be grounded through distribution type transformer with a secondary resistor.
Digital static excitation system will be provided for each generator. The excitation system will
consist of excitation transformers, AVRs, Thyristor bridges etc and conform to IEEE 421.
The generator shaft will be adequate in size and strength to operate at maximum runaway
speed and to withstand the short circuit stresses without excessive vibration or distortion and
will be suitable for direct coupling with turbine.
The generator will be provided with adequate moment of inertia so that speed rise on
sudden load throw off is limited within 50% and pressure rise in the penstock remains limited
within 35%.
Each generator will be complete with auxiliary equipment like lubrication oil system, heater,
brakes, brake dust collection system, fire fighting system etc. Generators will be provided
with RTDs, thermostats and sensors and Dial type thermometers for temperature monitoring
of core, windings and bearing pads. The efficiency for which the generator is expected to
operate will be about 98.5%.
Online monitoring equipment will also be provided for the following:
 Vibration monitoring,
 Shaft current monitoring,
 Stator winding partial discharge monitoring, and
 Rotor air gap monitoring.
Important Parameters
The important parameters of the generators are mentioned below:
Parameter Value/ data
Rated output at 0.9 p.f 41.7MVA
Maximum continuous output at rated 45.9MVA at 0.9 p.f.

head (110% of rated)
Power factor 0.9 lagging

Parameter Value/ data
Frequency 50 Hz
Range of voltage with which rated ± 5 percent

output must be available
Range of frequency variation + 3 to -5 percent
Runaway speed to match with Turbine
Short circuit ratio Not less than 1.0
Inertia constant (H) To suit the requirement of speed rise

and pressure rise in penstock.
Stator-winding connection Star (Y)
Generator Earthing Star point earthed through distribution

transformer.
9.4. Auxiliary Electrical Services
9.4.1. Main Step Up Transformers

2 (Two) numbers of 46MVA, 11/ 132kV, three phase generator transformers will be provided
for stepping up of generation voltage to 132kV level for synchronization with the grid. Each
transformer will be suitable for parallel operation. The transformers will be provided with oil
directed water forced (ODWF) type cooling arrangement.
The transformers will be installed at the upstream of the powerhouse on the transformer
deck. The transformers will be brought and unloaded in the service bay and will be installed
with wheels and put on rails for positioning in their respective positions.
The transformers will be provided with necessary protective and monitoring devices
including Buchholz relay, oil temperature and winding temperature indicators, pressure relief
device etc.
Lightening impulse voltage for windings shall be as below:
 HV winding – 650kVp
 LV winding – 75kVp
1 minute power frequency withstand voltages;
 HV winding – 275kVp
 LV winding – 28kVp

Transformers will be provided with off circuit tap changer at the HV side, with range of +2.5%
to -7.5% in four steps, each of 2.5%.
The transformers will be installed on rails which will provide movement of the transformers
from their respective positions to the service bay. Necessary jacking and pulling
arrangements will be provided for the transformers. Fire protection wall will be provided
between the transformers as per TAC guidelines.
9.4.2. Generator – Transformer Connections

11kV isolated phase bus ducts conforming to IS 8084 will be provided for connection
between the generator and generator step up transformers.
Tentative current rating of the main run bus ducts would be 3000A.
The insulation levels of the bus ducts will be as below:
Parameters Value/ data
Rated voltage 11kV
Highest voltage 12kV
Power frequency withstand voltage

35kVp
(1min)
Impulse voltage 75kVp
The bus ducts will be naturally air cooled and the temperature rise limits shall be as per IS
8084 and as below:
 Bus duct conductor – Aluminium – 40 deg C above ambient temperature
 Bus duct enclosure – Aluminium – 30 deg C above ambient temperature
The bus ducts will be complete with continuous type Aluminium enclosure, conductor
supported on support insulators with self aligning arrangement, wall frame assembly, seal off
bushing, flexible connections at the termination points, the tap off bus ducts for connection
with LAVT cubicle, Excitation Transformer, Unit
Auxiliary Transformer etc.
On the neutral side, the bus ducts, after forming star will be connected with the neutral
grounding cubicle which will house the grounding transformer and the grounding resistor.
9.4.3. 145kV Gas Insulated Switchgear

As sufficient space for accommodating 132kV outdoor switchyard is not available near the
powerhouse, it is proposed to provide a 145kV gas insulated switchgear with 7 (Seven) bays
comprising of 2 (Two) generator incomers, 2 (Two) feeder bays, 2 (Two) Station Auxiliary
Transformer bays and 1 (One) bus coupler bay.
The bus bar scheme adopted is double bus scheme with a bus coupler. The single line
diagram indicating generating units, step up transformers, 145kV GIS, transmission line
feeders is enclosed as Drawing number 0933 EDB A00 0001.
The GIS equipment will be located on the floor above the step up transformers in the
transformer deck. The connection between the transformers and the GIS bays would be
done through 145kV SF6 gas insulated bus ducts (GIBD). Important parameters of the 145kV
GIS are as below:
 Rated system voltage – 145kV,
 System frequency – 50Hz,
 Short circuit withstand capability – 40kA for 1s,
 Grounding – effectively earthed,
 Rated power frequency withstand voltage (1 min) line to earth – 275kVrms,
 Impulse withstand voltage (1.2/ 50µs) line to earth – 650kVp,
The short circuit withstand capacity would be firmed up after system studies during detail
engineering.
The feeder bay will be connected with 145kV XLPE cables through SF6 – Cable bushing.
9.4.4. 145kV XLPE Cables

The connection between the GIS feeder bay and the pothead yard will be made through
145kV XLPE cables. The cables will be 400sqmm with Copper conductors with Corrugated
Aluminium sheath.
The cables will be laid along a duct/ trench originating from the powerhouse. The trench will
be provided with drain to evacuate any drainage water entering the trench. The cables will
be clamped and routed along the trench with support structures designed to bear the cable
load and also withstand the short circuit forces.
The cables will be provided with the necessary, sheath voltage limiters and earth boxes,
which will be detailed during the detailed engineering stage.
9.4.5. Control and Monitoring System

A SCADA system (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) comprising of Distributed
digital control, monitoring and information system for the entire power plant will be provided.
The control system will be configured in mainly three control levels.
The first level will be station control level which would comprise a number of functional
systems for supervisory control and human machine communication.
The second level will be local control level, which would comprise a number of functional
groups such as units, GIS, station service etc.
The third level will be the equipment control level, which can directly and manually control
equipment such as governor, DVR etc. and mainly used for testing and adjustment.
The station control level will include functions for overall and centralized control of the
station. Typical functions will be supervision and monitoring of the machine conditions,
recording the operation/ faults and providing logs and operational information to assist
operators. The system will have provision for generation of customized trend reports. There
will be a provision for event logging with time stamping at a least count of 1ms.
The local control level will be unit control board, which will be the local control centre for
overall sequence of operation of the units. At start up or shutdown, it will execute a set of
sequence programs. Based on the process criteria, it will generate commands for drive
control or functional groups for execution of program. It will check for presence of all required
criteria before it issues a particular command. The execution time will also be monitored and
if execution time exceeds the stipulated time limit, a trip or an alarm command will be issued.
It will be possible to control the unit from the unit control board in fully automatic mode, step
by step mode and manual mode.
Equipment, control level will have local control board/ cubicle to control the equipment
directly.
The data transmission between the station control level and the local control level will be
accomplished by means of LAN with high speed large capacity data bus of optical fibre
cables.
A mimic bus diagram board will be provided to depict the status and operational information
of the transmission lines, the EHV bus, the generating units and the station service circuits in
real time and to operate the equipment with functional switches. Dam water level indicators
will also be provided on this board.
The whole system will have a total redundancy in the main CPUs, programmable controllers
of the local control units, LAN system and power supply units. Even if one group has a
failure, the backup group will instantly succeed the operation seamlessly.
The architecture drawing of control and monitoring system showing the bus topology and
tentative equipment connectivity is shown in drawing number 0933 EDE A20 0001.
9.4.6. Protection System

The electrical protection system for the generators, generator transformers, 145kV GIS,
132kV feeders, auxiliary transformers etc. will be provided with numeric type integrated
protection relays, with 100% redundancy.
9.4.6.1. Generators
The following protections will be provided for the generators:
 Differential (87G)
 95% stator earth fault (64G1)
 100% stator earth fault (64G2)
 Backup impedance (21G)
 Negative phase sequence (46G)

 Loss of excitation (40G)

 Reverse power (37/ 32G)
 Pole slipping (98G)
 Stator overload (49S)
 Over voltage (59G)
 Under frequency (81G)
 Dead machine (27/ 50G)
 Rotor earth fault (64R)
9.4.6.2. Generator Transformers

The following protections will be provided for the generator step up transformers:
 Generator transformer differential (87T),
 Restricted earth fault protection (64T),
 IDMT over current protection (51),
 Neutral grounding back up earth fault protection (51NGT),
 Over fluxing protection (99T),
 Monitoring of insulation of low voltage bushing (59T),
 Buchholtz relay (63),
 Winding temperature protection (49T),
 Oil temperature protection (49),
 Pressure relief valve (PRV).
9.4.6.3. Feeders
The 132kV feeders will be provided the following protections:
 Distance protection (21),
 Directional instantaneous definite minimum time (IDMT) type earth
fault relay,
 Two stage over voltage protection,
9.4.6.4. Station Auxiliary Transformer

The station auxiliary transformer will be provided with following protections:
 Differential protection (87R),
 Restricted Earth Fault protection (64R),
 Buchholtz relay (63),
 Winding temperature protection (49T),

 Oil temperature protection (49),

 Pressure relief valve (PRV).
9.4.6.5. Station Service Transformers and Unit Auxiliary Transformers

The transformers will be provided with the following protections:
 Restricted earth fault protection (64),
 Instantaneous and IDMT over current protection on high voltage
winding (50/ 51T),
 Neutral grounding back up earth fault protection (51 NGT),
 Winding temperature protection (49T).
9.4.7. AC Auxiliary Power System

The station auxiliary power will be supplied through 2 (Two) Nos., 5MVA, 132/ 11kV, Oil
filled, ONAN Station Auxiliary Transformers (SAT) located in the transformer deck. The HV
side of the transformers will be connected with the 145kV GIS bay and the 11kV side of the
transformer will be connected with 11kV switchgear through 11kV XLPE cables.
The feeders emanating from the 11kV switchgear are as below;
 2 Nos. Station Service Feeders,
 2 Nos. Dam site feeder,
 2 Nos. Colony feeder, and
 2 Nos. Valve house feeder.
The station service feeders from the 11kV switchgear will be connected to 2 (two) nos. of
Station Service Transformers (SST), 1MVA, 11/ 0.433kV, Dry type. The LV side of the SSTs
will be connected with the Station Service Board (SSB) through 1.1kV, PVC cables.
The SSB will cater to all the station auxiliary loads and will also be interconnected with the
Unit Auxiliary Board (UAB) which will dedicatedly feed the unit auxiliaries. Some of the major
loads to be connected with the SSB are;
 Unit Auxiliary Boards 1 and 2,
 Drainage and dewatering pumps,
 EOT crane,
 Elevator,
 Illumination system,
 Ventilation and air conditioning,
 DC battery chargers,
 Air Compressor system,
 Workshop and Lab, etc.

The incomings to the SSB will be interlocked and the SSB bus will be provided with bus
coupler to avoid charging of the bus with two different sources. The SSB will be located in
the Control block at the Service bay floor level.
The UABs will be supplied auxiliary power from the UAT (500kVA, 11/ 0.433kV, dry type
transformer) and also be connected with SSB.
Unit auxiliary board will be provided for each unit and will be installed on the generator floor,
below the machine hall. The major loads of the UAB will be;
 Cooling water pumps,
 Oil Pressure Unit/s (Governor and MIV),
 Governor,
 Excitation System,
 Hydrostatic pressure lube oil system,
 Generator transformer oil pump,
 Brake dust fan and carbon dust collector system feeders, etc.
Emergency power will be catered by 1 (One) nos. of 750kVA, 415V diesel generating set
which will be located near the powerhouse at service bay elevation.
9.4.7.1. Power to Dam Site Area

The distance between the powerhouse and dam site is about 5kms, a 11kV line is proposed
to be constructed for power transmission to the dam site. Electric power will be required at
the dam site for operations of the gates, illumination, dewatering pumps and for powering
other communication devices. For this purpose a distribution transformer of 1MVA, 11/
0.433kV, oil filled type will be provided along with an LT panel with feeders for connectivity
with the loads through 1.1kV, PVC cables.
9.4.7.2. Power to Penstock Protection Valve House

The distance between the powerhouse and penstock protection valve house is about 3kms,
a 11kV transmission line is proposed to be constructed to cater to the power requirements at
the valve house. The auxiliary power requirement at the penstock protection valve is mainly
governed by the oil pressure unit for valve operation. For catering to the loads of this area, a
100kVA, 11/ 0.433kV, oil filled type distribution transformer along with LT panel with feeders
for oil pressure unit, illumination equipment, dewatering pump etc. will be provided.
9.4.7.3. Power to Colony and Office Area

The distance from powerhouse to the colony and office area is about 200m. A 11kV line will
be constructed for feeding power to the Colony and Office area. A distribution transformer
with capacity of 500kVA, 11/ 0.433kV, oil filled type is proposed to be installed for this
purpose along with associated LT panel and cables to connect the loads.
Drawings showing the MV and LV schematics are enclosed as drawing number 0933 EDB
A18 0001 and 0933 EDB A16 0001 respectively.

9.4.8. DC Auxiliary Services

It is proposed to install 2 (Two) sets of 220V, 400AH capacity battery banks to meet the DC
power requirements for control, protection and emergency lighting in the powerhouse. Each
battery will be provided with charging equipment comprising of float charger and a float cum
boost charger. The cells will be Lead Acid Plante type and will be installed in racks in the
powerhouse control block.
The DC distribution board will be provided with adequate number of DC feeders to supply
DC power at the required locations.
1 (One) set of 220V/ 48V DC – DC Converter/s with DC distribution boards will be provided
for Control, communication and other requirements in the powerhouse.
The DC schematic showing the connectivity of the chargers, battery banks and the DC
distribution boards is shown in drawing number 0933 EDE A19 0001.
9.4.9. Earthing System

The earth mat system will comprise of closed circuit conductor grid of steel flats laid over the
excavated surface of powerhouse, transformer/ GIS hall, pothead yard and will extend to the
pressure shaft and tail race area.
The earthing conductor will be of adequate cross section to safely withstand the system fault
current for time duration of fault clearance by the remote/ backup protective system.
Sufficient allowances will be provided for corrosion of the embedded conductor on account
of chemical properties of soil and also due to galvanic action with other embedded systems.
The earthing system will be designed with the following objectives;
 To provide low impedance path to fault currents to ensure prompt and consistent
operation of protective devices during ground faults.
 To keep the maximum voltage gradient along the surface inside and around the
project complex within safe limits during ground faults.
9.4.10. Power, Control and Instrumentation Cables

11kV XLPE cables will be used for connection between stations auxiliary transformers and
the 11kV switchgear, and 11kV switchgear to the station service transformers.
1.1kV grade PVC insulated Al power cables will be used inside the powerhouse for
supplying power to various auxiliaries, while for control cables 1.1kV grade PVC insulated
Cu cables conforming to IS 1554 will be used. The cables will be Fire Resistant Low smoke
type.
The instrumentation cables including fibre optic cables used will be immune to
electromagnetic interference. The number of pairs/ cores required will be as per the
requirement of the system.
All the accessories like cable glands, ferrules, cable trays, conduits of adequate sizes as
required for the installation of cables will be provided.

9.4.11. Illumination System

The indoor illumination scheme will have mainly twin tube light fitting and high pressure
metal halide/ mercury vapor lamps. Emergency DC lamps will also be provided in the
machine hall, control room, stairways etc. Outdoor illumination will be accomplished through
sodium vapor lamps and fluorescent tubes.
The lux levels of the illumination system will be designed in compliance with IS 6665.
Nature of area or activity LUX Quality class of

levels direct glare
limitation
Powerhouse machine hall, generator floor, turbine 250 2

shaft floor, MIV floor, GIS hall etc.
Powerhouse control block at different elevations 200 2
Control room inside the control block and office 300 1

areas
Emergency lighting, all areas 50 3
Outdoor areas like draft tube deck, pothead yard 200

and tailrace area
9.4.12. Test Laboratory

A testing laboratory will be maintained in the powerhouse for testing of various electrical
equipment and installations. The laboratory will be equipped with testing and measuring
instruments like meggers, HV test kit, primary injection relay testing kit, BDV measuring
equipment, oil testing kit, portable oscilloscopes etc.
For generator testing, equipment for HV testing, Tan δ measurement, partial discharge
measurement, tachometer etc will also be kept.
9.4.13. Communication System

Communication system for powerhouse, transformer deck, GIS hall and Dam site will consist
of internal telephone system and paging system. Paging system will consist of public
address system and visual display unit .
The telephone system will consist of an Electronic private automatic branch exchange
EPABX along with associated telephone sets.
Possibility of providing Voice over IP (VoIP) phones may be explored during tendering stage.

9.5. Auxiliary Mechanical Services
9.5.1. EOT Crane

1 (One) EOT crane, of 125/ 30T capacity is proposed to be installed in the powerhouse for
erection and maintenance purpose. The crane will be cabin/ radio controlled. The crane will
be provided with all accessories including runway rails, down shop leads (DSL), bumpers
etc. and will conform to IS 3177. The inching operation will be provided for all motions of the
crane. The crane capacity would be reviewed at the detailed engineering stage in
consultation with the generator supplier.
A 5T EOT crane will also be provided for GIS to facilitate erection and subsequent
maintenance of GIS.
9.5.2. Cooling Water System

The cooling water system will be provided to cater to the requirements of generator air
coolers, turbine and generator bearings and step up transformers. It is proposed to provide a
closed loop cooling water system.
The closed loop circuit of the cooling water system will comprise of pumping systems
comprising of 3 (three) pumps 2 main and 1 standby. The pumped water will be routed
through a common cooling water header. The water requirements of the units and
transformers will be met through this header. The spent water will be collected in the return
header of the cooling water and flowed through a heat exchangers (pipe type) immersed in
the tail pool. The water after cooling from the heat exchanger will then be pumped back
through the pumping system to the common cooling water header.
To compensate the leakages in piping resulting in loss of water, a makeup water system will
be installed. This system will pump the water from the tail pool and process it, to remove
impurities/ suspended particles from the water using cyclone separator and duplex filter.
To provide water for the shaft seal arrangement, the water from the cooling water system will
be tapped and routed to the inlet of shaft assembly through appropriate pressure reducer
based on the exact pressure requirement for the shaft seal.
The drawing showing the schematics of the cooling water system is enclosed as drawing
number 0933 EDD A51 0001.
9.5.3. Drainage and Dewatering Systems

The dewatering system will be provided for emptying the units for inspection/ maintenance.
A dewatering sump will be provided between the units and connected with the draft tubes
through pipes.
Two submersible pumps (one main and one standby) will be provided in the sump for
pumping out the water to tail pool above the maximum tail water level.
The drainage water will also be collected in a drainage sump located between the units and
pumped through 2 submersible pumps (main and standby) to the tail pool above the
maximum tail water level.

For automatic operation of the pumps, level controllers will be provided in the dewatering
and drainage sumps.
In addition, for protection against flooding, two submersible pumps of adequate capacity
along with necessary level sensors for automatic starting will be installed on the MIV floor
and the control panels for these pumps will be located in the control block. The drawing
showing the schematic of drainage and dewatering system is enclosed as drawing number
0933 EDD A52 0001.
Provisions mentioned in Clause 39 of 'The Technical Standards for Construction of Electric
Plants and Electric Lines', Publication of CEA have been taken care of for the protection of
powerhouse against flooding. These provisions have been discussed in Annexure 9-1.
9.5.4. Fire Protection

Water based fire protection system will comprise of automatic high velocity water spray
system for the generator transformers and station auxiliary transformers, and low/ medium
pressure fire hydrant system for the power station and pothead yard. A microprocessor
based fire alarm/ detection system complete with all accessories will be provided for audio/
visual annunciation in case of fire. Water for fire protection system will be obtained by
pumping water from tail race to a storage tank by installation of 1 (One) main and 1 (One)
standby centrifugal pumps. The storage tank will be placed near the pothead yard for
storage of fire protection water, which will be supplied through a fire pump house on
occurrence of fire. The pump house will consist of 1 main electric pump, 1 jockey pump and
a pump coupled to a internal combustion engine to be run in exigencies.
Water based fire protection system will be supplemented with chemical fire extinguishers.
Generators will be provided with CO2 based fire fighting system.
The fire protection system will conform to the Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC)/ NFPA 851
guidelines for fire protection of the hydro generating station.
The schematic of the fire protection system enclosed in drawing number 0933 EDD A53
0001.
9.5.5. Ventilation and Air Conditioning

The ventilation and air conditioning system will be sized and configured to provide sufficient
air circulation as well as temperature and humidity control for the satisfactory operation of
the equipment and comfort of the personnel. Temperature will be controlled by means of air
to water heat exchangers.
The air for circulation will be pressurized through blowers in the main Air Handling Unit
located on the top floor in the Control block and this treated air will be routed through bus
ducts to the lower floors.
Exhaust fans will be provided in the machine hall for maintaining the necessary air changes.
Control rooms, office rooms and conference rooms etc will be provided with air conditioning.
The corrosive/ foul gases from toilets and battery bank room will be exhumed through
exhaust fans.

Ventilation system will be compliant with IS 4720 and the air duct construction will be as per
IS 655. The system will be designed as per ASHRAE guidelines.
9.5.6. Compressed Air System

LP compressed air system comprising of main and standby compressors along with a main
receiver and unit receivers will be provided for generator braking and station service
purposes.
High pressure compressed air system or Nitrogen bottles shall be provided for hydraulic
control of Governor and MIV. The HP compressed air system will be suitably connected with
the LP system with pressure reducers for redundancy of the LP system for generator brake
operation.
The compressors and receivers will be located in the control block, on the floor below the
machine hall. The service air supply to the following floors will be provided through
connecting pipes, valves and couplings;
 Machine hall,
 Generator floor,
 Turbine and MIV floor,
 Transformer deck,
 GIS hall,
 Electrical lab and mechanical workshop.
The compressed air schematic is enclosed as drawing number 0933 EDD A55 0001.
9.5.7. Electrical Lifts and Elevators

The powerhouse will be equipped with one elevator with sufficient capacity to transport 4
persons between various floors of the powerhouse; the elevator will be located in the Control
block of powerhouse.
The elevator will be provided with landing arrangement at various powerhouse floors.
The elevator will operate on the following floors;
 Machine hall/ service bay floor,
 Generator floor,
 Turbine floor,
 GIS hall floor.
9.5.8. Workshop Equipment

A limited workshop facility will be provided in the powerhouse for carrying out the normal
operation and maintenance jobs of electro mechanical equipment. The workshop will be
equipped with following machine tools:
 Turning machine,

 Mechanical Workbench,
 Power hacksaw,
 Drilling machine,
 Grinding machine,
 Welding set etc,
9.6. Power Evacuation Arrangement

It is proposed to provide two outgoing bays for evacuating power at 132kV level from
Mawphu HEP. This power would be pooled at Mawlai Substation of Meghalaya State
Electricity Board (MeSEB)/ Meghalaya Energy Corporation Limited (MeCL) and carried
through one number 132kV double circuit transmission line taking off from Mawphu HEP.
9.7. Drawings
Sl.No. Title Drawing Number
Powerhouse complex and pothead yard 0933 EDC G00 0001

1.
Powerhouse plans and sections 0933 EDC G00 0002

2.
Pothead yard plan and section 0933 EDC G00 0003

3.
Main single line diagram 0933 EDB A00 0001

4.
MV schematic 0933 EDB A18 0001

5.
LT schematic 0933 EDB A16 0001

6.
Control and monitoring architecture 0933 EDE A20 0001

7.
DC schematic 0933 EDE A19 0001

8.
Cooling water schematic 0933 EDD A51 0001

9.
Drainage and dewatering schematic 0933 EDD A52 0001

10.
Fire protection system 0933 EDD A53 0001

11.
Compressed air system 0933 EDD A55 0001

12.

Annexure 9-1
S.No CEA recommendations Provisions for the Project
1. Drainage system shall be designed with Drainage pumps and piping with suitable
capability of discharging normal sizes considering normal seepage from
seepage from power station walls, walls, floors, leakages from turbine seals,
floors, leakages from “turbine shaft water from back flushing of cyclone
seals”, water from back flushing of separator(s) with additional margin will be
cyclone separator(s) (if provided) etc. provided.
with an additional margin of at least
The system will be compliant with IS 4721
50%.
2000, Code of practice for drainage and
dewatering of surface/ underground hydro
electric power stations.
2. For standby drainage capacity and also 2 numbers of additional flood water
for flood protection purposes, equal discharge pumps will be provided at the
number of additional pumps of same MIV floor, which will evacuate any flood
capacity as that of drainage capacity water above the Max tail water level.
provided for powerhouse is provided in
a separate sump at the lowest floor.
3. Use of submersible type pumps, Submersible type pumps will be used for
suitable for submergence of minimum drainage and dewatering.
20m may be made mandatory for
drainage and dewatering system. In
case of silt prone power station, at least
one slurry pump may be provided.
4. The pumps shall be capable of The pumps will be capable of discharging

discharging water above the highest the water above the maximum tail water
flood level directly into the river (or in level of 235m.
TRT/ pool beyond D/T gate).
5. A mild steel pipe of suitable size shall Additional drainage pipe will be
be embedded in the access tunnel to embedded in the draft tube deck with
provide alternate route to discharge NRV and gate valve with outlet above
flood water from underground power highest flood level.
station directly into the river. In surface/
sub surface power stations, additional
drainage pipe(s) may be embedded in
the draft tube deck wall/ draft tube pier
with NRV and gate valve with outlet
above highest flood level.

S.No CEA recommendations Provisions for the Project
6. In case of power stations (with head The penstock tapping has been avoided
above 100m), tapings from penstocks for supply for cooling and fire fighting.
shall be avoided and water for cooling,
fire fighting etc. be lifted from the
tailrace.
7. Cooling water, fire fighting and Sizing of valves will be done suitably to
drainage/ dewatering system shall have suit safe operating conditions of the
case steel valves suitable for a system.
pressure of 1.5 times of design
pressure.
8. All electrical panels for drainage/ The electric panels shall be located in the
dewatering pumps, SST, DC battery Control block at floor above the maximum
etc. in the power station shall be placed flood water level.
at level of Machine hall or above.
9. The total DG capacity to be provided for 2 numbers of 750kVA DG sets are

the power station shall be capable of proposed to be installed and the same will
operating all drainage and dewatering be utilized to run the drainage and
pumps simultaneously in emergent dewatering pumps during exigency
conditions. conditions.

10. ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECOLOGICAL ASPECTS
Environmental study details are to be provided by M/s NEEPCO which is

awaited till the completion of the draft DPR

11. CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY
11.1. Access to Project Site & Project Components

Mawphu H.E. Project, Stage-II (85MW) is located East Khasi Hills district of Meghalaya
state. Project is remotely located. Access roads to various project component are not
available and would have to be constructed before the construction of project component
can be taken up. The status of Access roads to various project component is as under :
Access to Project Site
Nearest Motor able Road Guwahati to Shillong – about 120km
available to project site Shilling to Mawsynram – about 60km
Thieddieng
Nearest Village to project site Access road (under construction) is available from
Mawsynram for about 4km towards Thieddieng,
thereafter – about 6km through foot track
Dam Site
Nearest Village Thieddieng (Right Bank) / Mawphu (Left Bank)
Dam site to Thieddieng – about 2km through

Approach to Dam Site
footpath
Dam Site to Mawphu Village - about 2km
Power House Site
Nearest Village Thieddieng
Power House site to Thieddieng – about 2km

Approach to Power House
through footpath
DPR-I: Chapter-11: Construction Methodology 11-21

11.2. Project Components:

The project comprises construction of following components:
1. 384m long, 7m  Horse Shoe Shape Diversion Tunnel

2. 51m high Concrete Gravity Dam along with other appurtenant structures
3. 2.62 Km long, 4.80m  Horse Shoe Shaped Head Race Tunnel, with 2 intermediate
Adits
a. Adit 1 - 6m D-shaped at RD 862 78m long
b. Adit – 2 6m D – Shaped near Surge Shaft 124m Long
4. 10m dia, 54 m high Surge Shaft
5. Pressure Shaft
a. 3.5m  869m long, bifurcating into 2 limb of 2.5 m  each 32m long
b. Adit-2A to top horizontal Pressure Shaft, 6m dia D shaped 108m long
c. Adit-2B to erection chamber, 6m dia, 81 m long
d. Adit 3 to bottom horizontal pressure shaft, 6m dia D chaped, 455 m long
6. Erection Chamber of Pressure shaft 8m x 8mx 8m
7. Surface Power House (53.8 m x 16.0 m x 30.50 m), housing 2 no Vertical Axis
Francis Turbine ( 2 x 37.50 MW)
8. 51m long Tail Race Channel (including recovery bay)
11.3. Climatic Conditions:

The proposed dam is near to the village Mawphu (L/B) and the power house is near to
Thieddieng village (R/B) in East Khasi Hills District of Meghalaya. The climate of the sub-
basin is characterized by torrential rains caused by South West monsoon and 60% to 70%
rainfall occurs between June to September. The river flows in deep channel and swells into
torrents during the rainy season while during the remaining months it has not much
significant flow. The river has floods during June to October with peaks mostly occurring in
July to September
However, for construction purposes the working season is considered from November to
May.
11.4. Construction Material:

10 rock quarries and 3 river terraces/shoal deposits have been identified in the vicinity of the
project area. In addition, it is proposed to use the materials from both the banks which
would accommodate the dam for use as concrete aggregates. From these sources, sufficient
quantity of suitable construction material is available to meet the requirement of 2.23 lac cum
of coarse aggregate, 1.12 lac cum of fine aggregate for production of concrete and 0.65 lac
cum of Rock fill for coffer dams.
11.5. Assumptions while framing the Schedule & Construction

Methodology:
 Non monsoon Season from November to May.
 Monsoon Season – Jun to October. Due to heavy rainfall in the region, construction
activities for surface works like Dam & Power house would be significantly impacted
during the monsoon season. The underground works would also be impacted, though
relatively less as compared to surface construction works. However, as the construction
agency would remain mobilized at site during the monsoon season, the construction
activity shall be continued with less progress. For preparing the schedule, it is assumed
that :
o Surface Works - Production in wet season ( Monsoon period) shall be 30% of
production achieved in dry season for surface works.
o Underground Works - Production in wet season ( Monsoon period) shall be 50%
of production achieved in dry season for underground works.
 Work shall be carried out in 3 shifts of 8 hrs each, with 80% job efficiency factor i.e 50
min / hr.
 The project involves execution of large quantities of excavation and concreting for
surface and underground structures. Considering the magnitude and nature of
construction activity, mechanized construction has been considered for all type of
construction job so as to achieve consistent quality at a faster rate for timely completion
of the project.
11.6. Methodology for Execution of Works
11.6.1. Construction of Access Roads to Project Components

Before taking up the construction of project components, access roads to these components
are required to be build. Due to remote location and adverse climatic conditions, construction
of these approach roads would be difficult and time consuming process, which will have
significant impact on the project construction schedule.
To avoid the delay and allow the construction contractor to start the work on project
components as soon as after the mobilization is completed, it is planned to take up the
construction of the access road immediately after the TEC and Environment / Forest
clearance is available for the project. The construction of access roads can be carried out
concurrently with the process of preparing the bid documents and inviting the tenders and
selecting the Contractor for the construction of the project.
Upon award of work to the contractor, the access roads can be handed over to the
contractor on “AS is WHERE IS” basis and further construction of these access roads can be
taken up by the Contractor.
Construction of Project

The construction of the project can be taken by deploying qualified and well experienced
contractors
11.7. Construction of Project Components
11.7.1. Facilities for construction at Dam site

Temporary facilities which would be required to be developed at Dam site are :
a) Supply of concrete: 1 no batching plant will mix concrete for the dam and other
appurtenant structures. The rated output of the batching plant shall be 60 m 3/ hr. Mix
design should be verified before concrete mixing and implemented in batching plant
strictly. The batching plant has been designed for double shift production, however if
required, batching plant can also work on three shift production
b) Aggregate processing Plant: All the aggregate cannot be obtained from natural
materials, so an aggregate processing system will be set up to produce aggregates. The
peak production rate of this system would correspond to peak concrete production rate.
Usually the aggregate processing system is designed for double shift production. The
capacity of producing is 110t/h .At the peak period of concrete placement, the aggregate
system can work on three shifts for production.
c) Network of access roads will be developed to Dam site and appurtenant structures,
Batching plant & Aggregate processing plant to facilitate the movement of construction
equipment.
d) Adequate no. of Diesel Gensets shall be mobilized to cater for the construction power of
the equipment. Air compressors shall be mobilized for supply of air for pneumatic
equipments.
11.7.2. Method statement for River Diversion

River Diversion Scheme
 One diversion tunnel of 7.0 m dia, horse shoe shaped is proposed on the left bank.
The length of the tunnel is about 384m. The inlet is kept at EL. 446.00 and outlet is at
EL. 429.50. The invert levels are about 1.0 m above the average river bed level at
the proposed location.
 One gate of size 8.00 m x 8.00 m for the opening at inlet shall be provided to
facilitate the closure of the tunnel and plugging of the tunnel before reservoir filling.
The gate shall be operated with hoist at EL. 457.50 m.
 U/s Cofferdam is proposed to be founded on overburden. The maximum height of the
coffer dam is 18m from the river bed level. 1.0 m thick impervious to semi-pervious
material is provided on the river bed and on the u/s face with the slope of 1.5H:1V.
The central core of the coffer dam is filled with clay. To facilitate the construction of
the coffer dam, closure dyke is also proposed with the top at EL. 450.00.

 The deepest foundation level for main dam is expected at about 13m and the location
of the coffer dam is at about 200m upstream of the dam axis. Hence the seepage at
the d/s is not much anticipated. However, one row of permeation grouting is
proposed to arrest the seepage.
 The downstream coffer dam is of 6m high with its top level at EL. 434, which is
proposed to be located at about 170 m d/s of the dam axis with the top width of 3.0
m.
a) Excavation & Concreting of DT Inlet Structure

i. Open excavation:
The open excavation in rock and overburden will be carried out according to the principle of
“excavating from top to down and by layers and benches”. The earth and heavily weathered
rock will be directly excavated and collected by 1.6m3 excavator, the muck will be collected
by bulldozer and transported by 16T dumper. The excavation in the slope shall be taken up
using deep-hole bench drilling and blasting method. The height of bench for each blast will
be 3m so that rock support measures can be installed easily. The width of temporary berm
created after each blast of for excavation shall be about 3m to allow easy movement of
equipments for next operation. The slope will be drilled by hydraulic drill such as ROC D7 or
equivalent. After each bench is blasted, while the muck is being collected by 1.6m 3
excavator and bulldozer transported by 16T Dumpers, drilling for next bench blast and
installation of rock support measures shall be taken up simultaneously. The drilling pattern
shall be such that per blast 250 m3 of rock is blasted and there shall be two such cycles/day
( i.e. one blast in 12 Hrs) . The blasting pattern shall be decided as per the site conditions,
however assuming a 1m x 1m grid pattern with 3.2 m of vertical depth would be close
approximation to the pattern to be adopted at site.
The equipment used for rock open excavation of slope for Inlet and outlet structure shall also
be used for excavation of abutment and foundation of Dam
Excavated slopes shall be protected by applying shotcrete and installing rock bolts / rock
anchors as per site requirements and provisions shown in the construction drawing.
The material recovered from the excavations will be selected according to its technical
characteristics; the material suitable to be used as backfill material or embankment material
will be reused as much as possible in such activities; the material suitable for being used as
aggregate for concrete works will be hauled to the crushing plant for reduction to size; the
materials not suitable for any working activity will be disposed off into the designated muck
dumping site.
The total excavation involved in DT Inlet is 8162 m3.
a) Requirement of Hydraulic Excavators ( 1.6m3 capacity Bucket )
 Average Quantity of Excavation per / cycle = 250 m3

 Rated bucket capacity of Hydraulic Excavator = 1.6m3
 Assuming Bucket fill factor = 80%,
 Assuming Cycle time Element for Excavator as under:
i) Spotting & Positioning = 30 Sec
ii) Load / bucket = 15 sec
iii) Swing Loaded = 5 sec
iv) Dump in dump truck = 10 sec (into Dump Truck)
v) Swing empty = 5 sec
Total cycle time = 65 sec
 Job Efficiency Factor = 50 min / hr
 Production of Excavator = (1.6 x 80% x 60 x 50 )
65 sec
= 60 m3 / hr
 Total No of Excavator required for 250 m3 muck = 1no
 Total time taken for mucking by Excavator = 250m3 / 60 m3 / hr
= 4.2 Hrs
b) Requirement of Dumper 16T for Hauling Excavated Muck
It is planned to deploy Dumper LPK1616 – HD or equivalent, having the capacity of 16T &
Box capacity of 7 cum.
 Maximum permissible weight allowed = 16T ( 16000 Kg)
 Assuming 1 m3 of muck = 2.5 T (2500 Kg)
 Allowable quantity of muck that can be carried = 16 T / 2.5 T/m3
= 6.4 m3
 Rated Bucket Capacity = 7 cum
 Estimated cycle time for completing one swing of Excavator = 65 sec
 muck carried by excavator in one cycle = 1.6 x 80%

= 1.28 m3
 Estimating Cycle time for One dumper for dumping the Muck in muck disposal area
and back
i) Loading 6.4 m3 of muck = 6.4m3 / ( 1.28m3 / 65 sec)
= 325 sec , say 5.5 min
ii) Haul time for disposing muck in muck disposal area
Speed of Loaded Truck = 20 kmph
Distance of Muck disposal site = 3 Km
Haul Time = 3 / 20 x 60 = 9 min
iii) Dump Time at Dumping site (Assumption) = 2min
iv) Return time
Speed of empty Truck = 30 kmph
Haul Time = 3 / 30 x 60 = 6 min
Total Cycle Time for 1 dump truck = 5.5min +9min+2min+6min
= 22.5min
 Job efficiency factor = 50 Min / hr
 Total production by 1 dumper =(6.4m3 / 22.5 min) x 50 Min / hr
= 14.22 m3 / hr
  No. of tippers required to match Excavation production =( 60m3/ hr) / (14.22m3/hr)
= 4.2, say 5 nos
c) Requirement of Hydraulic Drill
Table 31-1 Estimation of Drilling Production by Hydraulic drill
1 Depth of Hole Pull / depth = 3m Drill depth = 3.2 m
2 Penetration rate = 0.75m / min
3 Drilling Time 4.2 min ( 3.2m / 0.75 m/min)

4 Change steel 1.0min 1 add & 1 remove
5 Blow hole 1.0 min 10 sec / 50 cms of drilling
6 Move 1 m ( next hole) 1.0 min
7 Align Steel 0.5 min
8 Loading the drill holes with 3.0 min
Explosives
9 Making the connections with 1.0min

other hole
10 Total time for drilling & loading 11.7 min
11 Operating time 0.273 m / min ( 3.2m / 11.7 min)
12 Job efficiency factor 50 min / hrs
13 Hourly production of drilling 13.67 m/ hr 50mni/hr x 0.273 m/min
 Rock production required = 250 m3
 1m x 1m pattern grid, 3.2m depth of drilling will produce = (1m x 1m x 3m ) / (3.2m)

= 0.9375 m3 / m of rock
 Total Drilling required for producing 250m3 of rock = 250m3 / ( 0.9375 m3 /m )
= 266.67m
 Total Time taken for drilling = 266.67m / 13.67m / hr = 19.50 hrs
 Since 1 blast is planned every 12 hrs, hence no of drill rigs required = 2 nos
 One additional hydraulic drill required for installation of rock bolts / rock anchors
 Total no of hydraulic drill required = 3 nos
ii. Concreting in DT Inlet Structure

Concreting in the DT inlet shall be taken up along with the lining works in the Diversion
tunnel. It is planned that the lining in DT shall proceed from inlet end to outlet end with
feeding of concrete from outlet end. This arrangement will make concreting in DT inlet as an
independent activity, which can be taken up simultaneously. The capacity of batching plant &

Aggregate processing plant is adequate to meet the requirement of concreting at both fronts
simultaneously.
The procedure for concreting would be: Foundation clearance— surveying and setting out—
formwork erection— reinforcement and water stop installation— inspection- transportation of
concrete— concrete pouring— formwork removal— curing.
Concrete will be transported from the batching plant at dam site by 6m 3 capacity transit
mixer and then placed by concrete pump BP 350 or equivalent, leveled and vibrated finally
by manpower.
a) Requirement of Transit mixers for Transportation of Concrete :
 Rated Capacity of Batching Plant = 60 cum / hrs
 Assuming 80% efficiency, output of Batching Plant =48 cum/hr
 Rated output of Concrete pump ( BP 350 or equivalent) = 35 cum / hr
 Assuming 80% efficiency, output of Conc. Pump =28cum/hr
 Cycle time for 1 transit mixer for transportation of concrete :
o Loading Time under batching Plant = ( 6m3 )/ (48m3 / hrs) = 7.5min
o Transportation time =5min
o Unloading time =7.5 min
o Return time =5min
o Total Time =20 min
 Total production by 6m3 transit mixer = (6m3 / 20 min) = 0.3 m3 / min
 Job efficiency Factor = 50min /hr
 Total production by Transit mixer = 0.3 m3 / min x 50min /hr
= 15 m3 / hr
 Total no of mixers required to meet output of pump = 28 / 15 = 1.8 say, 2 nos
iii. Major Construction Equipment planned for DT Inlet
Table 11-2 Equipment deployment for Construction of DT Inlet
NO. Description Unit Quantity
1 Hydraulic drill ( ROC or equivalent) No. 3

2 Excavator ( 1.6 m3 ) No. 2
3 Bulldozer No. 1
4 Dumper (16 T with 7 cum box ) No. 5
5 Transit Mixer 6m3 capacity No 2 nos
6 Concrete pump ( BP 350 or equivalent No` 1
7 Needle vibrators Adequate nos
b) Excavation & Concreting of Diversion Tunnel

Before starting the excavation of Diversion tunnel from Inlet side, a temporary bund shall be
constructed with top level at EL 447, to isolate the working area from the flowing river. Portal
shall be developed at inlet and outlet end before commencing the underground excavation.
i. Underground Excavation of Diversion Tunnel
Excavation will be carried out from Inlet and outlet end simultaneously. Full face excavation
will be implemented using drilling and blasting method. Drill hole by 2 boom drill jumbo, load
the mucks by 1 m3 side-dumping loader and transport mucks by 16T Dumper. Since the
river diversion is on the critical path of the project, independent set of equipments shall be
deployed for carrying out excavation from each face.
The cycle of excavation by drilling & blasting shall be :
 Drilling blast holes and loading them with explosives

 Detonating the blast, followed by ventilation to remove blast fumes
 Removal of Blasted rock ( mucking)
 Scaling crown and walls to remove loosened pieces of rock
 Installing the rock support
 Advancing the ventilation & utilities ( once in a fortnight)
a) Estimation of Cycle time for Underground Excavation of Diversion Tunnel :

Table 11-4 : Estimation of Drilling Time
1 Cross sectional Area of the tunnel = 50m2
2 Density of Charge holes 1 hole / 0.7m2
3 Total no of Holes required to be drilled 70 nos 50m2 / 0.7
4 Pull Planned for each blast 3m
5 Depth of each blast hole 3.2m
6 Total depth of Drilling required 224 m 3.2m x 70 nos
( 2 boom drill
7 No of boom available for drilling 2nos
jumbo)
8 Drilling depth / boom 112m 224m /2nos
9 Penetration rate of each boom 1m / min
10 Drilling Time 112min
( 1 min / hole , 35
11 Moving boom to next hole and aligning 35min
holes/boom)
10 sec / .5m of
12 Blow hole 37 min
drilling
13 Total time for drilling & loading 184 min
( 112m / 147
14 Operating time 0.60 m / min
min)
50mni / hr x 0.76
16 Hourly production of drilling 30.4 m/ hr
m/min
Total time taken for drilling 3.7 hrs 112m / 30.4 m/ hr

Table 11-5 : Estimation of Mucking Time, and Requirement of 16T tippers for Mucking
1 Cross sectional Area of the tunnel 50m2
2 Pull Planned for each Blast 3m
3 Muck generated / blast 150 m3 50 x 3
4 Assuming Swell Factor 40%
5 Total quantity of muck to be removed 210m3
6 Estimating the Loader production / hr
a) Rated Bucket capacity 1.0 m3
Assuming 80% fill

b) Actual Bucket capacity 0.8 m3
factor
c) Time for loading one bucket 15 sec
d) Loaded swing 05 sec
e) Dump in dumping time 10 sec
f) Swing (empty) 05 sec
g) Total Cycle time 35 sec
h) Job efficiency Factor 50min / hr
(1.0 x 80% x 60
i) Production by loader 70 m3 / hr
x 50 ) / 35 sec
7 Total Time required for mucking 3 hrs 210 m3 / 70m3/hr
8 No of 16 T tippers required
a) Maximum permissible weight allowed 16 T
Assuming 1m3 of
b) Allowable qty. of Muck that can be carried 6.4 m3
muck = 2.5 T
c) Time for loading one dumper 5.5 min Loader

production = 70
cum/hr
Speed = 20kmph
d) Haul Time for disposing muck 9 min
Distance = 3Km
e) Dump time at dumping site 2 min
Speed = 20kmph
f) Return time 6 min
Distance = 3Km
g) Total Cycle time 22.5min
h) Job efficiency factor 50min / hrs
14.22 cum / hr 6.4m / 22.5 min)

3
i) Dumper production
x 50 Min / hr
No . of tippers required to match loader 4.9 nos, Say 5 (70 cum/hr ) /

J
production nos 14.22 cum/hr
Table 11-6 : Average cycle time for Full face excavation
Total
Survey
Ventilatio Face time
& Drillin Explosive Rock
Time n& Mucking clearin for
setting g charge Support
Defuming g each
out
cycle
Hour 1.5 3.7 2 1.5 3 4 0.5 16.2

In class 4 & 5 rock, due to installation of Ribs and other support, the Rock support time shall
be 6.5 hrs and overall cycle time shall be about 19 hrs.
Advance per cycle = 3m
Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 1,2,3 = 4.4m/day
Average rate of progress / day / face in class 4 & 5 = 3.8 m/day
ii. Concrete Lining in Diversion Tunnel

It is planned to carry out the lining in diversion tunnel using a 12 m long gantry. The shutter
shall move from Inlet toward the outlet, and concrete shall be feed from outlet end of the
tunnel. This arrangement will facilitate in carrying out concreting & HM work at Inlet,
simultaneously with the tunnel concreting.
mixer and then placed by concrete pump (BP 350 or equivalent), leveled and vibrated finally
by manpower.
Table 11-7 : Estimating the requirement of 6 cum Transit mixers for DT lining
1 Total quantity of Concrete in DT 3228m3
2 Concrete quantity / 12 m long shutter 101 m3
3 Rated output of concrete pump 35 cum /hr BP 350 or equal
4 Actual output of Concrete pump 28 cum/hr 80% efficiency
5 Time for placing concrete 3.7 hrs 101 / 28
Estimating the Requirement of Transit mixers 6 m3
a) Loading time under batching Plant 7.5 min
b) Transportation time 7 min
c) Unloading time 7.5 min
d) Total cycle 22 min
e) Job efficiency factor 50 min/hr
f) Transit mixer production 13.6 cum /hr
No of Transit mixer required to match pump

g) 2.1, say 3 nos 28/13.6
capacity
Table 11-8 Average cycle time for concrete lining / gantry in DT
Pumping Total time

Shifting Fixing Setting Shutter
Time by for each
& bulkhead time removal
concrete cycle
Fixing &
of concrete
forms pipe line
Hour 4 3 3.7 15 1 26.7

Average Advance / shutter = 12m
iv. Major construction Equipment Planned for for Diversion tunnel
Table 11-9 Equipment deployment for Construction of Diversion Tunnel;
1 2 Boom drill Jumbo No. 2
2 Side dump loader 1 m3 bucket No. 2
5 12m long shutter for concrete lining No 1
6 Transit Mixer 6m3 capacity No 3
7 Concrete pump ( BP 350 or equivalent ) No` 1
d) Construction of Coffer Dam
U/s Cofferdam is proposed to be founded on overburden. The maximum height of the coffer
dam is 18m from the river bed level. 1.0 m thick impervious to semi-pervious material is
provided on the river bed and on the u/s face with the slope of 1.5H:1V. The central core of
the coffer dam is filled with clay. To facilitate the construction of the coffer dam, closure dyke
is also proposed with the top at EL. 450.00.
Materials from excavation of Diversion Tunnel, DT inlet and outlet will be used for
cofferdams. Clay will be obtained from the borrow area. The material will be loaded by the
excavator 1.6m3, and transported by the 16T dumper. Bulldozer will be used to spread, level
and compact. Filling of the cofferdam will be carried out in layers of no more than 100cm
each. Compaction roller will be used to compact in layers. Total quantity of fill material to be
placed in the coffer dam = 71,690 cum.

Table 11-10 : Requirement of Excavators & Tippers
Average rate of Fill material to be placed

1 4000 cum
every day
2 Hourly production required excavation 170 cum 4000 / 24
3 Estimating the excavator production 1.6m3 and No. required
Assuming 80% fill

factor
c) Spotting & positioning time 30 Sec
d) Time for loading one bucket 15 sec
e) Loaded swing 05 sec
f) Dump in dumping time 10 sec
g) Swing (empty) 05 sec
h) Total Cycle time 65 sec
i) Job efficiency Factor 50min / hr
j) Production by loader 60 m3 / hr (1.6 x 80% x 60

x 50 ) / 65 sec
k) No of excavators required 3 no 170 cum /

60cum/hr
l) Revised Excavation production 4320 cum 60 m3 / hr x 3no x

24 hrs
b) Allowable qty. of Muck that can be carried 6.4 m3 Assuming 1m3 of

muck = 2.5 T
c) Time for loading one dumper 5.5 min Loader
production = 70
cum/hr
d) Haul Time for disposing muck 9 min Speed = 20kmph

Distance = 3Km
f) Return time 6 min Speed = 20kmph

Distance = 3Km
g) Total Cycle time 22.5min
i) Dumper production 14.22 cu/hr 6.4m3 / 22.5 min)

x 50 Min / hr
No . of tippers required to match excavator (3x 60 cum/hr ) /
J 15
production 14.22 cum/hr
Table 11-11 : Major construction equipment Planned for Coffer dam construction
Quantit
Description Unit
y
Dumper 16 t with 7 cum box Nos 15
Bulldozer Set 2
Excavator 1.6m3 Set 3
Compaction roller Nos 2
11.7.3. Method statement for Construction of dam

Concrete gravity dam is of 140m long (at top) and 51m high (from the deepest foundation
level) with its top at EL.472.00m.
2 Non-Overflow (NOF) blocks have been proposed on the left bank side. The length of first
NOF block has been kept as 17.75m and of second block as 15.0m. The height of the
blocks varies from 6.25 to 36.5m.
2 NOF blocks have been proposed on the right bank side. The lengths of blocks are 15.0m
and 13.25m. The height of the blocks varies from 7m to 43m.
Total excavation involved in dam
 Excavation in Overburden/Soil = 58,300 cum

 Excavation in Rock = 93.300 cum
 Total = 1,51,600 cum
Further Break up of Excavation Qty :
1. In Abutment - From top to HFL = 34,000 cum
2. Abutments – from HFL to River bed level = 15,000 cum
3. From river bed level to deepest foundation level = 1,03,000 cum
i. Open excavation
The open excavation in abutment above HFL involving quantity of 34,000 cum shall be taken
up prior to river diversion works. The excavation of abutments below the HFL shall be taken
up after the river diversion is achieved. Excavation in river bed shall also be taken up after
the river diversion has been achieved. Some access roads will be built before the
construction of the dam in order to meet the requirement of traffic.
The open excavation will be carried out according to the principle of “excavating from top to
down and by layers and benches. The earth and heavily weathered rock will be directly
excavated by 1.6m3 excavator, and the muck will be collected by bulldozer and transported
by 16T dumper. The rock excavation in the slope shall be taken up using deep-hole bench
drilling and blasting method. The height of bench for blasting will be 3m so that rock support
measures can be installed easily. The width of temporary berm created after blast of each
bench shall be about 3m to allow easy movement of equipments for next operation, The
slope will be drilled by hydraulic drill such as ROC. After each bench is blasted, while the
muck is being collected by 1.6m3 excavator and transported by 16T Dumpers, drilling for
next bench blast and installation of rock support measures shall be taken up simultaneously.
The drilling pattern shall be such that per blast 500 m 3 of rock is blasted and there shall be
two such cycles/day ( i.e. one blast in 12 Hrs ) . The blasting pattern shall be decided as per
the site conditions, however assuming a 1m x 1m grid pattern with 3.2 m of vertical depth
would be close approximation to the pattern to be adopted at site.
characteristics; the material suitable for being used as aggregate for concrete works will be
hauled to the crushing plant for reduction to size; the materials not suitable for any working
activity will be disposed off into the designated muck dumping site.
a) Requirement of Hydraulic Excavators ( 1.6m3 capacity Bucket )

 Average rate of production required (12hrshift) = 42 cum / hr
i) Spotting & Positioning = 30 Sec
ii) Load / bucket = 15 sec
iii) Swing Loaded = 5 sec
iv) Dump in dump truck = 10 sec (into Dump Truck)
v) Swing empty = 5 sec
65 sec
= 60 m3 / hr
 Total No of Excavator required for 500 m3 muck = 1 no + 1 no stand by
= 8.4 Hrs
b) Requirement of Dumpers 16T for Hauling Excavated Muck
It is planned to deploy Dumpers LPK1616 – HD or equivalent, having the capacity of 16T &

= 6.4 m3
= 1.28 m3
and back
i) Loading 6.4 m3 of muck = 6.4m3 / ( 1.28m3 / 65 sec)
= 325 sec , say 5.5 min
ii) Haul time for disposing muck in muck disposal area
Haul Time = 3 / 20 x 60 = 9 min
iii) Dump Time at Dumping site (Assumption) = 2min
iv) Return time
Haul Time = 3 / 30 x 60 = 6 min
= 22.5min
= 14.22 m3 / hr
  No. of tippers required to match Excavation production = 60m3/ hr / 14.22 m3 / hr
= 4.2, say 5 nos
c) Requirement of Hydraulic drill for carrying out drilling in Rock for Excavation

Table 11-12 Estimation of Drilling Production
4 Change steel 1min 1 add & 1 remove
5 Blow hole 1 min 10 sec / 50 cms of drilling
6 Move 1 m ( next hole) 1 min
8 Loading the drill holes with 3 min
Explosives
9 Making the connections with 1 min

other hole
 Rock production required = 500 m3
= 0.9375 m3 / m of rock
= 534m
 Total Time taken for drilling = 534m / 13.67m / hr = 39 hrs
 Since 1 blast is planned every 12 hrs, hence no of hydraulic drill required = 4 nos

 One additional Hydraulic rill required for installation of rock bolts / rock anchors
 Total no of Hydraulic drill required = 5 nos
ii. Concreting in Dam
The procedure for concreting is as following: Foundation clearance— surveying and setting
out— formwork erection— reinforcement and waterstop installation— inspection— concrete
pouring— formwork removal— curing.
Concrete shall be transported from batching by 6m3 transit mixers and shall be placed
through tower crane with 3m3 bucket .
Total quantity of concrete to be placed in dam =
 From Deepest foundation level to river bed = 52,125 cum

 From river bed level to Dam top = 86,875 cum
o Total =1,39,000 cum
Peak placement of concrete in the dam would be when the concrete in poured in the
overflow blocks 3,4 and 5 below the river bed level. Following is planned for pouring the
concrete :
 Concrete shall be placed in lift heights of 1.5m. In each lift concrete shall be poured
in layers of 0.5m height.
 Subsequent lift in same block will be placed every 5 days ( 120 hrs) after the
previous pour is completed – 2 day for green cutting, curing, 3 days for preparing the
lift including moving forms and installing all materials as per design ( water stops,
contact grouting installations, reinforcement steel if any, cleaning of surface)
i) Designing the Batching Plant capacity ( On Cold Joint formation basis) :
The capacity of batching plant for producing concrete and no. of transit mixers of 6m 3
capacity for transporting concrete shall be adequate enough to prevent the formation of cold
joint when the concrete in the particular lift is being poured. This criteria defines how much
concrete in mass pour must be place before cold joint conditions occurs (vibrators cannot
penetrate into fresh concrete without breaking). The cold joint production requirement is
based on the size of pour i.e its width perpendicular to river flow and height of lift ( 1.5m) that
concrete is placed in. Cold joint criteria will be observed when pouring block in dam
foundation, in block 3,4,5 below the river bed level and it will be based on the widest block.
The widest block in dam occurs in block 4 & 5 below the foundation level and it is 26m.
Based on 26m block width ( in direction perpendicular to flow of river), layer of 2.5m wide -
in direction along the flow of river and 0.5m thick layers, time required for cold joint
formation as 1.5 hrs, cold joint production requirement for placing mass concrete in dam for
1.5 m lifts is 87 m3 / hr. For details see figure below.
Planned rate of concrete production (15% above the minimum required) = 100 cum / hr.
Assuming efficiency of Batching Plant output = 80%, thus capacity of batching plant required
= 120 cum / hr.
It is planned to meet the requirement of concrete production by installing two batching

plants of capacity 60 cum / hr each. After the mass concreting in Non over flow block no
3,4,5 up to spillway crest level is completed, one of the batching plant can be transported to
surge shaft & Adit 2 location to meet the requirement of concreting at these locations.
Total monthly production by 60 cum / hr batching plant, in shift operation
Rated output = 60 cum /hr
Job efficiency Factor = 50min / hr
Output / day = 60 x (50min/hr) x 2 x8
= 800 cum / day
Output / month / BP = 800 x 25 day = 20,000 cum

ii) Design of Aggregate processing Plant at Dam Site ( To meet peak production by
Batching Plant 40000 cum )
Coarse Fine Total Aggregate
Concrete
Structure Aggregate Aggregate (Corse +fine)
qty.(cum)
(cum) (cum) (cum)
Dam (peak
requirement 40000 40000 20000 60000
of aggregate)
Total Aggregate requirement (cum) 60000
60000 x 1.8
Quantity in Tonnes
= 1,08,000
Assuming 125% peak requirement of aggregate (1.25 x
1,35,000
1,08, 000) Tonnes
1,35,000/(25x24)
Aggregate requirement per hour (Tonnes/hr)
= 225
Efficiency of aggregate processing plant 80%
Required capacity of processing plant (Tonnes/hr) (225/0.8) = 281
So install 2 aggregate processing plant of 170 Tonnes/hr Capacity &
110 TPH ( second APP can be shifted along with batching plant to Adit 2 /
surge shaft location)
iii. Major Construction Equipment Planned for Concrete Dam
Table 11-13 : Major Construction Equipment Planned for Concrete Dam
1 Hydraulic Drill ( ROC ) No. 5
3 Excavator 1.6 m3 No 2
5 Tower Crane No 2

8 Batching Plant ( 60 Cum / hr) No` 2
9 Aggregate processing Plant 170 TPH No 1
11.7.4. Method statement for Construction of Head Race Tunnel
The water conductor system includes a horse shoe shaped Head Race Tunnel (HRT) of
finished diameter 4.80 m. The length of HRT is 2.62 Km. Tunneling is proposed to be carried
out by drilling & blasting method (DBM). Rock support, comprising of shotcrete, rock bolting
and steel sets would be proposed as per site conditions.
Before taking up actual tunnel excavation, portal construction and slope stabilization at the
adits would be required. This shall involve open excavation, rock bolting, shotcreting etc. 2
Construction Adits are proposed along the alignment of HRT to facilitate the excavation of
HRT. The RD of each Adit and distance between them is given as under:
a. Adit 1 - 6m D-shaped at RD 862 78m long

b. Adit – 2 6m D – Shaped near surge shaft 124m Long
Excavation shall be carried out from 3 faces and each face shall have independent set of
construction equipments. During the excavation of tunnel, suitable niches will also be
excavated at regular intervals which will facilitate in passing of construction vehicles during
the construction of tunnel
i. Excavation of Head Race Tunnel
Full face excavation will be implemented using drilling and blasting method, and smooth
blasting will be carried out to control the excavation perimeter. Drill hole by 1 boom drill,
load the mucks by 1 m3 side-dumping loader and transport mucks by 16t Dumper.
The cycle of excavation by drilling & blasting shall be :
 Drilling blast holes and loading them with explosives

 Detonating the blast, followed by ventilation to remove blast fumes
 Removal of Blasted rock ( mucking)

 Scaling crown and walls to remove loosened pieces of rock
 Installing the rock support
 Advancing the ventilation & utilities ( once in a fortnight)
a) Cycle time for Underground excavation of Head Race Tunnel :

 Estimation of Drilling Time
2 Density of Charge holes 1hole / 0.5 m2
3 Total no of Holes required to be drilled 55 nos 50m2 / 0.5
4 Pull Planned for each blast 2.3m
5 Depth of each blast hole 2.5m
6 Total depth of Drilling required 137.5 m 2.5m x 55 nos
( 1 boom drill
7 No of boom available for drill 1nos
jumbo)
9 Penetration rate of each boom 1m/min
10 Drilling Time 137.5 min
( 1 min / hole , 35
11 Moving boom to next hole and aligning 55 min
holes/boom)
10 sec / .5m of
12 Blow hole 45 min
driling
13 Total time for drilling 240 min
( 137.5 / 240
14 Operating time 0.57 m / min
min)
16 Hourly production of drilling 28.5 m/ hr 50mni/hr x 0.57

m/min
137.5m / 30.4 m/
Total time taken for drilling 4.8 hrs
hr
 Estimation of Mucking Time, and Requirement of 16T tippers for Mucking

2 Pull Planned for each Blast 2.3m
3 Muck generated / blast 73 m3 27 x 2.3
4 Assuming Swell Factor 40%
5 Total quantity of muck to be removed 102.06 m3
6 Estimating the Loader production / hr
Assuming 80% fill

factor
c) Time for loading one bucket 15 sec
d) Loaded swing 05 sec
e) Dump in dumping time 10 sec
f) Swing (empty) 05 sec
g) Total Cycle time 35 sec
h) Job efficiency Factor 50min / hr
(0.8 x 80% x 60
i) Production by loader 55 m3 / hr
x 50 ) / 35 sec
7 Total Time required for mucking 2 hrs 102 m3 / 55m3/hr

Assuming 1m3 of
b) Allowable qty. of Muck that can be carried 6.4 m3
muck = 2.5 T
Loader
c) Time for loading one dumper 7 min production = 55
cum/hr
Speed = 20kmph
d) Haul Time for disposing muck 12 min
Distance = 4 Km
Speed = 20kmph
f) Return time 12 min
Distance = 4 Km
g) Total Cycle time 33 min
i) Dumper production 9.70 cu/hr 6.4m3 / 33 min) x

50 Min / hr
No . of tippers required to match loader 5.7 nos, Say 6 (70 cum/hr ) /

J
production nos 14.22 cum/hr
Average cycle time for Full face excavation in class 1,2 and 3 rock
Total
Survey
Ventilatio Face time
& Drillin Explosive Rock
Time n& Mucking clearin for
setting g charge Support
Defuming g each
out
cycle
Hour 1 4.8 1 0.75 2 3 0.5 13.05
In class 4 & 5 rock, dus to installation of Ribs and other support, the Rock support time shall
be 5.5 hrs and overall cycle time shall be about 15.5 hrs.

Advance per cycle = 2.3m

Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 1,2,3 = 4m/day
Average rate of progress / day / face in class 4 & 5 = 3.5 m/day
After every 20 m of advance, one day shall be utilized to extend the ventilation duct and
other utilities upto the face.
ii. Concrete Lining in Head Race Tunnel

It is planned to carry out the lining in tunnel using a 1 no 12 m long gantry from, as the
construction of HRT is not on the critical path and hence deployment of shutter at two
additional faces will only increase the cost of the equipment. Lining can be carried out from
Intake towards Surge shaft. Adit-1 shall be plugged after the crossover of junction to prevent
accumulation of diesel fumes in the Tunnel.
mixer and then placed by concrete pump (BP 350 or equivalent ), leveled and vibrated finally
by manpower.
It is also proposed to install a Batching plant of 30 cum/ hr capacity at Adit-1 to facilitate the
concreting of the tunnel.
Estimating the requirement of Transit Mixers :
2 Concrete quantity / 12 m long shutter 70 m3
3 Rated output of concrete pump 35 cum /hr BP 350 or equal
4 Actual output of Concrete pump 28 cum/hr 80% efficiency
5 Time for placing concrete 2.5 hrs 101 / 28
Estimating the Requirement of Transit mixers 6 m3
a) Loading time under batching Plant 2 min
b) Transportation time 10 min
c) Unloading time 2 min
d) Total cycle 14 min
e) Job efficiency factor 50 min/hr
f) Transit mixer production 10.71 cum /hr

No of Transit mixer required to match pump

g) 2.6, say 3 nos 28/10.7
capacity
Average cycle time for concrete lining / gantry
Shifting Fixing
& bulkhead Pumping Total time
Setting Shutter
Time Fixing & by for each
time removal
of concrete concrete cycle
forms pipe line
Hour 3.5 3.0 2.5 15 1.5 25.5
Average Advance / shutter = 12m
Average rate of progress / shutter = 11.30 m/day
v. Equipment required for Head Race Tunnel
Table 11-14 : Major Equipment deployment for Construction of Head Race Tunnel;
1 1 Boom drill Jumbo No. 3
2 Side dump loader 0.8 m3 bucket No. 3
12m long shutter for concrete

5 No 3
lining
Concrete pump ( BP 350) or

7 No` 3
equivalent
8 Concrete vibrators Adequate nos

11.7.5. Method statement for Construction of Surge Shaft

An underground circular type surge shaft of 10.0 m dia and having a height of 54 m is a part
of water conductor system.
Considering the dimension of surge shaft and ease of construction, the surge shaft will be
excavated in 2 phases. After reaching to surge shaft axis, initially a 2.5 m diameter pilot hole
will be drilled through the height of the shaft. The hole will be drilled from bottom to top by a
raise climber and mucking will be carried out from bottom by gravity. The pilot hole can then
be enlarged to the full diameter of the shaft by segmental benching (Drilling & Blasting
method) from top. The mucking for enlargement will be through the pilot hole by gravity and
then tipping by dumpers through the adit. Men and material will be lowered from top using
winch operated hoist. Concrete lining of surge shaft will be carried out using self climbing
shutters.
Table 11-15 : Major Equipment deployment for Surge Shaft;
1 Raise climber No. 1
2 Jack hammer No. 5
5 Self climbing shutter No 1

7 No` 1
equivalent
11.7.6. Method statement for Construction of Pressure shaft

Excavation of vertical pressure shaft shall be carried out in similar way as the the excavation
of Surge shaft with the help of raise climber. Vertical pressure shaft will be excavated in 2
phases. After reaching to PS axis, initially a 1.2 m diameter pilot hole will be drilled through
the height of the shaft. The hole will be drilled from bottom to top by a raise climber and
mucking will be carried out from bottom by gravity. The pilot hole can then be enlarged to the
full diameter of the shaft by segmental benching (Drilling & Blasting method) from top.

Horizontal pressure shaft shall be excavated in similar way as the HRT is being excavated.
Table 11-16 Major Equipment deployment for Pressure Shaft;
1 Raise climber No. 1
2 Jack hammer No. 5

7 No` 1
equivalent
11.7.7. Method statement for Construction of Power House

Total excavation involved in Power house
 Excavation in Overburden/Soil = 3,80,000 cum

 Excavation in Rock = 1,25,000 cum
 Total = 5,05,000 cum
i. Open excavation
The open excavation will be carried out according to the principle of “excavating from top to
down and by layers and benches. The earth and heavily weathered rock will be directly
excavated and collected by 1.6m3 excavator, and the muck will be collected by bulldozer
and transported by 16t dumper. The rock excavation in the slope shall be taken up using
deep-hole bench drilling and blasting method. The height of bench will be 3m so that rock
support measures can be installed easily. The width of berm created after excavation shall
be about 3m to allow easy movement of equipments for next operation, The slope will be
drilled by hydraulic drill such as ROC. After each bench is blasted, while the muck is being
collected by 1.6m3 excavator and transported by 16T Dumpers, drilling for next bench blast
and installation of rock support measures shall be taken up simultaneously. The drilling
pattern shall be such that per blast 500 m3 of rock is blasted and there shall be two such
cycles/day ( i.e. one blast in 12 Hrs ) . The blasting pattern shall be decided as per the site
conditions, however assuming a 1m x 1m grid pattern with 3.2 m of vertical depth would be
close approximation to the pattern to be adopted at site.

characteristics; the material suitable to be used as backfill material or embankment material
will be reused as much as possible in such activities; the material suitable for being used as
aggregate for concrete works will be hauled to the crushing plant for reduction to size; the
materials not suitable for any working activity will be disposed off into the designated muck
dumping site.
d) Requirement of Hydraulic Excavators ( 1.6m3 capacity Bucket )
 Average rate of production required (12hrshift) = 42 cum / hr
vi) Spotting & Positioning = 30 Sec
vii) Load / bucket = 15 sec
viii) Swing Loaded = 5 sec
ix) Dump in dump truck = 10 sec (into Dump Truck)
x) Swing empty = 5 sec
65 sec
= 60 m3 / hr
 Total No of Excavator required for 500 m3 muck = 1no + 1no stand by
= 8.4 Hrs
e) Requirement of Tippers 16T for Hauling Excavated Muck

It is planned to deploy Tippers LPK1616 – HD or equivalent, having the capacity of 16T &
= 6.4 m3
= 1.28 m3
and back
v) Loading 6.4 m3 of muck = 6.4m3 / ( 1.28m3 / 65 sec)
= 325 sec , say 5.5 min
vi) Haul time for disposing muck in muck disposal area
Haul Time = 3 / 20 x 60 = 9 min
vii) Dump Time at Dumping site (Assumption) = 2min
viii) Return time
Haul Time = 3 / 30 x 60 = 6 min
= 22.5min

= 14.22 m3 / hr
  No. of tippers required to match Excavation production = 60m3/ hr / 14.22 m3 / hr
= 4.2, say 5 nos
f) Requirement of Hydraulic drill for carrying out drilling in Rock for Excavation
As already explained above, the rock excavation in the slope shall be taken up using deep-
hole bench drilling and blasting method. The height of bench will be 3m so that rock support
measures can be installed easily. The width of berm created after excavation shall be about
3m to allow easy movement of equipments for next operation,. The slope will be drilled by
hydraulic drill such as ROC. After each bench is blasted, while the muck is being collected
by 1.6m3 excavator and transported by 16T Dumpers, drilling for next bench blast and
installation of rock support measures shall be taken up simultaneously. The drilling pattern
shall be such that per blast 500 m3 of rock is blasted and there shall be two such cycles/day.
The blasting pattern shall be decided as per the site conditions, however assuming a 1m x
1m grid pattern with 3.2 m of vertical depth would be close approximation to the pattern to be
adopted at site.
Table 11-17 Estimation of Drilling Production
4 Change steel 1min 1 add & 1 remove
5 Blow hole 1 min 10 sec / 50 cms of drilling
6 Move 1 m ( next hole) 1 min
8 Loading the drill holes with 3 min
Explosives
9 Making the connections with 1 min

other hole

 Rock production required = 500 m3 / blast
= 0.9375 m3 / m of rock
= 534m
 Total Time taken for drilling = 534m / 13.67m / hr = 39 hrs
 Since 1 blast is planned every 12 hrs, hence no of hydraulic drill required = 4 nos
 One additional Hydraulic rill required for installation of rock bolts / rock anchors
 Total no of Hydraulic drill required = 5 nos
ii. Concreting in Power House
The procedure for concreting is as following: Foundation clearance— surveying and setting
out— formwork erection— reinforcement and waterstop installation— inspection— concrete
pouring— formwork removal— curing.
Concrete shall be transported from batching by 6m3 transit mixers and shall be placed by
concrete pump (BP 350).
Concreting in power house shall go concurrently with the erection of E&M equipments.

Table 11-18 Major Equipment required for construction of Power House
1 Hydraulic Drill ( ROC ) No. 5
3 Excavator 1.6 m3 No 2
8 Batching Plant ( 30 Cum / hr) No` 1
11.7.3 Major Construction Equipment envisaged to be utilized for construction of

Project :
NO. Description Specification
1 Hydraulic drill ( ROC D7 or equivalent)
2 Excavator 1.6 m3
( BEML BD 50 & BD 80) or

3 Dozer
equivalent
4 Dumper (16 T with 7 cum box )
5 Side Dump Loader 1m3 Bucket
6 Side Dump Loader 0.8 m3 Bucket

7 Transit Mixer 3m3 capacity
8 Transit Mixer 6m3 capacity
9 Concrete pump BP 350 or equivalent
10 Compaction roller
11 Double Boom Drill Jumbo
12 Single Boom Drill Jumbo
13 Gantry shutter 12m Long, 7 m dia
14 Gantry shutter 12m Long, 4.2m dia
15 Tower Crane 6T
16 Batching Plant 60 cum/hr
17 Batching Plant 30 Cum / Hr
18 Aggregate processing Plant 170 TPH
19 Aggregate processing Plant 10 TPH
20 Aggregate Processing Plant 40 TPH
21 Concrete vibrators ( needle Vibrators)
22 Raise climber
23 Self climbing Shutter 10m dis

24 Jack Hammers
25 Air compressor 160 cfm, 300 cfm, 500cfm
26 Shotcrete machine 6 m3/ hr
27 Grout Pump 20 Kg / cm2 , 100 Kg /cm2
28 Mobile Crane 14T , 12 T
5 KVA, 62.5 KVA, 125 KVA,

29 DG Set
320 KVA, 500 KVA

12. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM & PROJECT SCHEDULE
12.1. Project Components

The project comprises construction of following components :
a. 384m long, 7m  Horse Shoe Shape Diversion Tunnel

b. 51m high Concrete Gravity Dam along with other appurtenant structures
c. Km long, 4.80m  Horse Shoe Shaped Head Race Tunnel, with 2
intermediate Adits
i. Adit 1 - 6m D-shaped at RD 862 78m long
ii. Adit – 2 6m D – Shaped near surge shaft 124m Long
d. 10m dia, 54 m high Surge Shaft
e. Pressure Shaft
i. 3.5m  864m long, bifurcating into 2 limb of 2.5 m  each 32m long
ii. Adit-2A to top horizontal Pressure Shaft, 6m dia D shaped 95m long
iii. Adit-2B to erection chamber, 6m dia, 121 m long
iv. Adit 3 to bottom horizontal pressure shaft, 6m dia D-shaped, 455 m
long
f. Erection Chamber of Pressure shaft 8m x 8mx 8m
g. Surface Power House (53.80 m x 16.00 m x 30.50 m), housing 2 no Vertical
Axis Francis Turbine ( 2 x 37.50Mw)
h. 51m long Tail Race Channel including recovery bay
12.2. Climatic Conditions :

The proposed dam is near to the village Mawphu (L/B) and the power house is near to
Thieddieng village (R/B) in East Khasi Hills District of Meghalaya. The climate of the sub-
basin is characterized by torrential rains caused by South West monsoon and 60% to 70%
rainfall occurs between June to September. The river flows in deep channel and swells into
torrents during the rainy season while during the remaining months it has not much
significant flow. The river has floods during June to October with peaks mostly occurring in
July to September
12.3. Assumptions while framing the schedule :

 Non monsoon Season from November to May.

 Monsoon Season – Jun to October. Due to heavy rainfall in the region, construction
activities for surface works like Dam & Power house would be significantly impacted
during the monsoon season. The underground works would also be impacted, though
relatively less as compared to surface construction works. However, as the construction
agency would remain mobilized at site during the monsoon season, the construction
activity shall be continued with less progress. For preparing the schedule, it is assumed
that :
o Surface works - Production in wet season ( Monsoon period) shall be 30% of
production achieved in dry season for surface works.
o Underground Works - Production in wet season ( Monsoon period) shall be 50%
of production achieved in dry season for underground works.
 Work shall be carried out in 3 shifts of 8 hrs each, with 80% job efficiency factor i.e 50
min / hr.
12.4. Schedule of Work
12.4.1. River Diversion works

A) DT Inlet Works
Quantity in open excavation = 8162m3
Quantity in Concreting = 1600 m3
The works shall commence in the Non monsoon season. The open excavation in rock and
overburden will be carried out according to the principle of “excavating from top to down and
by layers and benches”. The drilling pattern shall be such that per blast 250 m 3 of rock is
blasted and there shall be two such cycles/day ( i.e. one blast in 12 Hrs) .
Concreting in the DT inlet shall be taken up along with the lining works in the Diversion
tunnel after excavation of DT is completed. The procedure for concreting would be:
Foundation clearance— surveying and setting out— formwork erection— reinforcement and
water stop installation— inspection- transportation of concrete— concrete pouring—
formwork removal— curing. The lift height would be around 1.5m. The average cycle time for
pouring concrete in one lift of height 1.5 meter shall be 2 days and average quantity of
concrete per poured shall be 110 cum.
B) Diversion Tunnel

Excavation will be carried out from Inlet and outlet end simultaneously. Full face excavation
will be implemented using drilling and blasting method. Average cycle time for excavation in
class 1,2 and 3 is worked out as 16.2 hrs and average cycle for excavation in class 4 & 5
rock has been worked out as 19 hrs.
Total length of Tunnel : 384m
Length of Tunnel in Class 1,2 and 3 : 308m
Length of Tunnel in Class 4 & 5 : 76m
Pull Planned / Blast : 03 m
Total no of days
Average rate
Class of Rock required to
of Progress
complete
Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 1,2,3 4.4m/day 70 days
Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 4 & 5 3.8m/day 20days
Total no of days for excavating DT from one face 90
Average rate of progress/day / for 4,2m / day
It is planned to carry out the lining in diversion tunnel using a 12 m long gantry. The shutter
shall move from Inlet toward the outlet, and concrete shall be feed from outlet end of the
tunnel. This arrangement will facilitate in carrying out concreting & HM work at Inlet,
simultaneously with the tunnel concreting. The average cycle time for concrete lining shall be
26.7 hrs. and average rate of progress per day shall be 10.78 m/ day.
C) River Diversion & Construction of Coffer Dam

It is planned to divert the river in 6th month after the start of construction during lean season
flow. The river diversion shall be achieved by constructing a closure dyke. There after the
construction of Cofferdam shall be undertake.
U/s Cofferdam is proposed to be founded on overburden. The maximum height of the coffer
dam is 18m from the river bed level. . The central core of the coffer dam is filled with clay.
Materials from excavation of Diversion Tunnel, DT inlet and outlet will be used for
cofferdams. . Filling of the cofferdam will be carried out in layers of no more than 100cm
each. Compaction roller will be used to compact in layers. Total quantity of rock fill in the
coffer dam is equal to 71,690 cum and targeted average rate of placing rock fill shall be 4320
cum.

12.4.2. Dam & Spillways

Total excavation involved in dam
 Excavation in Overburden/Soil = 58,300 cum

 Excavation in Rock = 93.300 cum
 Total = 1,51,600 cum
Further Break up of Excavation Qty :
1. In Abutment - From top to HFL = 34,000 cum
2. Abutments – from HFL to River bed level = 15,000 cum
3. From river bed level to deepest foundation level = 1,03,000 cum
Abutment above HFL involving quantity of 34,000 cum shall be taken up prior to river
diversion works. The excavation of abutments below the HFL shall be taken up after the river
diversion is achieved. Excavation in river bed shall also be taken up after the river diversion
has been achieved. The excavation in riverbed shall be undertaken only in non monsoon
season. The works have been planned accordingly. The open excavation will be carried out
according to the principle of “excavating from top to down and by layers and benches. The
drilling pattern shall be such that per blast 500 m 3 of rock is blasted and there shall be two
such cycles/day ( i.e. one blast in 12 Hrs).
Concreting in Dam :
The procedure for concreting in dam is as following: Foundation clearance— surveying and
setting out— formwork erection— reinforcement and waterstop installation— inspection—
concrete pouring— formwork removal— curing.
Total quantity of concrete to be placed in dam =
 From Deepest foundation level to river bed = 52,125 cum
 From river bed level to Dam top = 86,875 cum
Total =1,39,000 cum
Peak placement of concrete in the dam would be when the concrete in poured in the
overflow blocks 3,4 and 5 below the river bed level. Following is planned for pouring the
concrete :
 Concrete shall be placed in lift heights of 1.5m. In each lift concrete shall be poured
in layers of 0.5m height.
 Subsequent lift in same block will be placed every 5 days ( 96 hrs) after the previous
pour is completed – 1 day for green cutting, curing, 3 days for preparing the lift
including moving forms and installing all materials as per design ( water stops,
contact grouting installations, reinforcement steel if any, cleaning of surface)
Quantity of concrete in each lift of from foundation upto River bed level is worked out in
below table.
Longitudinal length = 67.45 m & height of each lift = 1.5 m
Block 3 Block 4 Block 5
Average
Lift Average Average width in
Total Qty Total Qty Total Qty
no width in X- width in X-
From To of of of
section X-section section
Concrete Concrete Concrete
( Autocad) ( Autocad) ( Autoca
d)
1 421 422.5 0 0.00 15.5 1568.21 16.9605 1715.98
2 422.5 424 0 0.00 23 2327.03 18.934 1915.65
3 424 425.5 3.5415 358.31 26 2630.55 20.908 2115.37
4 425.5 427 11.158 1128.91 26 2630.55 22.876 2314.48
5 427 428.5 16.302 1649.35 26 2630.55 24.8495 2514.15
6 428.5 430 18.3585 1857.42 26 2630.55 25.921 2622.56
7 430 431.5 20.333 2057.19 26 2630.55 26 2630.55
8 431.5 433 20.333 2057.19 26 2630.55 26 2630.55
9 433 434 20.333 1371.46 26 1753.70 26 1753.70
10479.84 21432.23 20212.97

1 8 8
Total quantity of Concrete below River bed level = 52,125 cum

Schedule for placing concrete in each lift from foundation upto river bed level is
shown in the table :
Month -1 Month -2
Da
Day Block -3 Block -4 Block -5 y Block -3 Block -4 Block -5
1 1568.00 1 2 2630.00 4
2 1 2 3 1 5
3 2 1716.00 3 4 2 2622.00
4 3 1 4 5 3 1
5 0.00 4 2 5 1857.00 4 2
6 1 5 3 6 1 5 3
7 2 2327.00 4 7 2 2630.00 4
8 3 1 5 8 3 1 5
9 4 2 1915.00 9 4 2 2630.00
10 5 3 1 10 5 3 1
11 0.00 4 2 11 2057.00 4 2
12 1 5 3 12 1 5 3
13 2 2630.00 4 13 2 2630.00 4
14 3 1 5 14 3 1 5
15 4 2 2115.00 15 4 2 2630.00
16 5 3 1 16 5 3 1
17 358.00 4 2 17 2057.00 4 2
18 1 5 3 18 1 5 3
19 2 2630.00 4 19 2 1753 4

Month -1 Month -2
Da
Day Block -3 Block -4 Block -5 y Block -3 Block -4 Block -5
20 3 1 5 20 3 5
21 4 2 2314.00 21 4 1753
22 5 3 1 22 5
23 1128.00 4 2 23 1371
24 1 5 3 24
25 2 2630.00 4 25
26 3 1 5 26
27 4 2 2514.00 27
28 5 3 1 28
29 1649.00 4 2 29
30 1 5 3 30
25494.00 26620.00
For concreting above the river bed level, as there would be heavy reinforcement, it is
expected that average rate of concreting / month shall be around 10,000 cum / month.
12.4.3. Head Race Tunnel & Adits
The water conductor system includes a horse shoe shaped Head Race Tunnel (HRT) of
finished diameter 4.80 m. The length of HRT is 2.62 Km. Tunneling is proposed to be carried
out by drilling & blasting method (DBM) .Rock support, comprising of shotcrete, rock bolting
and steel sets would be proposed as per site conditions.
Before taking up actual tunnel excavation, portal construction and slope stabilization at the
adits would be required. This shall involve open excavation, rock bolting, shotcreting etc. 2
Construction Adits are proposed along the alignment of HRT to facilitate the excavation of
HRT. The RD of each Adit and distance between them is given as under:
c. Adit 1 - 6m D-shaped at RD 862 78m long

d. Adit – 2 6m D – Shaped near surge shaft 124m Long

Full face excavation will be implemented using drilling and blasting method. Average cycle
time for excavation in class 1,2 and 3 is worked out as 16. hrs and average cycle for
excavation in class 4 & 5 rock has been worked out as 19 hrs.
Total length of Tunnel : 2622m
Length of Tunnel in Class 1,2 and 3 : 2229m
Length of Tunnel in Class 4 & 5 : 393m
Pull Planned per Blast : 2.3 m
As 2 Adits have been provided, excavation shall be carried out from 3 faces and each face
shall have independent set of construction equipments. It is also assumed that the in each
face, 85% of the rock shall be in class 1, 2 and 3. Length of Excavation of each face shal
be as :
 Face 1 ( u/s of Adit -1) : 862 m

 Face -2 ( D/s of Adit -1) : 928 m
 Face -3 ( U/s of Adit- 2) : 832 m
Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 1,2,3 = 4.0 m/ day
Average rate of progress/day / face in Class 4 & 5 = 3.5 m/day
It is planned to carry out the lining in tunnel using a 1 no 12 m long gantry from, as the
construction of HRT is not on the critical path and hence deployment of shutter at two
additional faces will only increase the cost of the equipment. Lining can be carried out from
Intake towards Surge shaft. Adit 1 shall be plugged after the crossover of junction to prevent
accumulation of diesel fumes in the Tunnel . The average cycle time for concrete lining shall
be 25.5 hrs. and average rate of progress per day shall be 11.30 m / day.
Class of Rock Face 1 Face-2 Face 3
Length (m) 862 928 832
No. days for excavation in 1,2, and 3 183 197 177
No. days for excavation in 4 & 4 37 40 36
No of days required to extend utilities ( 1

43 46 42
day / 20m of tunnel length )
Total no of days required for excavation 263 283 254
Average rate of progress (m / day ) 3.3 3.3 3.3

Class of Rock Face 1 Face-2 Face 3
Total no of days required for Concrete

232 days
lining
12.4.4. Power House
Quantity in open excavation = 5,05,000m3
Quantity in Concreting
 Sub structure = 3000 m3

 Superstructure = 6000 m3
The excavation works shall commence immediately after completing the mobilization. The
open excavation in rock and overburden will be carried out according to the principle of
“excavating from top to down and by layers and benches”. The drilling pattern shall be such
that per blast 500 m3 of rock is blasted and there shall be two such cycles/day ( i.e. one blast
in 12 Hrs) .
After completing the excavation & sub structure concreting, the erection of turbines &
generators shall be taken up, which will take about 12 months for each machine.
Superstructure Concreting shall continue with the erection of E&M equipment as and when
required.

13. INFRASTRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
13.1. General
Mawphu Hydroelectric Project, Stage - II is proposed as a run-of-river scheme on the river
Umiew in East Khasi Hills District of Meghalaya. The proposed dam site is located at about
3.17km downstream of Umduna HEP (90 MW) Power House location and the Power House
site is located at about 2km downstream of Thieddieng village on the right bank of the river.
Development of adequate infrastructure is a pre-requisite for timely implementation of the

project. Establishment of proper infrastructure considering the existing facilities in the nearby
area and the requirement of different work sites for various activities goes a long way in
speedy execution of the works minimising delays in project completion.
13.2. Transportation:
Rail Head Facilities:
The nearest broad gauge railway station is at Guwahati which is about 180 km from project
site.
Road Transport Facilities:
State Highway is available from Shillong to reach Mawsynram, which is a small town at
about 60km from Shillong. Mawsynram is connected with Thieddieng village through about
6km long foot track. Road construction is in progress from Mawsynram towards Thieddieng
village and about 4km long formation cutting from Mawsynram has been completed. The
dam site can be accessed from Thieddieng (at about 2km) through footpath. The power
house site is also accessed from Thieddieng village (at about 2km) through footpath. There
is no direct connectivity between dam site and power house site.
By Air:
The project area can be accessed from Guwahati airport, which is at about 120 km from
Shillong, the capital of Meghalaya.
13.3. Construction Facilities
Construction Facilities for Mawphu HEP (Stage-II) have been divided into the following
components:-
a) Project Roads including Temporary/Permanent Bridges
b) Site Offices and Residential/Non-residential Complexes
DPR-I: Chapter 13: Infrastructure and Construction Facilities 13-1

c) Workshops
d) Warehouses/Stores Complex
e) Muck Disposal Area
f) Explosive Magazines
g) Construction Plant Facilities
h) Land Requirement
i) Construction Power
j) Telecommunication
k) Water Supply System
l) Security & Safety Arrangements
13.3.1. Project Roads including Temporary/Permanent Bridges

Motorable road is available up to Mawsynram. Access road from Mawsynram to Thieddieng
village is under construction by PWD, Meghalaya. So far, formation cutting for a distance of
about 4km has been completed in this stretch. At present, Thieddieng Village is accessed
by foot track. Proposed dam site and Power House site can be accessed from Thieddieng
Village only by foot paths. Therefore, new approach roads to dam site and Power House are
required to be built. Similarly, new approach roads are to be built to other components as
well as to various construction facilities of the project.
The proposed roads to various components/construction facilities of the project include

approach roads to
 Dam Site & Power Intake

 Diversion Tunnel Inlet and Outlet
 Various Adit Portals
 Surge Shaft top
 Power House
 Muck Dumping/Disposal Area
 Various construction facilities
 Magazine
 Workshops
 Store room/Ware house
About 19 km long approach roads (to all the project components and construction facilities)
have been proposed.
Five bridges, two permanent bridges of about 100m long and three temporary bridges of
about 50m long each have been proposed. In addition, 20 nos. of culverts at nallah
crossings have also been proposed.
Details of the proposed project roads are as follows:
S.No. Description Length (m)
1. 1200
Access Road From Adit-1 Portal To Dam Site
2. 2500
Access Road from Adit-3 portal to Adit-1 portal
3. Access Road to Adit-3 Portal 500
4. Access Road to Adit-2 Portal 250
5. Access Road to Surge Shaft 3800
6. Access Road from Thieddieng Village to Surge Shaft 4000

Road
7. Quarry Roads 6000
TOTAL LENGTH OF ALL ROADS 18250 Approx
13.3.2. Site Offices and Residential/Non-Residential complexes
13.3.2.1. Site offices:

The site offices are proposed near Power House site, which is at about 2km from Thieddieng
Village. The accommodations are broadly classified into two categories: residential and non-
residential.
Most of the residential and non-residential buildings are proposed to be constructed in

double/triple stories keeping in view the limited availability of land.

13.3.2.2. Residential Accommodation at Project Site:
Residential accommodation for staffs during construction and subsequently during operation
is necessary. Thus, the Residential Complexes are proposed near Dam site and Power
House site, which will accommodate dwelling units of different types for officers and staff.
Guest House would also be located in the Power house area.
Contractor’s colony and Labor colony would be at Dam, Adit-1 portal as well as power house
complex with all amenities.
13.3.2.3. Non-Residential Complexes at Project Site
Non-residential complexes at Project Site will include Hospital/Dispensary, School, Officers

Club & Auditorium, Staff Club/ Union Office, Shopping Centre, Bank, Telephone Exchange,
Canteen, Stores, Sub-station, Fire Station, Filtration Plant, DG Building, Quality Control
Laboratory, CISF store/office, LPG Godown etc. and all these structures will be needed
during O & M stage as well.
Most of the residential and non-residential buildings are proposed to be constructed in

double/triple stories at the project site keeping in view the availability of land. The entire
infrastructure will be utilized during Operation & Maintenance (O&M) stage of the project
also.
13.3.3. Workshops
Central workshop for heavy earth moving equipment and transport vehicles shall be set up
at the project site. The area shall be developed considering open space and parking area.
The workshop shall comprise of covered/semi-covered repair sheds.
The workshop shall comprise facilities for the engine repairs and overhauling, transmission,
torque converter repair shops, auto-electrical shops, machine shop, tyre repair shop, welding
and fabrication shops, chassis repairs, body and seat repairs, denting/painting, maintenance
yard etc.
13.3.4. Warehouses/Stores Complex
Space for construction of stores for Cement, Steel and other materials including chemicals
will be identified in a relatively flatter area on the right bank of River. The steel and other
store items like bitumen etc. which do not require covered area would be kept outside in
open. For the purpose of cement storage, covered sheds shall be developed enabling
storage of adequate quantity of cement.
13.3.5. Muck Disposal Area
The construction of various hydraulic structures like concrete dam, intake, power house etc.
will involve large excavation that would be disposed off in designated muck disposal areas
shown in the drawing no. 0933-CDC-01A-005-00, appended in Volume-IA of this report.

Muck arising from the cutting for roads would be utilized for filling wherever required and the
remaining would be disposed off in the nearby identified areas. The total area identified for
muck disposal for the whole project components is about 15.25 Ha.
13.3.6. Explosive Magazine
In order to cater for blasting requirements of various work sites, it is planned to provide one
permanent explosive magazine along with proportionate quantity of detonators. Two portable
site magazines of 500 kg capacity will also be provided to cater to the day to day
requirement of explosives.
All safety codes and regulations prescribed by the Govt. in this respect will be followed and
magazines will be suitably guarded round the clock. Necessary approvals will be taken from
the concerned authorities for these magazines. Magazine areas have been proposed one on
right bank at Dam site, one between Adit 1 and 2. Magazine areas have been shown in the
drawing 0933-CDC-01A-005-00 appended in Volume-IA of this report.
13.3.7. Construction Plant Facilities
Various installations like crushing plant, batching and mixing plant etc. are to be put up by
the contractor near the working sites.
13.3.7.1. Crushing Plant
Aggregate Crushing plant will be provided for aggregate preparation from excavated material
from surface and underground works. The details are given below:
 Crushing plant of 1 no.170 TPH and 1 no.110 TPH Capacity will be located at
dam site.
 Crushing Plant of 1 no. 170TPH and 1 no. 40 TPH will be placed near Power
house site.
13.3.7.2. Batching and Mixing Plant
As per requirement of concreting at various work sites, batching and mixing plants are
planned as under:
 B & M plant of 2 nos. 60 cum/hr capacity at Dam site to meet the peak
production of concrete.
 B & M plant of 30 cum/hr capacity each near Power house site
Pressure Shaft Ferrule Fabrication yard

Site for fabrication of pressure shaft ferrules will be provided by the erection contractor of
pressure shaft on the right bank, u/s of Power House complex.
13.3.8. Land Requirement
Land required for residential and non-residential buildings for the construction of the
approach roads, project components, workshops, stores, muck disposal, magazines,
construction plant facilities etc, will be acquired.
Details of Land requirement are as follows:
COMPONENT AREA (Ha)
Residential/Non Residential Area at Dam Site 1.5
Residential/Non Residential Area at PH Site 1.5
Total Area Required For Proposed Roads 17.7
Area proposed for Quarry area 6.5
Area Required for Power House 3.50
Area Required For Adit/Access Tunnels 2.25
Area Required at Surge Shaft Top 2.0
Area Required at Dam complex 9
Area required for HRT 6.20
Submergence area 13.00
Contractor facility/Labour Colony – Adit-1 1
Contractor facilities Area at Dam site 1
Fabrication Yard 1.50
Aggregate Crushing Plant near Dam site 1
Aggregate Crushing Plant near adit-1 1
Aggregate Crushing Plant near PH site 1

Area covering pressure shaft, road to power house, dumping
Area for ss, temporary colony for ph 25
And adit-3 alignment (partly)
Muck Dumping
NEAR DAM COMPLEX 5.25
NEAR ADIT-1 2.5
Adit 2 2.0
Adit 3 2.0
Power House (Right Bank) 2
Power House (Left Bank) 1.5
Magazine
Dam complex 0.1
Between Adit 1 & 2 0.1
Total 110
13.3.9. Construction Power

Power will be required at various project locations during construction to power the
construction equipment. The area to be catered for construction power will consist of the
Dam site, HRT adits, Surge shaft and Pressure Shaft, Power House and the tail pool and
colony and office area. Diesel generating sets will be used to power these areas and
associated LT boards and cables will be provided to distribute power at various equipment.
The details of the construction equipment are mentioned in the chapter for Construction
program and plant planning. In addition to the loads of these construction equipment,
construction power will also cater to the power demands of the dewatering system,
ventilation system, illumination system etc. It will be ensured that the diesel generating sets
are located close to the load centers at the dam site, Power House, colony and office and
the diesel generating sets for HRT adits, surge shaft and pressure shaft will located at their
adit portals.

The possibility of tapping the local grid power will also be studied during the tendering stage,
wherein the capability of the local grid to supply construction power can be assessed based
on the loads and distribution system of nearby areas.
13.3.10. Telecommunication
The different work sites of the project offices, stores, laboratories, workshops and residences
etc will be connected by a telecommunication network including telephones for all offices
and residences of senior officers etc. The telecommunication facilities will also be provided
between the project & various major cities of India.
13.3.11. Water Supply System

Permanent residential area is planned at Power House area. A small one is also proposed at
Dam Site. In addition to this, labour camps are planned to be established at various locations
of activities. Arrangement of clean /portable water in the residential areas and various
construction sites are to be made for all these places.
13.3.12. Security & Safety arrangement
13.3.12.1.Security Staff Offices & Check Post

Two Nos. of Security staff Offices of suitable size each, one located at Dam site & the other
at Power House site are proposed to be provided. Along with these security staff offices,
Check Posts are also to be provided. Sufficient Nos. of Security Personnel is proposed to be
provided including Day & Night shift duties. Those Security Personnel will be looking after
the entire project area.
13.3.12.2.Fire Station
Two Fire stations of suitable size each are proposed; one at dam site and other at power
house site. These Fire stations will be fully equipped with modern fire fighting equipments.
Skilled Security Personnel will be used for firefighting Process.

14. PROJECT ORGANISATION
14.1. Introduction
The major components of Mawphu Hydro Electric Project (Stage-II) comprise of Concrete
Gravity Dam, Power intakes, HRT, Pressure Shafts, Surface Power House. The project will
be completed in 60 months including 15 months for infrastructure development. Keeping in
view the schedule for the completion of Project and also to achieve the set targets and cover
all aspects involved in construction of the project, an organisation with dedicated workforce
is proposed so that the mega project can be completed within the schedule. The proposed
organisation structure has a built-in mechanism for review and monitoring of different
construction activities. The organisation team will perform to the best of its ability to achieve
the following objectives:
 Satisfactory construction of the project
 Compliance of Client’s requirement as well as local standards
 Meeting project time schedule and budget
 Conformance of Quality standards, design and drawing
 Resolve technical issues / cost gaps
14.2. Project Organisation

This project is envisaged as a joint venture and has a separate Board of Directors, headed
by CMD. The project shall be executed by GM (Projects). Executive Director will liaison
between different agencies i.e., BOD and GM (Projects). The Project Organization chart is
given at Annex-14.1.
The manpower requirement for the execution of the project has been mainly divided into two
categories namely Manpower requirement during initial phase of infrastructure development
and requirement during construction phase and has been discussed in the following
paragraphs.
14.2.1. Organisation During Infrastructure Development Stage

In this stage, the main focus will be on infrastructure development, preparation of tender
documents and arrangement of construction power. The infrastructure development would
include construction of access roads to various project components, office buildings,
colonies, hospitals, schools, workshops, water supply and sewerage disposal system.
The Infrastructure works will be looked after by an AGM/DGM who will report to GM and will
be assisted by Senior Managers.
Senior Managers would be assisted by Managers/Dy. Managers. Senior
Engineers/Engineers would be reporting to Manager/Dy. Managers. Surveyors will also be
involved in the infrastructure development and will report to Senior Managers.
DPR-I: Chapter 14: Project Organisation 14-1

Electrical works during infrastructure development stage, including construction power and
liaison will be looked after by AGM/DGM. He will be assisted by 2 Senior Managers. Senior
managers will be assisted by Managers/ Dy. Managers and Senior Engineers/Engineers will
be reporting to Managers/Dy. Managers.
The main geological study of the project will be looked after by Senior Manager (Geology)
who will be reporting to GM (P). Senior Manager will be assisted by Manager/Dy. Manager
and further they will be assisted by two geologists during initial stage.
Environmental officer, Land Acquisition officer and quality control officer responsible for
environmental side of the project, acquisition of land and quality aspects respectively will
report to Senior Manager (Environment & CDM).
There will be a separate cost control division which will be headed by an AGM/DGM
(Finance) in association with a Senior Manager (Finance). The finance wing will be
responsible for overall financial management of the project. Senior Manager (Finance) will
be assisted by 2 Deputy Manager and 2 numbers of Accounts Executives.
The human resources department will be responsible for keeping personal records of the
employees posted in the project, public relations, labour and industrial relations and legal
matters. It will be headed by a Senior Manager/Manager (HR/Admin) who shall report to
AGM (Liasioning & Administration).
The project organization during the initial phase of one year would have the following
officers:
Infrastructure development phase

S. No. Description Strength
1. AGM/DGM (Infrastructures) 1
2. Senior Manager/Manager 1
3. Senior Manager/Manager (EM) 1
4. Senior Manager/Manager (Geology) 1
5. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager 3
Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager(Environmental,
6. Land Acquisition, Quality Control) 1
7. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Finance) 1
8. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (HR) 1
9. Senior Engineer / Engineer / Junior Engineer 5
10. Surveyors 1
11. Accounts Executives 2
12. Executives 2
TOTAL 20

14.2.2. Organisation during Actual Construction Stage

During the actual construction period, the main thrust will be on progress in various
departments and quality monitoring, solution of critical technical problems and financial
control.
Accordingly, the site organisation during actual construction stage is being proposed in the
following six (6) modules:
Module - 1: Dam, Intake and Temporary Diversion Works

Module - 2: Underground Works
Module - 3: Power House including Switchyard Civil works and pressure
shaft
Module - 4: Hydro-Mechanical Works
Module - 5: Electro-Mechanical Works
Module - 6: support functionaries
A brief description of the modules and various support departments are given below:
14.2.2.1. MODULE 1 – Dam, Intake and Temporary Diversion Works

This module covers river diversion works and construction of dam. The construction of
diversion tunnel would be the first activity followed by the construction of coffer dams.
Subsequently, Concrete Gravity Dam is the most important structure. The dedicated
team/Module has been proposed for river diversion and dam construction in order to ensure
that all related activities are executed within the timeframe. The manpower required is
tabulated below:
Dam, Intake & river Diversion Works

1. GM 1
2. AGM/DGM 1
3. Senior Manager/Manager 1
5. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Geology) 1
6. Surveyors 1
7. Senior Engineer/ Engineer 4
8. Junior Engineers 4
TOTAL 15

14.2.2.2. MODULE 2 – Underground Works

Underground Works have been assimilated under the 2 nd Module. Underground works
proposed for the project are expected to be of large magnitude involving huge manpower
requirement. The organization of this Module is therefore proposed to cater to all the
requirements of underground works. The manpower requirement has been tabulated below:

1 AGM/DGM (Underground Works) 1
2 Senior Manager 1
3 Manager/ Dy. Manager (Underground Works) 1
4 Senior Engineer/ Engineer 2
5 Junior Engineer 3
6 Surveyors 2
TOTAL 10
14.2.2.3. MODULE 3 – Power House Including Pressure Shaft

This Module covers the construction of civil structures in Power house complex including
Pressure Shafts. This module will look after Power House Complex works. The activities in
power house complex and pressure shafts would start from the very beginning and continue
till the completion. Accordingly, the organization of this Module is proposed to cater to both
the requirements of Power house and Pressure Shafts. The manpower requirement is
tabulated as below:

1 AGM/DGM (Power House) 1
2 AGM/DGM (Pressure Shafts) 1
3 Senior Manager (Power House) 2
4 Senior Manager (Pressure Shafts) 1
5 Manager/ Dy. Manager (Power House) 3
6 Manager/ Dy. Manager (Pressure Shafts) 1
7 Senior Engineer / Engineer 8
TOTAL 17

14.2.2.4. MODULE 4 – Hydro-Mechanical Works

Various hydro-mechanical works like Gates, stoplogs, steel liner etc. related to fabrication
and erection would commence from the 3 rd year onwards. This Module is thus, proposed to
take care of activities related to hydro-mechanical works. The manpower required is
tabulated as below:

1 AGM/DGM (Hydro-Mechanical Works) 1
2 Manager/ Dy. Manager (All Gates) 1
Manager/ Dy. Manager (Pressure Shafts steel
3 1
liners)
4 Senior Engineer / Engineer/Junior Engineer 5
5 Surveyor 2
TOTAL 10
14.2.2.5. MODULE 5 – Electrical-Mechanical Works

A separate module is proposed to look after all the Electrical-Mechanical works. The total
manpower requirement for Electrical-Mechanical Works can be listed as below:

1 AGM/DGM ( E & M Works) 1
2 Senior Manager (Power House) 2
3 Manager/ Dy. Manager 3
4 Sr. Engineers/Engineers 7
5 Surveyor 2
TOTAL 15
14.2.2.6. MODULE 6– Support Functionaries

The support functionaries that have been identified for this project.
Stories And Purchase:
The construction of the project requires mammoth quantities of steel, cement and other
construction materials. These are not locally available and will have to be transported from
various parts of India. Accordingly, a number of godowns and stores will be planned at

suitable locations. A dedicated team is required to manage purchases, stores, logistics,

railway siding & warehouse and procurement.
Project Monitoring, Quality Control And Billing:
Project Monitoring is the most crucial activity of any project and is concerned with activities
related to project monitoring and coordination. Billing and quality control wings will be
associated with the project monitoring.
Human Resource And Administration:
The human resources department will be responsible for keeping personal records of the
employees posted in the project, public relations, labour and industrial relations and legal
matters. Furthermore, provision for medical facilities to cater to the specialized / emergency
treatments and residential facilities for construction workers, personnel and their families
etc., have been made under Administration wing. It will be headed by an AGM/DGM
(Liaisoning & Administration) and he will be assisted by one Senior Manager and further one
Dy. Manager will assist the Senior Manager.
Environmental and Land Aquisition:
Environmental officer, Land Acquisition officer and quality control officer responsible for
environmental side of the project, acquisition of land and quality aspects respectively will
report to Senior Manager (Geology). Since the project is located in a remote and tribal
region, in order to implement the Local area Development Program and Environmental
Management Plan, a dedicated team is required at the Project. The CDM aspect of the
project will also be covered by the Environmental wing.
Finance:
The finance wing will be responsible for overall financial management of the project. The
finance wing is concerned with accounting, auditing budgeting and financial control. It is to
be headed by an AGM/DGM (Finance) who will be assisted by 1 Senior Manager and two
numbers of Dy. Managers. There will be a separate cost control division which will be
headed by a Senior Manager (Finance) in association with a Senior Manager (Technical).
The manpower required is tabulated as below:

S.
No. Description Strength
A. Project Monitoring:
1. AGM/DGM (Incharge) 1
2. Senior Manager/Manager (Project Monitoring) 1
3. Senior Manager/Manager (Billing) 1

S.
No. Description Strength
Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Project
4. Monitoring) 1
5. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Quality Control) 1
6. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Billing) 1
B. Environmental and Land Acquisition:
1. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Environment) 1
C. Finance:
1. Senior Manager/Manager (Finance) 1
2. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Finance) 1
3. Accounts Officer 1
D. Human Resource and Administration:
1. Senior Manager/Manager (Human Resource) 1
2. Senior Manager/Manager (Liaison) 1
3. Dy. Manager/ Asst. Manager (Liaison) 1
4. Executive 1
5. Doctor 1
6. Security & Safety Officer 1
7. Junior Executive 2
E. Stores and Purchase:
1. Manager (Incharge) 1
2. DM/AM 1
3. Executives 1
Total 21
It is also proposed that Running and Maintenance (R & M) of colonies and office complexes
and also services like security, R & M of telephone exchanges, equipment repairs, R & M of
inspection vehicles etc. may be entrusted preferably to local contractors. This would help in
keeping down the costs in addition to giving the local people a sense of participation in the
construction of the project.
Technical Advisory Committee:

A technical review committee of renowned experts drawn from various organizations will
constitute this committee. They will advise the project team through the project head on all
critical aspects of project planning, design and construction activities.
Monthly Progress Review Meeting
The monthly progress review meeting will be held once a month where details of progress and
shortfalls will be discussed. Necessary strategy for achieving targets as per the project
schedule will be formulated. All stake holders in the project will participate in the progress
review meeting and provide with the necessary inputs.
Organisation for the O & M Period
In the O & M period, the main thrust will be on operation and maintenance of the project. The
duties of personnel are defined with reference to three broad categories i.e operation,
maintenance and miscellaneous work. The operation staff is considered for 3 + 1 shift. One
Senior Manager (Civil) will look after the work of operation and maintenance in Dam area,
Gauge and flood warning system.
GM/AGM/DGM (Electrical), Power House complex would be assisted by two senior managers.
The Senior Managers would have the following work distribution:
 Operation in Power House Area
 Maintenance in Power House Area
The Senior Manager in charge of operation works would be assisted by four Managers/ Dy.
Managers who will work in shifts. The Senior Manager in charge of maintenance work would
be assisted by two Managers/Dy. Managers. One Manager/Dy. Manager will look after the
work of control and instrumentation and the other Manager/Dy. Manager will look after the
work of Electrical maintenance and mechanical maintenance. All Managers/Dy. Managers will
be assisted by required numbers of Senior Engineers/Engineers/Junior Engineers. The
project dispensary will be headed by ACMO/DCMO assisted by two medical officers and he
will report to the AGM/DGM (Electrical), Power House complex.
The other divisions include head quarter township maintenance both civil and electrical, store,
procurement and quality assurance and safety. All will be headed by Managers.
During the O & M period, the strength would be as follows:
1. GM/AGM/DGM 1
2. Senior Manager/Manager /ACMO 2
4. Senior Engineer / Engineer / Junior Engineer 6
5. Accounts Executives 2
Personnel officer / Public Relation Officer / Law
6. Officer 1


7. Fire officer 1
8. IT Supervisor 1
Total 20
The proposed Organization Chart of the project has been enclosed at Annexure 14.1 along
with the detailed chart of different modules.

Annexure 14.1

15. COST ESTIMATION
15.1. Project Cost

The cost of the project has been worked out on the basis of preliminary designs and
drawings as referred and annexed in the present report. The unit rates for various are
taken based on available rates from similar Hydro Power Projects in the region of
Meghalaya. (Refer Annexure 15.1)
15.2. Basis of Estimate
15.2.1. General
The estimate has been prepared to arrive at the capital cost of Mawphu HE Project,
Stage - II. The base date of the estimate is March 2014. The Cost Estimate is divided
into Civil and Electrical Works. The cost estimate for Transmission works has not
been considered in this study.
15.2.2. Taxes and Duties

In estimation of the cost of Civil works, E&M works, the Taxes and Duties (e.g. Excise
duty, Sales Tax, Custom Duty etc.) has been considered in the rate analysis. The cost
estimate is divided into Civil, Electrical works. For Civil Works, the sub heads are as
under:
15.2.3. I – Works
Under this heading, provision has been made for various components of the Project.
15.2.4. A-Preliminary
Under this heading, "provision has been made for surveys and investigations to be
conducted to arrive at the optimum of the project components.
15.2.5. B-Land
This covers the provision for acquisition of land for construction of the project,
structures, colonies, offices etc. The provision has been kept in the estimate as per
actual.
15.2.6. C– Works
This covers the cost of Concrete Gravity Dam, Spillway, Coffer Dams, Diversion
Tunnel, Inlet & Outlet Portal and Plug along with associated Hydro-Mechanical
equipments.
DPR-I: Chapter-15: Cost Estimation 15-1

15.2.7. J – Power Plant Civil Works

This covers the cost of Civil Works of Project components viz: Power Intake, Head
Race tunnel with its construction adits, Surge Shaft, Pressure Shaft, Power House,
Tail race channel & associated Hydro Mechanical equipments.
The quantities indicated in the estimates for C - Works & J-Power Plant Civil Works
(Civil & HM) are calculated from the Engineering drawings (Vol-IA of this report)
15.2.8. K – Buildings
Buildings, both residential and non-residential have been provided under this head.
Under the permanent category only those structures have been included, which will
be subsequently utilized for the running and maintenance of the project utilities. The
costs are worked out on plinth area basis for the type of construction involved as per
prevailing rates in project area.
15.2.9. M – Plantation
The provision under this head covers the plantation programme including Gardens
etc. required for beautification as considered necessary downstream of Dam and
appurtenances around Power House and other important structure. The provision is
made on the lump sum basis.
15.2.10. O– Miscellaneous
The provision under this head covers the capital cost & maintenance of Electrification,
Water supply, Sewage disposal and drainage works, Recreation, Medical, Fire fighting
equipments, Inspection vehicles, School bus, Pay van, Visit of dignitaries, welfare
works etc.
15.2.11. P– Maintenance during Construction & Y- Losses on Stock

The provision under this head covers the cost of maintenance of all works during the
construction period. A provision of 1% of the total cost under the heads of C-Works, J-
Power House Civil Works and K-Buildings is considered.
15.2.12. Q– Special Tools and Plant

It is assumed that the work will be carried through Contracts and accordingly provision
for general purpose equipment and inspection vehicle only has been made as per
CWC guidelines.
15.2.13. R– Communication
Provision under this head covers the cost of construction of roads and bridges for
project works. The road widths have been planned to cater to the anticipated traffic
including carriage of equipment for the Project. The cost of roads is based on the
present rate structure prevalent in the area of the Project, for the type of construction
involved.

15.2.14. X– Environment and Ecology

A provision has been made under this head towards Bio-diversity Conservation,
Creation of Green belt, Restoration of Construction Area, Catchment Area Treatment,
Compensatory, Afforestation etc. The provision is made on the lump sum basis.
15.2.15. Y- Losses on stock

The provision is made at 0.25% of the total cost of C-Works, J-Power Plant Civil
Works and K-Buildings only as per the CEA Guidelines.
15.2.16. Electrical Works and Generating Plant

The cost of generating plant and equipment is based on sources from India. The
prices of auxiliary equipment and services are based on prevailing market prices/costs
at other ongoing or commissioned projects in India.
15.2.17. II– Establishment

Provision for establishment has been made @ 6% of l-works minus B-Land for civil
works.
15.2.18. III– Tools and Plants

This provision is distinct from that under Q-Special T&P and is meant to cover cost of
survey instruments, camp equipment and other small tools and plants. This is made
@ 0.5% of l-works minus B-Land for civil works.
15.2.19. IV– Suspense

No provision has been made under this head as all the outstanding suspense are
expected to be cleared by adjustment to appropriate heads at completion of the
project.
15.2.20. V– Receipts and Recoveries

Under this head, provision has been made for estimated recoveries by way of resale or
transfer temporary buildings and special tools & plants.

Annexure 15-1
ABSTRACT OF COST
S. Item Cost (In Rs
ITEM
No. Code Lakhs)
A CIVIL AND HM WORKS:
1 DIRECT CHARGES
i I-WORKS
A Preliminary & Pre-Operative Expenses 3455.00
B Cost of Land 2010.64
C Civil Works
River Diversion (Diversion Inlet, Outlet and Coffer
C1 940.50
Dam)
C2 River Diversion (Diversion Tunnel) 1501.93
C3 Dam 19122.92
J Power Plant Civil Works
J1 Power Intake 1180.23
J2 Head Race Tunnel 4299.70
J3 All adits of WCS 428.40
J4 Surge Shaft 1352.24
J5 Pressure Shafts 8777.90
J6 Power House 5126.07
K Buildings 2032.00
M Plantation 25.00
O Miscellaneous 1105.00
P Maintenance during Construction @ 1% of C, J, K 447.70
Q Special Tools & Plants 149.26
R Communication 4800.00
X Environment and Ecology 2000.00
Y Losses on stock @ 0.25% of C, J, K 112.00
TOTAL I-WORKS 58866.49
ii Establishment Charges @ 6% of I-Works less Land 3411.35
iii Tools & Plants @ 0.5% of I-Works less Land 284.28
iv Suspense -
v Receipts and Recoveries (-) -152.75

TOTAL DIRECT CHARGES 62409.37
2 INDIRECT CHARGES
Capitalisation of Abatement of Land revenue (5% of

i 100.53
cost of culturable Land)
ii Audit & Accounts etc. (0.5% of I-Works) 294.50
TOTAL INDIRECT CHARGES 396.00
TOTAL CIVIL AND HM WORKS 62806.00
B ELECTRICAL WORKS: 14194.52
TOTAL COST (CIVIL & HM + ELECTRICAL) 77000.52
IDC (Interest during Construction) (AT DEBT :
10982.67
EQUITY = 70:30) and Financial Charges
COST INCLUDING IDC AND FINANCIAL CHARGES 87983.19

16. FINANCIAL EVALUATION
16.1. Introduction
Mawphu Hydro Electric Project, Stage - II is proposed as a run-of-river scheme on
the river Umiew in East Khasi Hills District of Meghalaya. The proposed dam site is
located at about 3.1km downstream of Umduna HEP (90 MW) Power House location
and the Power House site is located at about 2km downstream of Thieddieng village
on the right bank of the river.
The Project is estimated to cost Rs. 7700.05 Million at May 2014 Price Level
including Rs.2156.53 Million on C-Civil works, Rs. 2116.54 Million on J-Works, Rs.
1419.45 Million on Electrical Works, Rs. 1098.26 Million on IDC including Financing
Charges. Sale price of energy generated at powerhouse at bus bar has been worked
out as Rs. 6.19/unit at May 2014 P.L. (Excluding transmission cost)
16.2. Project Cost

The cost of construction of the project has been estimated at May 2014 price level
with a construction period of 60 months. The estimated Present Day Cost of the
project is Rs. 8798.32 Million, including Rs. 7700.05 Million of Hard Cost, IDC &
financial charges of Rs. 1098.26 Million at May 2014 Price level.
Half yearly wise phasing of funds and calculation of Interest during Construction
(IDC) is as per the following Table 16.1
Table 16.19 Cost of the Project Including IDC
COST OF THE PROJECT INCLUDING IDC

(At Power House Bus Bar )
Rate of Equity/Loan
interest (%)
Equity 0.00% 30%
Loan 12.00% 70%
(Amount in Rs. Million)
Year Phasing of Equity Equity Op. Loan (70%) Loan Interest
Hard Cost (30%) Bal. Op.
Bal.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
H-1 77.00 77.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

H-2 231.00 231.00 77.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
H-3 539.00 539.00 308.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
H-4 924.01 924.01 847.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
H-5 1155.01 556.95 1771.01 598.06 0.00 17.94
H-6 1463.01 23.93 2327.96 1463.01 610.62 79.77
2129.4
H-7 1309.01 48.88 2351.89 1309.01 7 162.93
DPR-I: Chapter 16: Financial Evaluation 16-1

3552.5
H-8 1155.01 71.06 2400.77 1155.01 4 236.86
4873.3
H-9 539.00 86.30 2471.83 539.00 4 287.68
5619.1
H-10 308.00 93.93 2558.13 308.00 0 313.09
6146.2
2652.05 6
Total 7700.05 1098.27
Hard Cost = 7,700.05 87.5% Loan 6,146.26
IDC = 1,098.267 12.5% Equity 2,652.05
Total = 8,798.319 Total 8,798.32
16.3. Escalation in Cost

It is submitted that the completed cost may be allowed to be worked out from time to time,
on the basis of actual escalation worked out as per price indices using price escalation
formula as per industry practices.
16.4. Financing
The project shall be financed at the rate of interest of 12% p.a. For analysis purpose 70% of
capital cost is considered as debt and balance is equity.
16.5. Energy Benefits

The financial analysis is based on the energy output on 90% dependable year at 95% plant
availability. 1.2% auxiliary consumption has been considered in preliminary financial
evaluation of the project. For the purpose of calculation of tariff the free power has been
considered as per provisions of CERC norms.
16.6. Energy Sale Price

The energy tariff has been worked out as per practice with 16.50% return on equity. The
same has been used for sale of the energy.
16.7. The Assumptions taken for working out the Tariff are as follows: -
Project Life
The project life has been taken as 35 years for all the above cases as per prevailing Indian
Hydropower policy.
Interest rate
The interest rate of 12.00% has been reckoned for working out the financial return. The
interest during construction has also been capitalized as 70% loan and 30% equity.
Return on Equity
For working out the unit cost of energy, the return on equity has been taken at 16.5% as per
prevailing practice of Govt. of India.

Depreciation
In accordance with the current practice, deprecation has been calculated at a rate of 5.28%
for first 12 years and the remaining value is spread out for the remaining life of the project
i.e. 23 years.
Operation and Maintenance charges
According to the current practice, 2.5% of capital cost has been taken for operation and
maintenance charges with an annual escalation of 5.72%.
Auxiliary and Transformation Losses
The auxiliary and transformation losses have been taken as 1.2% of the design energy in a
90% dependable year. (Design Energy= 283.34MU, Unit Sold = 283.34*(1-1.2%) =
279.94MU)
Other Miscellaneous assumptions
 Interest rate on Working Capital = 13.00%

 Discounting Rate = 13.10%
 Tenure for Loan Repayment = 12 Years
 Corporate tax is taken as 32.45% and Minimum alternate Tax is taken as
20.01% as per Govt. of India Hydropower Policy.
Tariff Computation
With above assumptions the tariff for the project for 90% dependable year comes out
to be: -
1st year = Rs 6.94/unit
Levellized tariff: - Rs 6.19/unit
Refer Annexure 16.1 for tariff computations.

ANNEXURE-16.1
CALCULATION OF TARIFF FOR 90% DEPENDABLE YEAR AT BUS BAR
Amount in Rs. Million

12
Loan = 6146.26 Loan Repayment period = Years
Equity = 2652.05 Loan Interest rate = 12.00%
Return on Equity = 16.50%
Total Cost 8798.32 O&M Charges = 2.50%
Int. rate on Working Capital
Cost of land 66.00 = 13.00%
Dep.ceiling 7859.08 Discounting Rate( r)= 13.10%
Dep. Rate 5.28% Units sold (MU)= 279.94
For 12 years Corporate Tax= 32.45%
Minimum Alternate Tax= 20.01%
Interest on working capital

O&M
Charges Factor
Maintenance Total Present
incl. Units for
spares @ Recevables Annual value of Present value of Tariff in Rs./
Operation Depreciati Loan Return on Interest on insurance sold present
O&M for 15% of equivalent Charges Annual Revenue Unit sold.(Col.
Year (n) on Repayment Equity Loan @2.5% (million value
one operation to two Interest (2+4+5+6+ Charges =9x10xA 8/Col.9)
with units) =1/(1+r)
month and months of 7) =8x10
Esc.@ n
5.72% PA maintenance fixed cost

expenses
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 414.96 414.96 547.04 712.65 219.96 18.33 32.99 323.90 48.78 1943.39 279.94 1.000 1943.39 279.94 XA 6.94
2 414.96 414.96 547.04 662.86 232.54 19.38 34.88 317.62 48.34 1905.74 279.94 0.884 1685.01 247.52 XA 6.81
3 414.96 414.96 547.04 613.06 245.84 20.49 36.88 311.48 47.95 1868.85 279.94 0.782 1461.00 218.85 XA 6.68
4 414.96 414.96 547.04 563.27 259.90 21.66 38.99 305.46 47.59 1832.76 279.94 0.691 1266.83 193.50 XA 6.55
5 414.96 414.96 547.04 513.47 274.77 22.90 41.22 299.59 47.28 1797.52 279.94 0.611 1098.56 171.09 XA 6.42
6 414.96 414.96 547.04 463.68 290.49 24.21 43.57 293.86 47.01 1763.18 279.94 0.540 952.76 151.27 XA 6.30
7 414.96 414.96 547.04 413.88 307.10 25.59 46.07 288.30 46.79 1729.78 279.94 0.478 826.45 133.75 XA 6.18
8 414.96 414.96 547.04 364.09 324.67 27.06 48.70 282.90 46.62 1697.38 279.94 0.422 717.04 118.26 XA 6.06
9 414.96 414.96 547.04 314.29 343.24 28.60 51.49 277.67 46.51 1666.04 279.94 0.374 622.28 104.56 XA 5.95
10 414.96 414.96 547.04 264.50 362.87 30.24 54.43 272.64 46.45 1635.82 279.94 0.330 540.22 92.45 XA 5.84
11 414.96 414.96 547.04 214.70 383.63 31.97 57.54 267.80 46.45 1606.78 279.94 0.292 469.17 81.74 XA 5.74
12 414.96 414.96 547.04 164.91 405.57 33.80 60.84 263.17 46.51 1578.99 279.94 0.258 407.65 72.27 XA 5.64
13 125.20 125.20 547.04 132.50 428.77 35.73 64.32 212.35 40.61 1274.12 279.94 0.228 290.84 63.90 XA 4.55

14 125.20 125.20 547.04 117.47 453.30 37.77 67.99 214.10 41.58 1284.59 279.94 0.202 259.27 56.50 XA 4.59
15 125.20 125.20 547.04 102.45 479.23 39.94 71.88 216.09 42.63 1296.54 279.94 0.178 231.37 49.96 XA 4.63
16 125.20 125.20 647.75 87.43 506.64 42.22 76.00 235.50 45.98 1413.00 279.94 0.158 222.95 44.17 XA 5.05
17 125.20 125.20 647.75 72.40 535.62 44.63 80.34 238.03 47.19 1428.16 279.94 0.140 199.24 39.05 XA 5.10
18 125.20 125.20 647.75 57.38 566.25 47.19 84.94 240.84 48.49 1445.07 279.94 0.123 178.25 34.53 XA 5.16
19 125.20 125.20 647.75 42.35 598.64 49.89 89.80 243.97 49.88 1463.82 279.94 0.109 159.65 30.53 XA 5.23
20 125.20 125.20 647.75 27.33 632.89 52.74 94.93 247.42 51.36 1484.53 279.94 0.096 143.15 26.99 XA 5.30
21 125.20 125.20 647.75 12.31 669.09 55.76 100.36 251.22 52.95 1507.30 279.94 0.085 128.51 23.87 XA 5.38
22 125.20 125.20 647.75 0.00 707.36 58.95 106.10 255.84 54.72 1535.03 279.94 0.075 115.72 21.10 XA 5.48
23 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 747.82 62.32 112.17 262.94 56.87 1577.64 279.94 0.067 105.15 18.66 XA 5.64
24 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 790.60 65.88 118.59 270.45 59.14 1622.69 279.94 0.059 95.63 16.50 XA 5.80
25 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 835.82 69.65 125.37 278.39 61.54 1670.31 279.94 0.052 87.04 14.59 XA 5.97
26 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 883.63 73.64 132.54 286.78 64.08 1720.66 279.94 0.046 79.27 12.90 XA 6.15
27 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 934.17 77.85 140.13 295.65 66.77 1773.89 279.94 0.041 72.26 11.40 XA 6.34
28 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 987.60 82.30 148.14 305.03 69.61 1830.17 279.94 0.036 65.92 10.08 XA 6.54
29 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1044.09 87.01 156.61 314.94 72.61 1889.66 279.94 0.032 60.18 8.91 XA 6.75
30 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1103.82 91.98 165.57 325.43 75.79 1952.56 279.94 0.028 54.98 7.88 XA 6.97
31 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1166.96 97.25 175.04 336.51 79.14 2019.05 279.94 0.025 50.27 6.97 XA 7.21
32 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1233.71 102.81 185.06 348.22 82.69 2089.35 279.94 0.022 45.99 6.16 XA 7.46
33 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1304.27 108.69 195.64 360.61 86.44 2163.67 279.94 0.019 42.11 5.45 XA 7.73
34 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1378.88 114.91 206.83 373.71 90.41 2242.24 279.94 0.017 38.58 4.82 XA 8.01
35 125.20 0.00 647.75 0.00 1457.75 121.48 218.66 387.55 94.60 2325.30 279.94 0.015 35.38 4.26 XA 8.31
7859.08 14752.06 2384.37 XA
Levellised tariff (A) = Rs. 6.19 /kWh

Volume-I Engineering Report Final Sent Copy 31st May 2014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume-I Engineering Report Final Sent Copy 31st May 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NORTH EAST ELECTRIC POWER CORPORATION LTD.

MAWPHU HEP, STAGE – IIof India Enterprise)

MAWPHU HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECT (75 MW),

DETAILED PROJECT REPORT

This Detailed Project Report is presented in following volumes:

Volume-I Engineering Report

Volume-IA Engineering Drawings

Volume-II Bill of quantities and Cost Estimate

Volume-IV Site Investigations and Geology

Volume-IV A Annexure and Appendix to Volume-IV

Volume-IV B Drawings to Volume-IV

DPR-I: Table of Contents

2.2.1.1. Old PFR (2010) Location:.............................................................................................................2-3

DPR-I: Table of Contents

4.5. Water Availability Studies.............................................................................................................4-9

DPR-I: Table of Contents

5.3.6. Groutability test..............................................................................................................................5-7

DPR-I: Table of Contents

5.5.2. Various Sources of Construction Material................................................................................5-24

DPR-I: Table of Contents

7.3.7. Foundation Treatment:................................................................................................................7-12

DPR-I: Table of Contents

7.8. Head Race Tunnel:.....................................................................................................................7-35

DPR-I: Table of Contents

7.11.4.5 PotHead Yard :............................................................................................................................7-61

DPR-I: Table of Contents

DPR-I: Table of Contents

11.7. Construction of Project Components........................................................................................11-4

DPR-I: Table of Contents

13.3.7.2. Batching and Mixing Plant..........................................................................................................13-5

DPR-I: Table of Contents

15.2.11. P– Maintenance during Construction & Y- Losses on Stock.................................................15-2

DPR-I: Table of Contents

b. Location of the Project:

c. Proposed Project Layout

e. Power Evacuation System

ii. Design Flood Studies:

iii. Diversion Flood:

g. Site Investigation, Geology and Construction Material:

i. Geological set up of the Project Area

ii. Alternative studies

iii. Field Investigations

Surge Shaft 1:1000

Pressure shaft and Pressure shaft Adits 1:1000

Power House and Tail race channel 1:1000

iv. Geotechnical Evaluation of Civil Structures

Downstream Coffer Dam

1.) DT Inlet Area : RD 0 – RD 65m

DT Inlet Area extends from RD 65 - RD 328m.Tunneling media between RD 65 – RD 205m

stability of excavation. Necessary support provision for avoiding formation of wedge by

f. Head Race Tunnel

Rock Class Percentage Head Race Tunnel

Rock Class Percentage in HRT

i. Top horizontal pressure shaft

Percentage wise rock class in Top Horizontal Pressure Shaft

Top Horizontal Class- III 70%

ii. Vertical pressure shaft

iii. Bottom horizontal pressure shaft

Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft (0-540m)

Bottom Class- III 25%

Percentage wise rock class in Bottom Pressure Shaft (540m to 673m)

STRUCTURE ROCK CLASS PERCENTAGE

Bottom horizontal pressure Class- III 65%

j. Tail Race Channel